The mammals of Suriname
Abstract
(Uploaded by Plazi for the Bat Literature Project) No abstract provided.
Full text
The
Mammals
of
Suriname
BY
A.M.
Husson
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie,
Leiden
Published
with
financial
support
from
the
Netherlands
Organization
for
the
Advancement
of
Pure
Research
(Z.W.O.)
ISBN
90
04
05819
2
Copyright
1978
by
E.
J.
Brill,
Leiden,
The
Netherlands
All
rights
reserved.
No
part
of
this
hook
may
be
reproduced
or
translated
in
any
form,
by
print,
photoprint,
microfilm,
microfiche
or
any
other
means
without
written
permission
from
the
publisher
PRINTED
IN
THE
NETHERLANDS
To
the
memory
of
Prof.
Dr.
H.
BOSCHMA
(1893-1976)
this
book
is
dedicated
Contents
Concordance
of
Illustrations
xn
Preface
(by
L.
B.
HOLTHUIS
and
M.
BOESEMAN)
xni
Introduction
XVII
Class
Mammalia
i
Order
Marsupialia
4
Family
Didelphidae
8
Caluromys
8
Monodelphis
xi
Marmosa
14
Metachirops
24
Metachirus
28
Didelphis
30
Chironectes
36
Lutreolina
39
[Order
Insectivora]
4°
[Family
Soricidae]
4°
[Blarina]
40
Order
Cliiroptera
4
1
Family
Emballonuridae
45
Subfamily
Emballonurinae
45
Rhynchonycteris
4^
Saccopteryx
54
Cormura
62
Peropteryx
65
Peronymus
66
Centronyderis
67
Subfamily
Diclidurinae
69
Di
clidurus
69
Family
Noctilionidae
7
1
Noctilio
72
Family
Phyllostomidae
77
Subfamily
Chilonycteiinae
7^
Chilonycteris
7^
Subfamily
Phyllostominae
80
Micronycteris
83
Macrophyllum
86
Tonatia
88
VIII
CONTENTS
Mimon
91
Authorhina
95
Phyllostomus
;
97
Trachops
105
Vampyrum
107
Subfamily
Glossophaginae
113
Glossophaga
"4
Choeroniscus
n8
Lichonycteris
119
Anoura
120
Lonchophylla
125
Subfamily
Carolliinae
126
Carollia
127
Rhinophylla
133
Subfamily
Sturnirinae
134
Sturnira
'
135
Subfamily
Stenodermatinae
138
Uroderma
140
Vampyrops
143
Chiroderma
145
Artibeus
146
Pygoderma
:
153
Ametrida
155
Family
Desmodidae
158
Desmodus
J
59
Family
Furipteridae
164
Furipterus
164
Family
Thyropteridae
166
Thyroptera
166
Family
Vespertilionidae
169
Myotis
170
Eptesicus
179
Lasiurus
181
Dasypterus
184
Family
Molossidae
186
Molossops
:
187
Tadarida
189
Eumops
193
Molossus
199
Order
Primates
206
Family
Cebidae
209
CONTENTS
IX
Chiropotes
209
Pithecia
211
Alouatta
214
Cebus
2l8
Saimiri
226
Ateles
229
Family
Callitrichidae
232
Saguinus
232
Order
Edentata
236
Family
Myrmecophagidae
239
Myrmecophaga
239
Tamandua
241
Cyclopes
!
245
Family
Bradypodidae
247
Bradypus
247
Choloepus
251
Family
Dasypodidae
253
Euphractus
254
Priodontes
258
Cubussous
259
Dasypus
261
Order
Carnivora
267
Family
Canidae
272
Cerdocyon
272
Speothos
274
Family
Procyonidae
277
Procyon
77
Nasua
28i
Potos
285
Family
Mustelidae
•
290
Galictis
290
Eira
295
Lutra
300
Pteronura
303
Family
Felidae
308
Leopardus
308
Puma
......................................
Herpailurus
323
Panthera
326
Family
Viverridae
Herpestes
33i
CONTENTS
X
Order
Sirenia
334
Family
Trichechidae
334
Trichechus
334
Order
Perissodactyla
340
Family
Tapiridae
340
Tapirus
340
Order
Artiodactyla
345
Family
Dicotylidae
347
Dicotyles
349
Tayassu
353
Family
Cervidae
356
Odocoileus
356
Mazama
361
Order
Lagomorpha
369
Family
Leporidae
369
Sylvilagus
369
Order
Rodentia
372
Family
Sciuridae
380
Sciurillus
38o
Sciurus
383
Family
Cricetidae
388
Oryzomys
388
Neacomys
4°6
Nectomys
4°8
Rhipidomys
412
Zygodontomys
415
Holochilus
419
Sigmodon
427
Family
Echimyidae
429
Proechimys
429
Mesomys
438
Echimys
440
Makalata
445
Family
Caviidae
449
Cavia
449
Family
Hydrochaeridae
45
1
Hydrochaeris
;
45i
Family
Dasyproctidae
457
Dasyprocta
457
Myoprocta
4^8
CONTENTS
XI
Family
Agoutidae
,„
2
Agouti
i
/
Family
Erethizontidae
47
g
Coendou
....................................
Sphiggurus
I
/
Family
Muridae
0
Rattus
493
Mus
' '
"
Rodents
incorrectly
assigned
to
the
Suriname
fauna
512
Order
Cetacea
-
Family
Physeteridae
Physeter
*
Family
Delphinidae
Sotalia
,-16
Family
Balaenopteridae
r™
Balaenoptera
............................
Literature
2
g
Index
of
geographical
names
Index
of
mammalian
scientific
names
Index
of
mammalian
vernacular
names
561
Index
of
non-
mammalian
names
Plates
1-151
Concordance
of
Illustrations
The
illustrations
are
placed
as
follows:
The
151
black
and
white
plates
(pis.
1-151)
are
placed
at
the
end
of
the
book.
Of
the
10
coloured
plates
one
is
the
frontispiece,
the
other
9
(pis.
A-I)
are
placed
in
the
text
as
follows:
pis.
A-H
between
pp.
446
and
447,
pi.
I
opposite
p.
518.
The
52
text-figures
are
placed
on
the
following
pages:
Maps
i
to
3
are
placed
on
pp.
xxiii,
xxv,
and
xxvii
respectively.
fig-
p-
fig-
P-
fig-
P-
fig-
P-
I
xxii
14 75 27
124
40
37i
2
3
15 81
28
131
4i
376
3
5
16
84
29
138
42
381
4 7
17
87
30
141
43
390
5
42
18
88
3i
154
44
433
6
43
19
92
32
160
45
442
7
44
20
94 33
161
46
447
8
46
21
96
34
172
47
454
9
49
22
103
35
178
48
49
1
10
5i
23
106
36
188
49
495
ii
52 24
109
37
191
50
496
12
56
25
116
38
256
5i
514
13
58
26
121
39
286
52
526
Preface
A
few
remarks
should
be
devoted
here
to
the
rather
complicated
history
of
the
present
work
and
to
explain
some
its
inconsistencies.
Soon
after
his
appointment
in
1950
as
curator
of
the
Division
of
Mammals
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie
at
Leiden,
Dr.
A.
M.
Husson
became
in-
terested
in
the
fauna
of
tropical
America,
well
represented
in
the
Museum
collections.
Especially
the
material
of
Suriname
Mammalia
is
quite
rich
both
in
the
old
collections
and
in
more
recent
acquisitions.
Much
excellent
material
was
donated
by
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
during
the
period
(1938-1965)
that
he
resided
in
Suriname,
while
also
from
other
sources
important
additional
material
was
received.
In
1957
Dr.
Husson
published
his
first
contribution
to
the
mammal
fauna
of
Suriname,
dealing
with
the
primates
of
the
country,
a
study
mainly
based
on
collections
made
during
the
1948-1949
Suriname
Expedition.
This
paper
was
followed
by
a
few
smaller
publications,
and,
in
1962,
by
Dr.
Husson's
treatise
on
"The
bats
of
Suriname"
(Zool.
Verhand.
Leiden,
no.
58),
in
which
the
Suriname
Chiroptera
were
exhaustively
dealt
with:
not
only
their
taxonomy,
but
also
aspects
of
nomen-
clature,
biology
and
history
being
treated
in
detail.
Soon
after
the
publication
of
this
book,
Dr.
Husson,
together
with
his
assistant
Mr.
P.
Staffeleu,
left
for
Suriname.
There,
during
more
than
half
a
year
(December
1962
to
July
1963),
they
visited
numerous
localities
and
brought
together
an
impressive
collection
of
Suriname
mammals.
During
his
stay
in
Suriname
Dr.
Husson
was
approached
by
several
people,
especially
by
agriculturists,
foresters
and
members
of
the
Health
Department,
with
the
request
to
publish
an
easy
guide
to
the
mammals
of
Suriname,
in
order
to
facilitate
the
identification
of
several
of
the
harmful
species
(like
agricultural
and
horticultural
pests,
transmitters
of
diseases,
etc.),
as
well
as
of
the
species
that
were
either
regularly
seen
around
Paramaribo
or
observed
elsewhere
in
Suriname.
Even
a
simple
check-list
was
considered
very
useful,
as
there
still
existed
much
uncertainty
as
to
the
number
of
species
by
which
several
of
the
well-known
groups
(e.g.,
monkeys,
deer,
pigs,
cats.,
etc.)
were
represented
in
Suriname.
Of
course
no
one
realized
the
enormous
amount
of
labour
involved
in
the
prepara-
tion
of
an
"easy"
guide
or
of
a
"simple"
check-list.
To
examine
Suriname
material
in
Dutch
and
foreign
musea,
to
gather
and
evaluate
the
records
of
Suriname
mammals
scattered
in
the
literature,
to
find
the
true
relation
between
the
Suriname
mammal
populations
and
those
of
surrounding
areas,
and last
but
not
least,
to
decide
upon
the
proper
nomenclature
for
the
Suriname
mammals,
is
more
time
consuming
than
it
might
seem
at
first
sight.
Even Dr.
Husson
himself,
as
well
as
the
museum
author-
ities,
grossly
underestimated
the
time
needed
for
the
project.
The
fact
that
Dr.
Husson's
health
did
not
permit
him
to
work
as
intensively
as
he
would
have
liked
to
do,
also
was
a
factor
of
importance
here.
PREFACE
XIV
In
the
course
of
Dr.
Husson's
work
at
his
"guide"
numerous
interesting
data
came
to
light,
which
fully
deserved
publication,
but
were
out
of
place
in
a
"guide
book".
Therefore,
after
ample
considerations,
the
original
idea
of
producing
a
simple
handbook
with
short
general
diagnoses
of
the
species
and
brief
accounts
of
biology
and
distribution,
was
abandoned
in
favour
of
a
more
basic
monograph
bringing
together
as
much
information
concerning
the
Suriname
mammals
as
would
prove
feasible.
The
emphasis
of
the
book
was
placed
on
Suriname,
i.e.,
the
descriptions
are
based
almost
exclusively
on
Suriname
specimens;
observations
on
the
biology
as
a
rule
are
those made
in
Suriname;
the
general
distribution
of
the
species
and/or
subspecies
is
only
briefly
stated,
but
considerable
attention
is
given
to
the
occurrence
of
the
species
within
Suriname,
with
mention
of
all
the
Suriname
material
examined.
This
change
in
the
perspective
of
the
book
caused
great
delay
as
it
necessitated
rewriting
of
considerable
portions
of
the
text.
Dr.
Geijskes,
who
in
1965
returned
to
Holland
after
his
retirement
as
director
of
the
Surinaams
Museum
at
Paramaribo,
suggested
that
descriptions
and
figures
of
skulls
be
included,
especially
of
game
animals.
During
his
travels
in
the
interior
of
Suriname,
namely,
Dr.
Geijskes
had
often
observed
skulls
of
various
mammals
near
or
in
native
dwellings
or
serving
as
ornaments;
these
mammals
evidently
had
been
used
as
food.
The
identification
of
such
skulls
could
contribute
to
a
better
understanding
of
the
food
habits
and
of
the
hunting
by
the
natives.
Dr.
Husson
accepted
this
suggestion
and
extended
his
manuscript
in
such
a
way
that
of
every
species
a
description
and
a
figure
of
the
skull
is
given.
This
too
caused
a
further
delay.
When
in
1972
it
became
clear
that
the
publication
of
the
present
book
would
not
take
place
in
the
near
future,
Dr.
Husson,
in
order
to
comply
with
the
rather
urgent
requests
from
Suriname,
drew up
a
check-list
of
all
mammals
species
known
at
that
time
from
Suriname,
which
list
was
published
early
in
1973.
In
1975
Dr.
Husson's
health
deteriorated
to
such
an
extent
that
in
October
he
was
forced
to
retire
and
he
left
Leiden.
During
the
last
few
months
of
his
stay
in
Leiden
he
had
worked
feverishly
to
finish
his
manuscript,
often
starting
at
4
o'clock
in
the
morning.
The
result
was
that
in
October
most
of
the
text
for
all
groups,
with
the
exception
of
the
Chiroptera,
was
written,
and
was
brought
up
to
the
high
standard
that
Dr.
Husson
had
set
himself;
only
in
the
Edentata
the
descriptions
are
less
extensive
than
in
the
other
groups.
At
first
it
was
thought
acceptable
to
publish
the
book
without
the
Chiroptera,
but
on
further
consideration
this
was
thought
inadvisable.
The
following
solution
was
found:
the
editorial
board,
with
the
active
help
of
Dr.
Husson,
compiled
the
text
of
the
present
chapter
on
the
Chiroptera
from
Dr.
Husson's
1962
monograph;
the
paragraphs
giving
the
original
description,
type
locality,
references
to
published
synonymies,
vernacular
names,
distribution,
and
occurrence
in
Suriname,
were
adapted
to
be
conform
with
the
rest
of
the
text.
To
the
paragraph
on
the
occurrence
in
Suriname
an
enumeration
of
the
Suriname
material
received
by
the
Museum
PREFACE
XV
since
1962
was
added
and
the
information
was
brought
up
to
date.
Of
each
species,
the
description
was
taken
almost
verbatim
from
Dr.
Husson's
1962
thesis,
while
the
paragraph
"Remarks"
was
greatly
shortened:
all
remarks
on
the
taxonomy
and
nomenclature
of
the
species
were
omitted,
but
important
data
pertaining
to
Suriname
representatives
of
the
species
were
left
in
and
new
data
added.
Also
the
species
discovered
in
Suriname
after
1962
are
included;
the
text
dealing
with
these
species,
written
by
Dr.
Husson
or
compiled
from
his
notes,
of
necessity
had
to
remain
relatively
short.
In
this
way
the
chapter
on
Chiroptera
has
been
brought
entirely
up
to
date,
although
regrettably
it
could
not
be
made
fully
conform
the
rest
of
the
text.
We
are
very
grateful
to
the
late
Prof.
Dr.
H.
Boschma,
who
read
the
entire
text
and
made
many
extremely
useful
suggestions,
grammatically
and
otherwise.
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
was
so
kind
to
provide
us
with
numerous
interesting
details
on
the
biology
of
various
of
the
species,
based
on
his
own
observations.
The
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie
takes
great
pride
in
publishing
this
outstanding
work,
which
is
a
tribute
to
the
great
knowledge,
energy
and
perse-
verance
of
Dr.
Husson.
Leiden,
December
1975
L.
B.
HOLTHUIS
M.
BOESEMAN
XVII
Introduction
The
knowledge
of
the
fauna
of
Suriname
is
of
essential
importance
in
the
study
of
the
neotropical
Mammalia.
The
first
publications
containing
information
on
mammals
of
Suriname
appeared
very
early
in
the
history
of
European
exploration
of
South
America.
Such
publications
were
relatively
numerous
in
the
17th
and
18th
centuries,
when
the
Republic
of
the
Seven
United
Netherlands
was
at
the
peak
of
its
power,
and
Suriname
was
one
of
its
richest
colonies.
At
that
time
many
animals,
alive
or
preserved,
were
sent
from
Suriname
to
the
Netherlands.
The
living
specimens
were
kept
in
Dutch
menageries,
while
skins
and
alcohol
specimens
found their
way
to
private
natural
history
collections
(“cabinets
of
rarities”)
of
which
at
that
time
there
was
an
impressively
great
number
in
Holland
(see
Engel,
1947);
several
foreign
collections
received
material
via
the
Netherlands.
In
many
instances
the
Dutch
collections
formed
the
basis
for,
or
contributed
considerably
to,
important
zoological
publications,
like
those
by
Albertus
Seba
(1665-1736),
Petrus
Artedi
(1705-1735),
Carolus
Linnaeus
(1707-1778)
and
Peter
Simon
Pallas
(1741-1811).
Linnaeus
(1758),
in
his
fundamental
10th
edition
of
Systema
Naturae,
based
many
of
his
descriptions
on
Suriname
material,
either
by
directly
studying
this
(when
in
Holland,
1735-1738,
Linnaeus
must
have
seen
much
Suriname
material
in
Dutch
collections,
while
Swedish
naturalists
like
C.
G.
Dahlberg
(1721-1781)
and
D.
Rolander
(1725-1793)
sent
Suriname
specimens
to
Swedish
collections),
or
by
referring
to
previous
publications
like
that
by
A.
Seba.
Thomas
(1911:
124),
when
dealing
with
the
type
localities
of
the
mammals
described
by
Linnaeus
in
the
10th
edition
of
his
Systema
Naturae,
stated:
“with
regard
to
species
named
from
the
figures
in
Seba’s
‘Thesaurus’,
it
would
not
be
unjustifiable
to
suggest
that
in
the
case
of
all
tropical
South
American
animals,
Surinam
—
the
great
source
of
all
Dutch
collections
—
should
be
accepted
as
the
type
locality
....”.
No
less
than
24%
of
all
species
of
mammals
known
from
Suriname
have
Suriname
as
the
type
locality.
It
goes
without
saying
that
for
a
better
understanding
of
the
relation
between
the
various
species,
and
that
between
the
various
subspecies
of
a
single
species,
it
is
essential
to
know
the
characters
of
the
population
of
the
type
locality
and
of
its
variability.
Therefore,
in
the
present
work
I
have
tried
to
give
of
every
species
a
description
based
exclusively
on
the
Suriname
material
examined
by
myself
(of
course
with
the
exception
of
discoloured,
mutilated
or
abnormal
speci-
mens)
and
also
to
provide
as
many
illustrations
as
feasible
of
such
material.
I
hope,
by
giving
this
information,
to
enable
students
of
the
faunae
of
other
parts
of
South
America
to
obtain
a
better
idea
of
the
status
of
the
Suriname
populations.
The
second
object
of
the
present
book
is
to
provide
a
reliable
guide
for
the
identi-
fication
of
the
species
of
Suriname
mammals,
not
only
to
professional
zoologists,
but
also
to
agriculturists,
ecologists
and
others
who
in
their
work
in
Suriname
have
XVIII
INTRODUCTION
With
few
exceptions
the
order
of
the
taxa
treated
in
the
present
work,
is
the
same
as
that
adopted
in
the
fundamental
check-list
of
South
American
mammals
by
A.
Cabrera
(1958-1961).
Of
all
orders
diagnoses
are
provided.
Of
the
species
the
following
information
is
given:
(a)
the
scientific
name;
(b)
a
reference
to
the
original
publication
of
the
name;
(c)
the
type
locality,
and
if
this
is
restricted,
how
and
by
whom
it
has
been
restricted;
(d)
synonymies,
viz.,
references
to
authors
providing
a
good
synonymy
of
the
species
or
subspecies;
(e)
vernacular
names
in
English
(E),
Dutch
(N),
and
Sranan-
tongo
(S),
the
latter
being
the
official
Suriname
language;
here
only
the
better
known
vernacular
names
are
listed,
a
more
complete
account
of
them
can
be
found
in
a
paper
by
Staffeleu
(1975);
(f)
distribution,
giving
the
general
distribution
of
the
species,
and,
if
pertinent,
of
the
subspecies;
(g)
occurrence
in
Suriname,
giving
a
general
statement
of
the
known
ecological
and
geographical
range
of
the
species
within
Suriname,
with
a
complete
list
of
the
examined
Suriname
material,
and,
if
available,
references
to
previous
Suriname
records
of
the
species
1
;
(h)
description,
1
Many
of
the
records
of
Suriname
mammals
published
in
the
literature,
and
especially
in
popular
literature,
narratives,
etc.,
are
rather
vague
and
it
often
is
impossible
to
ascertain
which
species
actually
is
meant,
even
when
a
scientific
name
is
given.
Also
in
many
instances
references
are
very
general
and
do
not
give
any
new
information.
For
these
reasons
I
have
refrained
from
to
deal
with
mammals,
be
it
for
their
control
or
their
protection;
furthermore
it
is
intended
for
anyone
(e.g.,
hunters
and
naturalists)
who
just
wants
to
know
more
about
the
fascinating
creatures
that
inhabit
this
beautiful
and
interesting
country.
Therefore
keys
are
provided
to
all
the
species.
In
most
cases
there
are
two
sets
of
keys,
one
based
exclusively
on
external
characters,
the
other
only
on
characters
provided
by
the
skull.
The
keys
to
the
skulls
are
added
because
skulls
and
skull
fragments
of
animals
hunted
or
used
as
food
are
often
found
as
offal
in
or
near
settlements
in
the
interior
or
as
signs
of
good
luck
fastened
to
the
roofs
of
Amerindian
and
Bushnegro
dwellings.
In
the
keys
I
have
tried
to
employ
such
characters
as
are
normally
still
noticeable
in
the
fragments
that
one
usually
finds.
Another
use
for
the
keys
to
the
skulls
is
to
identify
skull
fragments
of
small
mammals
(especially
Marsupialia
and
Rodentia)
found
in
owl
pellets
or
in
stomach
contents.
In
some
groups
the
species
are
very
difficult
to
distinguish
on
external
characters
alone,
and
then
the
skull
characters
may
be
decisive
for
a
certain
identification,
this
being
especially
true
for
some
groups
of
Marsupialia,
Chiroptera,
Cricetidae
and
Muridae.
Illustrations
are
added
as
a
help
with
the
keys.
In
using
the
keys
one
has
to
keep
in
mind
(1)
that
they
are
based
on
characters
of
adult
animals
in
which
all
molars
are
functional,
and
therefore
not
necessarily
will
give
good
results
for
juveniles,
(2)
that
notwithstanding
the
long
period
in
which
the
Suriname
mammals
have
received
the
attention
of
zoologists,
the
Suriname
mammal
fauna
still
is
far
from
well
known
(especially
from
the
interior),
and
that
there
undoubtedly
are
several
species
which
so
far
have
not
yet
been
reported
from
the
country.
Therefore
a
careful
comparison
with
the
description
and
illustrations
is
most
advisable.
INTRODUCTION
XIX
giving
the
description
of
the
external
characters
of
the
Suriname
specimens
examined
and
a
short
account
of
the
skull
characters;
(i)
remarks,
a
paragraph
containing
miscellaneous
information,
e.g.,
whether
or
not
the
species
is
harmful
or
otherwise
of
direct
interest
to
the
economy
or
health,
an
account
of
what
is
known
about
the
biology
of
the
species,
based
mainly
on
Suriname
sources,
problems
of
nomenclature
of
the
species,
and
scientific
names
under
which
it
has
been
reported
from
Suriname.
Due
to
reasons
explained
in
the
preface
the
treatment
of
the
Chiroptera
is
some-
what
different
from
that
of
the
rest
of
the
Mammalia.
Practically
all
descriptions
of
the
Chiroptera
are
the
same
as
those
published
by
me
in
1962,
and
often
not
exclusively
based
on
Suriname
material.
Because
the
bats
were
extensively
dealt
with
in
my
1962
"The
bats
of
Suriname",
fewer
details
of
taxonomic,
nomenclatural
and
other
aspects
are
given;
for
these,
reference
is
given
to
my
1962
paper.
All
information
on
the
Suriname
Chiroptera
obtained
by
me
after
1962
is
included
in
the
present
publication.
The
preparation
of
the
present
paper
showed
time
and
again
how
incomplete
our
knowledge
of
the
Suriname
mammals
still
is.
Of
many
species
extremely
few
specimens
are
present
in
Museum
collections,
not
only
of
the
rarer
species
or
those
that
are
difficult
to
catch,
but
also
many
common
species,
and
even
well
known
game
species.
The
preparation
of
scientific
specimens
of
larger
animals
is
cumber-
some,
while
most
hunters
prefer
to
keep
trophies
themselves.
It
cannot
be
emphasized
enough
that
material
of
most
species
is
badly
needed
for
study
collections
in
order
to
permit
scientists
to
obtain
a
good
idea
of
the
variation
of
the
various
characters
of
a
species
within
a
certain
area,
of
its
range
within
the
country,
and
of
its
habitats.
The
fauna
of
large
areas
in
Suriname
is
still
completely
unknown.
A
very
good
example
of
the
situation
is
the
case
of
Sylvilagus
brasiliensis,
which
an
expedition
reported
as
having
been
used
as
food,
and
which
in
collections
is
only
represented
from
Suriname
by
a
very
young
specimen
and
some
droppings.
The
neighbouring
countries
do
not
fare
much
better.
Of
neither
French
Guyane
nor
of
Guyana
a
comprehensive
account
of
the
Mammalia
has
been
published,
although
considerable
information
is
scattered
over
numerous
scientific
publications.
Ihe
papers
by
Tate
(1939)
and
Roth
(1941)
are
of
great
value
in
this
respect.
ILLUSTRATIONS
Of
practically
all
species
dealt
with
here
illustrations
are
provided,
if
possible
based
on
adult
Suriname
specimens.
These
illustrations
are
of
various
origin.
All
the
non-photographic
illustrations
were
made
by
the
staff-artists
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie.
The
coloured
plates
(A-I
and
frontispiece)
tr
ying
to
list
under
each
species
all
previous
Suriname
records
known
to
me
and
only
discussed
the
more
important
ones.
Newspapers
like
"De
West",
"De
Surinamer",
etc.,
although
they
may
contain
interesting
records
of
Suriname
mammals,
have
only
incidentally
been
cited,
simply
because
these
publications
could
not
be
consulted
by
me
and
the
items
that
I
do
record
are
based
on
clippings
and
collections
of
clippings
that
I
received
from
other
people.
INTRODUCTION
XX
are
by
the
hand
of
Mr.
R.
van
Assen,
who
also
made
pis.
1-7,
43,
44,
46-50,
55,
58-60,
73, 74, 79, 90, 92,
104-113,
125,
126, 128,
129,
133-135.
137.
138.
142
and
143.
Mr.
J. J.
A.
M.
Wessendorp
is
responsible
for
pis.
56,
68-71,
and
75,
which
are
based
on
published
figures
and
actual
material.
Mr.
Wessendorp
also
made
the
text-figures
1, 2,
6,
7,
38,
39,
41a,
b,
44,
45,
48,
and
49c,
d.
Mr.
W.
C.
G.
Gertenaar
made
text-figures
3,
4, 5,
10, 11,
15,
16,
21, 23,
25, 30, 33, 34, 37,
40,
41c,
d,
42,
43,
46,
47, 49a,
b,
and
51.
Mr. H.
Heyn
made
text-figures
13,
17,
18,
22, 24,
29,
31
and
36,
and
also
the
reproductions
of
figs.
12,
14,
26, 28,
and
35.
For
the
photographs
I
am
much
indebted
to
the
following
persons:
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
(pis.
57,
78,
93,
141,
144-149),
Mr.
J.
Lindblad
(pis.
45, 72,
80,
97),
Mr.
A.
Reyne
(pi.
150),
Mr.
P.
Staffeleu
(pi.
76),
Mr.
P.
A.
Teunissen
(pi.
74A),
Dr.
P.
Wagenaar
Hummelinck
(pi.
98).
The
other
photographs
were
made
by
the
staff-photographers
of
the
Leiden
Museum.
Mr.
H.
F.
Roman
is
responsible
for
pis.
14-42,
and
for
the
photographic
reproduction
on
pi.
13.
The
remaining
photographs
are
by
the
late
Mr.
C.
Hoorn
(pis.
8-12,
51-54,
61-67,
77,
81-89,
91, 94, 95,
99-103,
114-124,
127, 131, 132,
136,
139,
140
and
151),
the
photographic
reproductions
of
text-fig.
50
and
pis.
96
and
130
were
also
made
by
him.
NOMENCLATURE
During
the
preparation
of
this
work
several
nomenclatural
problems
were
en-
countered,
which
are
discussed
under
the
species
involved.
There
are,
however,
a
few
problems
of
more
general
interest,
which
may
be
discussed
heie.
In
the
present
publication
I
have
accepted
the
new
names
published
in
Etienne
Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire's
(1803)
"Catalogue
des
mammiferes
du
Museum
National
d'Histoire naturelle"
as
available
names.
The
validity
of
this
work
is
the
subject
of
strong
controversy
among
zoologists.
An
attempt
to
place
this
work
on
the
"Official
Index
of
Rejected
and
Invalid
Works
in
Zoology",
undertaken
on
the
advice
by
J.
R.
Ellerman
and
T.
C.
S.
Morrison-Scott
(1954:
130-131;
1962:
287-
288),
and
by
W. E.
China
(1962:
289),
was
later
abandoned
by
China
(1963:
243),
but
the
Commission
has
not
yet
expressed
a
definite
opinion
on
whether
or
not
this
work
is
available.
The
arguments
brought
forward
by
L.
B.
Holthuis
(1963:
242)
to
show
that
Geoffroy's
Catalogue
must
be
considered
published,
are
fully
shared
by
me,
and
I
see
no
reason
to
reject
Geoffroy's
names,
which
are
widely
accepted
in
zoological
literature;
quite
a
number
of
authors
(P.
Hershkovitz,
1955c:
187-189;
H.
W.
Setzer,
1952:
343;
E.
R.
Hall,
1963:
245;
J.
Dorst,
1963:
245)
do
accept
Geoffroy's
Catalogue
as
available.
Although
the
full
name
is
Etienne
Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire,
I
have
followed
the
usage
by
French
mammologists
to
cite
that
author's
name
as
E.
Geoffrey.
Similarly,
the
name
Isidore
Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire
is
cited
by
me
as
I.
Geoffrey.
As
P.
Fermin
(1765;
1769)
did
not
consistently
use
binominal
nomenclature
in
his
books,
his
latin
names
cannot
be
used.
XXI
INTRODUCTION
MATERIAL
Under
the
heading
"Occurrence
in
Suriname"
all
the
material
examined
by
me
is
listed
with
the
registered
numbers
of
the
specimens.
A
number
given
without
other
indications
stands
for
a
registered
number
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie
in
Leiden
(RMNH).
The
registered
number
of
material
from
other
in-
stitutions
is
preceded
by
the
following
abbreviations:
AMNH
American
Museum
of
Natural
History,
New
York,
U.S.A.
BMNH
British
Museum
(Natural
History),
London,
England.
CNHM
Field
Museum
(Natural
History),
Chicago,
Illinois,
U.S.A.
MNHN
Museum
National
d'Histoire
Naturelle,
Paris,
France.
SMN
Staatliches
Museum
fur
Naturkunde,
Stuttgart,
Federal
Republic
of
Germany.
ZMA
Zoologisch
Museum
(=
Instituut
voor
Taxonomische
Zoologie),
Amster-
dam,
Netherlands.
ZMB
Zoologisches
Museum,
Berlin,
German
Democratic
Republic.
ZMH
Zoologisches
Museum,
Hamburg,
Federal
Republic
of
Germany.
In
the
enumeration
of
the
material
the
samples
are
arranged
more
or
less
geo-
graphically;
first
by
districts,
roughly
from
west
to
east,
in
the
order
Nickerie,
Coronie,
Saramacca,
Suriname,
Para,
Brokopondo,
Commewijne
and
Marowijne
Districts.
Within
the
districts
the
arrangement
as
a
rule
is
from
north
to
south.
If
more
than
two
samples
originate
from
the
same
district,
the
name
of
the
district
as
a
rule
is
given
with
the
first
and
the
last
sample
only.
Most
of
the
localities
men-
tioned
can
be
found
on
maps
1-3;
an
index
to
the
geographic
names
on
the
maps
is
given
on
pp.
551-553.
MEASUREMENTS
In
most
groups
external
and
skull
measurements
are
provided
of
all
or
of
at
least
a
representative
part
of
the
examined
Suriname
specimens.
In
some
instances,
however,
the
measurements
of
only
a
single
adult
male
and
a
single
adult
female
are
given;
such
specimens
are
selected
at
random,
being
generally
the
most
com-
plete
or
the
best
preserved
of
the
lot;
in
these
cases
the
measurements
given
are
neither
minimum,
maximum
or
average
measurements,
while
differences
between
male
and
female
measurements
do
not
necessarily
indicate
a
sexual
dimorphism.
The
measurements
are
taken
with
vernier
callipers
to
the
nearest
tenth
of
a
milli-
metre.
The
measurements
are
given
in
millimetres
(mm)
unless
indicated
other-
wise;
the
body
weight
in
grams
(gr)
or
kilograms
(kg).
Text-figures
i,
5-7,
show
the
way
in
which
the
measurements
used
in
this
book
were
taken,
and
at
the
same
time
explain
the
terms
used.
INTRODUCTION
XXII
ZOOGEOGRAPHY
Suriname,
situated
on
the
north
coast
of
South
America
roughly
between
2
0
and
6°
N,
and
54
0
and
58°
W,
belongs
to
the
neotropical
faunal
province.
Its
mammal
fauna
is
rich
and
varied,
but,
although
from
the
earliest
time
the
Suriname
mam-
mal
fauna
received
the
attention
of
travellers
and
naturalists,
it
is
still
quite
in-
sufficiently
known.
The
fauna
is
typical
for
the
northern
part
of
the
South
Ameri-
can
mainland,
and
most
species
known
from
Suriname
are
also
found
in
Venezuela,
Trinidad,
the
two
other
Guianas
and
the
lower
Amazon
basin.
The
country
has
a
flat
muddy
coast
with
a
few
sandy
beaches.
Behind
the
coast
are
mangroves
and
swampy
areas
traversed
in
an
east-west
direction
by
elevated
sand
or
shell
ridges.
Still
farther
inland
are
lowland
savannas
and
gallery
forests.
South
of
these
follow
the
foot
hills
and
finally
the
higher
mountains
(with
upland
plateaus
and
highland
savannas),
which
extend
south
to
the
border
with
Brazil;
this
border
is
formed
by
the
watershed
of
the
Amazon
basin.
The
country
is
traversed
in
a
roughly
south-north
direction
by
seven
main
rivers,
which
are
from
west
to
east:
the
Corantijn
River
(which
forms
the
border
with
(formerly
British)
Guyana),
the
Nickerie
River,
the
Coppename
River,
the
Saramacca
River,
the
Suriname
River,
the
Commewijne
River
and
the
Marowijne
River
(which
forms
the
border
with
Fig.
1.
Indication
of
the
external
measurements
used
in
this
publication.
A,
anus;
B,
tip
of
the
snout;
C,
end
of
the
tail;
D,
end
of
the
tuft
of
the
tail;
A-B,
head
and
body;
A-C,
tail
without
tuft;
A-D,
tail
with
tuft;
a,
hind
foot
without
nails;
b,
hind
foot
with
nails;
c,
ear;
d,
forearm
(only
used
in
Chiroptera).
INTRODUCTION
XXIII
Map
1.
Map
of
Surinam
showing
the
rivers
and
creeks
mentioned
in
the
text,
as
well
as
the
rapids
and
falls:
1,
Avanavero
Falls;
2,
Wonotobo
Falls;
3,
Doublesteps
Falls;
4,
Frederik
Willem
IV
Falls;
5,
Stondansi
Falls;
6,
Lombok
Falls;
7,
Graniet
Falls;
8,
Blanche
Marie
halls;
9,
Cremer
Falls;
10,
Raleigh
Falls;
11,
Sidonkroetoe
Falls;
12,
Tonckens
Falls;
13,
Mama-
dam
Falls;
14,
Lada
Falls;
15,
Maripasoela.
The
shaded
areas
are
nature
reserves;
I,
Coppename-
monding;
II,
Wia-Wia;
III,
Galibi;
IV,
Brinckheuvel;
V,
Raleighval-Voltzberg;
VI,
Tafelberg;
VII,
Eilerts
de
Haan
Gebergte;
VIII,
Sipaliwini;
IX,
Brownsberg.
The
heavy
line
borders
the
north-western
area
covered
by
the
Game
Ordinance.
INTRODUCTION
XXIV
French
Guyane);
the
first
six
rivers
form
three
pairs
(Corantijn-Nickerie,
Coppename-
Saramacca,
Suriname-Commewijne),
the
second
river
of
each
pair
joining
the
first
just
before
it
reaches
the
sea,
the
first
of
each
pair
being
the
more
important.
The
rivers
are
navigeable
for
about
the
lower
100
km,
the
falls
line
being
at
about
5°
N.
The
northern
lowland
region
(roughly
between
5
0
and
6°
N),
although
faunistically
the
best
known
area,
is
still
relatively
poorly
explored,
while
collecting
in
the
in-
terior
dates
from
the
present
century,
having
been
quite
intensive
during
the
last
30
years.
Therefore
it
is
still
too
early
to
draw
conclusions
as
to
the
distribution
of
the
species
within
Suriname
itself.
The
fact
that
a
species
has
not
yet
been
found
in
the
interior
does
not
mean
that
it
does
not
occur
there;
on
the
other
hand
a
species
collected
in
the
interior
but
not
in
the
lowland
area
is
likely
to
be
restricted
to
the
mountains
and
foothills.
THE
HISTORY
OF
THE
STUDY
OF
THE
MAMMALIAN
FAUNA
OF
SURINAME
After
the
discovery
in
1499
of
the
mainland
coast
of
South
America
by
Alonzo
de
Ojeda
and
Juan
de
la
Cosa,
numerous
ships
visited
the
"Wild
coast
of
Guyana"
and
in
several
narratives
remarks
are
made
about
the
interesting
fauna
and
flora
of
the
area,
which
was
so
different
from
those
found
in
Europe.
It
is
difficult
to
say
who
was
the
first
author
to
give
information
on
the
mammals
of
Suriname.
There
is
no
doubt
that
De
Laet
(1625),
Keye
(1659)
an
d
Warren
(1667)
were
among
the
first
authors
to
contribute,
although
very
superficially,
to
the
knowledge
of
the
mammal
fauna
of
the
country;
they
mentioned
the
more
obvious
species,
such
as
marsupials,
monkeys,
sloths,
anteaters,
armadillos,
large
bats,
"hares
and
rabbits",
jaguars,
ocelots,
pumas,
otters,
coatis,
raccoons,
"deer
and
roes",
peccaries,
tapirs
and
manatees.
In
the
18th
century
several
general
accounts
of
Suriname
were
published
in
which
the
mammalia
were
more
or
less
extensively
treated,
e.g.
the
works
by
Herlein
(1718),
Bellin
(1763),
Ferrnin
(1765, 1769),
Bancroft
(1769),
and
Hartsinck
(1770).
In
1705
Maria
Sybilla
Merian
published
her
exquisite
painting
of
Marmosa
murina
(L.)
with
young,
a
figure
that
was
copied
later
by
several
authors.
The
well
known
book
by
Stedman
(1796)
on
his
experiences
as
a
soldier
in
Suriname
contains
also
much
valuable
information
on
the
mammals,
several
of
which
are
well
illustrated
by
him.
As
already
mentioned
above,
Seba's
(1734)
Thesaurus
contains
numerous
superb
illustrations
of
Suriname
mammals
on
which
Linnaeus
(1758)
based
many
of
his
species.
In
the
19th
century
several
publications
of
greater
or
lesser
importance
dealing
with
Suriname
mammals
were
published:
a
complete
list
of
the
then
known
species
was
the
one
by
Lammens
(1844);
this
list,
although
it
contains
a
fair
number
of
inaccuracies,
is
still
of
considerable
importance.
Temminck
(1824-1841)
dealt
with
some
Suriname
mammals,
and
so
did
Jentink
(1887,
1888)
in
his
catalogues
of
the
mammal
collections
in
the
Leiden
Museum;
in
a
number
of
other
scientific
papers
of
that
time
(e.g.
by
W.
Peters)
information
on
Suriname
mammals
can
be
found.
Map
2.
Map
of
Surinam.
Localities:
—
(NICKERIE
DISTRICT):
1,
Stalweide;
2,
Nieuw
Nickerie;
3,
Prins
Bernhard
Polder;
4,
Groot-Henar
Polder;
5,
Hertenrits;
6,
Wageningen
(Samiha
Creek);
7,
Cupido;
8,
Awarra
savanna;
9,
Walcay;
10,
Washabo;
11,
Matapi;
12,
Kabalebo
airstrip;
13,
Coeroeni
Island;
14,
Lucie-kamp;
15,
Kayserberg
airstrip;
16,
Alalapadoe;
17,
Sipaliwini
airstrip;
18,
Vier
Gebroeders
(mountain);
—
(CORONIE
DISTRICT):
19,
Burnside;
20,
Totness;
21,
Coronieweg:
—
(SARAMACCA
DISTRICT):
22,
Coppename
Punt;
23,
Boskamp;
24,
Karel
François;
25,
Kalebaskreek;
26,
Goede
Hoop;
27,
Wayombo;
28,
Sabana;
29,
Heidoti;
30,
Bitagron;
31,
Kaaimanston;
32,
Hebiweri;
33,
Anton
van
Aerde
cave
(Tafel
Mt.);
34,
Rudi
Kappel
airstrip;
35,
Calcutta;
36,
Tijgerkreek;
—
(BROKOPONDO
DISTRICT):
37,
Posogroenoe;
38,
Mambabasoe;
39,
Dam;
40,
Aurora;
41,
Botopasi;
42,
Djoemoe;
43,
Ligolio;
—
(COMME-
WIJNE
DISTRICT):
44,
Nengrekondre-pepre;
—
(MAROWIJNE
DISTRICT):
45,
Jerusalem;
46,
Tamarin;
47,
Moengo;
48,
Patamacca;
49,
Wiawia;
50,
Galibi;
51,
Langamankondre;
52,
Moengotapoe;
53,
Pierrekondre;
54,
Albina;
55,
Nason;
56,
Lokalokatabbetje;
57,
Magneetrots;
58,
Vincent
Fajks
airstrip;
59,
Maripasoela;
60,
Oelemari
airstrip.
For
localities
in
the
Suriname-
and
Para
District,
and
adjacent
areas,
see
map
3
(on
p.
xxvii).
XXVI
INTRODUCTION
Also
popular
accounts
were
published
(e.g.,
Von
Sack,
1810;
Teenstra,
1835),
but
by
far
the
most
important
contributions
are
those
published
by
A.
Kappler
(1881,
1885,
1887).
Kappler,
whose
biography
is
published
by
Haverschmidt
(1973),
came
to
Suriname
as
a
soldier
(1836-1841),
and
later
(1842-1879)
lived
there
as
a
trader.
As
shown
by
his
books,
he
was
an
excellent
observer
and
greatly
interested
in
the
animal
life
of
Suriname.
His
descriptions
of
the
biology
and
ecology
of
the
Suriname
mammals
at
present
still
belong
to
the
main
sources
of
our
knowledge
on
these
subjects,
and
Kappler
will
often
be
cited
in
the
present
book.
In
the
20th
century
a
considerable
number
of
scientific
expeditions
were
sent
out
to
explore
the
interior
of
Suriname;
these
expeditions
are
listed
and
described
by
Holthuis
(1959:
34-41)
and
Hoogmoed
(1973:
19-26).
Especially
the
more
recent
expeditions
had
the
possibilities
to
acquire
important
zoological
collections,
and
much
of
the
material
dealt
with
in
the
present
book
was
obtained
by
them.
Also
some
private
persons
made
collections,
in
this
way
adding
to
the
collections
of
the
Leiden
Museum
and
greatly
increasing
our
knowledge
of
the
Suriname
mammals.
Foremost
among
these
is
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes,
who
from
1938
to
1965
resided
in
Suriname
(1938-1952
as
entomologist
of
the
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
in
Paramaribo,
1952-1954
as
Government
Biologist,
and
1954-1965
as
Director
of
the
Surinaams
Museum).
Dr.
Geijskes
travelled
all
over
Suriname
and
made
valuable
zoological
collections
most
of
which
are
now
kept
by
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuur-
lijke
Historie
at
Leiden.
Many
of
the
mammals
dealt
with
here
we owe
to
him,
while
he
also
placed
his
great
knowledge
of
the
biology
and
ecology
of
the
various
species
at
my
disposal.
Important
material
of
Suriname
mammals
was
collected
for
the
Chicago
Natural
History
Museum
by
H.
A.
Beatty
(from
20
August
i960
to
10
February
1962)
and
by
Drs.
Philip
Hershkovitz
and
Jack
Fooden
(from
15
November
1961
to
February
1962).
I
had
the
privilege
to
examine
these
important
collections
during
my
1963
visit
to
Chicago.
From
December
1962
to
July
1963,
thanks
to
a
grant
of
the
Netherlands
Founda-
tion
for
the
Advancement
of
Research
in
Surinam
and
the
Netherlands
Antilles
(WOSUNA),
it
was
made
possible
for
me
to
visit
Suriname
and
to
get
a
first
hand
acquaintance
with
the
living
mammal
fauna.
Mr.
P.
Staffeleu,
also
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie,
accompanied
me
and
contributed
consider-
ably
to
the
success
of
our
Suriname
stay.
Important
collections
were
brought
together
and
we
received
much
most
interesting
and
useful
information
concerning
Suriname
mammals.
Later
(1
November
to
10
December
1972;
after
having
also
taken
part
in
the
1971
N.W.
Suriname
Expedition)
Mr.
Staffeleu
returned
to
Suri-
name
in
an
effort
to
obtain
material
of
species,
that
were
still
poorly
represented
in
the
available
Suriname
collections
(even
some
common
species
were
represented
by
a
few
mediocre
specimens
only).
This
more
directed
collecting
proved
to
be
most
rewarding
and
successful.
Of
many
of
the
zoologists
who
collected
in
Suriname,
biographical
data
and
data
INTRODUCTION
XXVII
Map
3.
Map
of
the
lower
Suriname
River
and
adjacent
regions.
Localities:
1,
Groningen;
2,
Dirkshoop;
3,
Kampongbaroe;
4,
Uitkijk;
5,
Santigron;
6,
Tottiekamp
(Toti-kampoe);
7.
Bigi
Poika;
8,
Kwakoegron;
9,
Loksiehatti;
10,
Finisanti;
11,
Goudplacer;
12,
Gros;
13,
Garnizoenspad;
14,
Pomona;
15,
Kwatta;
16,
Santo
Boma;
17,
Lelydorp;
18,
Copieweg;
19,
Onverwacht;
20,
Onoribo;
21,
Republiek;
22,
Matta;
23,
Zanderij;
24,
Berlijn;
25,
Sectie
O;
26,
Weg
naar
Zee;
27,
Purmerend;
28,
Leonsberg;
29,
Clevia;
30,
Morgenstond;
31,
Ma
Retraite;
32,
Paramaribo;
33,
Meerzorg;
34,
Dijkveld;
35,
Kasabaholo
Creek;
36,
Peperpot;
37,
Hout-
tuin;
38,
Domburg;
39,
Paranam;
40,
Powakka;
41,
Jodensavanne;
42,
Blakkawatra;
43,
Kraka;
44.
Phedra;
45,
Berg
en
Dal;
46,
Baboenhol;
47,
Brokopondo;
48,
Brokobaka;
49,
Afobaka;
50,
Brownsweg;
51,
Abontjima;
52,
Kabel;
53,
Njoenkondre;
54,
Lombé;
55,
Ganiakondre;
56,
Gansee;
57,
Bedoti;
58,
Braamspunt;
59,
Pomona;
60,
Nieuw
Amsterdam;
61,
Marienburg;
62,
Lust
en
Rust;
63,
Alkmaar;
64,
Tamanredjo;
65,
Kroonenburg;
66,
Wederzorg;
67,
Alliance;
68,
Matapica;
69,
Slootwijk;
70,
Potribo;
71,
Nengrekondre-pepre
(Ningripeprekondre);
72,
Sapende;
73,
Gododrai;
74,
Peninika
internaat;
75,
Mooimankondre;
76,
Charlottenburg;
77,
Bigisanti.
XXVIII
INTRODUCTION
concerning
their
itineraries
and
collecting
activities
can
be
found
in
the
above
cited
papers
by
Holthuis
(1959)
and
Hoogmoed
(1973).
In
several
scientific
papers
of
this
period
(e.g.,
Tate,
1939;
Sanborn,
1941;
Sander-
son,
1949)
Suriname
mammals
are
mentioned,
while
also
a
number
of
popular
accounts
provided
interesting
information.
Sanderson's
(1939)
narrative
of
his
1938
visit
to
Suriname
belongs
in
the
latter
category
as
does
also
Walsh
&
Gannon's
(1967)
account
of
the
so-called
"Operation
Gwamba".
"Operation
Gwamba",
which
will
be
frequently
referred
to
in
the
present
work,
was a
project
set
up
to
save
the
animals
inhabiting
the
area
of
about
1500
square
km
which
became
submerged
after
the
completion
in
1964
of
the
Afobaka
Dam
in
the
Suriname
River.
About
ten
thousand
animals
mostly
found
crowded
on
small
islands
or
in
tree
tops
were
taken
from
the
area
and
brought
to
uninhabited
higher
places
near
the
lake.
The authors
provide
a
list
of
all
animals
taken
and
in
this
way
an
interesting
picture
is
obtained
of
the
composition
of
the
fauna
of
the
area
and
the
sizes
of
the
populations
of
the
various
species.
Many
species,
usually
considered
rare,
turned
up
in
great
numbers
and
proved
to
be
quite
common,
but
they
evidently
are
of
such
secretive
behaviour
or
living
in
such
unusual
or
inaccessible
habitats
that
usually
they
have been
overlooked.
Wherever
in
the
text
reference
is
made
to
"Operation
Gwamba"
the
above
publication
is
meant.
A
very
important,
but
too
little
known
contribution
to
the
knowledge
of
the
Mammalia
of
Suriname
was
given
by
the
brothers
F.
P.
and
A.
P.
Penard,
and
I
want
to
end this
chapter
on
the
history
of
the
research
on
Suriname
mammals
by
giving
special
attention
and
paying
a
special
tribute
to
these
two
remarkable
pioneers
in
the
present
field.
Frederik
Paul
Penard
(26
January
1876
-
4
September
1909)
and
Arthur
Philip
Penard
(6
April
1880
-
12
September
1932)
were
the
sons
of
Frederik
Paul
Penard
Sr.,
a
well
to
do
merchant
of
Paramaribo,
and
his
wife
Philippina
Salomons.
In
1889,
when
Frederik
Jr.
was
13
years
old
and
Arthur
9,
both
showed
symptoms
of
lepra
and
had
to
leave
school.
From
then
the
two
boys
lived
in
isolation
at
their
home
in
Paramaribo.
Without
outside
help
the
older
boy
taught
himself
and
his
younger
brother,
while
their
mother
encouraged
the
boys
and
assisted
them
to
her
best
ability,
kept
the
outside
contacts
for
them
and
must
have
had
a
most
stimulating
influence.
Their
two
other
brothers
Thomas
Edward
(7
May
1878
-
27
October
1936)
and
William
A.
Penard
were
not
affected
by
the
disease
and
both
went
at
an
early
age
to
the
United
States.
Thomas
Edward
arrived
there
in
1891,
when
he
was
13,
and
got
his
education
there;
he
became
a
prominent
engineer,
and
was
also
well
known
as
an
amateur
ornithologist
(for
a
biography
see
Peters,
I
937-
232-234).
Both
Frederik
and
Arthur
developed
a
great
interest
in
natural
history
and
ethnology
and
around
1896
they
started
a
natural
history
collection,
mostly
of
birds
and
birds
eggs.
Since
they
could
not
leave
home,
all
their
material
was
obtained
from
hunters
and
fishermen,
mostly
Amerindians.
In
1899
the
two
brothers
decided
to
write
a
book
on
the
ornithology
of
the
Guianas.
The
actual
writing
of
it
was
mainly,
or
exclusively,
done
by
Frederik;
Arthur
maintained
the
XXIX
INTRODUCTION
contact
with
the
hunters
and
fishermen
and
for
this
purpose
learned
the
languages
of
the
Indians
that
brought
them
their
specimens.
In
this
way
Arthur
obtained
much
field
information
of
the
species,
which
information
was
used
in
their
book.
Arthur
also
supervised
the
preparation
of
the
bird
skins,
and made
the
necessary
notes
on
them
to
be
used
by
Frederik
in
his
text.
By
selling
their
collection
of
bird
skins
(to
the
Rothschild
collection)
they
obtained
the
necessary
funds
to
publish
the
first
volume
of
their
"De
Vogels
van
Guyana"
(in
April
1908).
Through
the
untiring
efforts
of
Dr.
F.
A.
Jentink,
director
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie
at
Leiden,
and
his
curator
of
birds
Di.
E.
D.
van
Oort,
and
with
the
financial
aid
of
numerous
Dutch
amateur
ornithologists,
the
second
volume
was
published
in
1910.
The
two
brothers
were
also
much
interested
in
ethnology
and
Arthur's
knowledge
of
the
Indian
languages
made
it
possible
for
them
to
obtain
very
important
information,
which
they
published
in
a
number
of
books
and
articles.
It
was
little
known
that
the
boys
had
also
done
their
share
in
mammological
research,
and
even
planned
the
publication
of
a
book
on
the
"Mammals
of
Suriname".
The
history
of
this
book,
which
unfortunately
never
was
published
as
such,
is
the
following.
In
1905
and
1906
"De
Surinamer"
a
"nieuws-
en
advertentieblad"
(news-
paper
and
advertiser),
which
was
issued
twice
a
week
in
Paramaribo,
published
a
series
of
articles
under
the
title
"Grepen
uit
de
Natuurkunde
van
Suriname.
Bijeen-
gebracht
uit
talrijke
wetenschappelijke
werken
en
lokaal-beschrijvingen
van
Jagers,
Visschers
enz.
door
X"
(Some
aspects
of
the
natural
history
of
Suriname.
Brought
together
from
numerous
scientific
publications
and
local
descriptions
by
hunters,
fishermen,
etc.
by
X).
The
pseudonym
X
proved
to
stand
for
the
brothers
F.
P
and
A. P.
Penard.
The
articles
are
numbered
1
to
91
and
the
fiist
57
deal
with
Mammalia;
m
the
remaining
articles
the
reptiles
are
treated,
but
the
reptile
text
is
interrupted
by
a
general
description
of
the
ecology
of
the
country
and
of
the
influence
of
the
seasons
(articles
79
to
86).
The
series
extended
from
1
January
1905
to
9
December
I9°6,
and
appeared
in
vols.
12
and
13 of
"De
Surinamer".
A
complete
collation
with
indication
of
the
dates
of
publication
of
the
various
articles
is
given
in
the
bibliog-
raphy
at
the
end
of
this book.
In
a
letter
dated
5
November
1909 Mrs.
Penard,
who
was
widowed
by
then,
approached
Dr.
E.
D.
van
Oort,
curator
of
birds
of
the
Leiden
Museum,
asking
whether
there
would
be
any
possibility
to
have
the
"Grepen
uit
de
Natuurkunde"
published
in
book-form
as
'it
can
be
considered
to
be
the
most
complete
account
so
far
written
about
Suriname
zoology'
1
(the
word
"zoology"
probably
stands
here
for
"mammalogy").
At
that
time
Frederik
had
just
died,
and
Van
Oort
and
Jentink
had
succeeded
to
get
the
second
volume
of
"De
Vogels
van
Guyana"
ac-
cepted
for
publication.
Evidently
Van
Oort's
answer
to
Mrs.
Penard
was
positive
as
she
wrote
him
(28
December
1909):
'It
is
with
pleasure
that
I
see
from
your
letter
of
1
December,
that
you
will
try
to
find
a
publisher
for
the
zoological
work
1
This
quotation
is
translated
from
the
Dutch;
here,
and
in
the
rest
of
the
text,
these
trans-
lated
quotations
are
placed
in
single
quotation
marks,
straight
quotations
in
double
marks.
INTRODUCTION
XXX
of
my
sons.
Copies
of
"De
Surinamer",
the
newspaper
in
which
this
work
appeared
in
serial
form,
cannot
be
obtained
anymore.
However,
the
cuttings
of
these
articles,
which
have been
brought
up
to
date
and
are
now
in
shape
to
be
published
as
a
book,
at
present
are
in
the
possession
of
my
son
Thos.
E.
Penard,
32
Irvingstreet,
Everett,
Mass.,
U.S.A.;
they
will
soon
be
sent
to
you.
In
case
the
work
cannot
be
published,
would
you
then
be
so
kind
to
return
the
manuscript,
as
I
do
not
have
a
duplicate'.
The
next
item
is
a
letter
(in
English)
sent
to
Dr.
van
Oort
by
Thomas
E.
Penard
and
dated
Everett,
Feb.
15,
1910;
its
contents
is
as
follows:
"Dear
Sir.
I
am
sending
to
you,
registred
under
separate
cover,
the
manuscript
of
'De
Zoog-
dieren
van
Guyana*
[The
mammals
of
Guyana],
concerning
which
my
brother
[error
for:
mother]
has
already
written
you
and
for
which
you
believe
you
may
be
able
to find
a
publisher
providing
the
material
should
warrant
it.
In
your
letter
of
Dec.
i,
1909
addressed
to
my
mother,
you
ask
for
the
original
papers
in
which
portions
of
the
subject
have
already
appeared.
These,
however,
have
been
used
in
the
preparation
of
the
manuscript
and
it
is
now
impossible
to
obtain
duplicates
of
them.
We
have
no
other
copies
in
the
family.
I
would
ask
you,
therefore,
to
return
the
original
manuscript
to
me
in
case
you
decide
not
to
publish
it.
I
would
ask
you,
also,
to
return
the
manuscript
to
me
in
case
you
do
publish
it,
if
this
request
be
not
entirely
unreasonable.
My
intense
interest
in
my
brothers'
work
leads
me
to
make
the
above
request;
I
should
like
to
keep
the
original
manuscript
as
a
personal
souvenir.
I
have
delayed
in
sending
the
manuscript
to
you
directly
upon
receiving
instructions
to
do
so,
because
I
wished
to
copy
certain
portions
which
appeared
to
me
most
valuable,
to
guard
against
possible
loss
through
the
mails.
The
manuscript
has
been
carefully
disinfected.
Kindly
inform
me
what
course
you
adopt,
and
let
me
know
if
I
can
render
any
further
as-
sistance.
Yours
respectfully,
Thomas
E.
Penard"
Thereupon
Drs.
Jentink
and
Van
Oort
got
in
touch
with
at
least
two
Dutch
publishers:
Martinus
Nijhoff
in
The
Hague
(who
had
already
published
the
bird
book
of
the
Penards),
and
W.
Versluys
in
Amsterdam,
a
well
known
publisher
of
popular
natural
history
literature
of
high
quality.
Nijhoff
on
30
June
1910
wrote
Dr.
Jentink,
informing
him
that
as
soon
as
the
bird
book
of
the
Penards
was
published
he
would
consider
the
possibility
to
publish
the
volume
on
mammals
as
a
sequel
to
it,
while
Mrs.
Penard
in
a
letter
to
Dr.
van
Oort,
dated
12
November
1910,
wrote:
'Mr.
Nijhoff
informed
me
that
he
considers
the
publication
of
the
manuscript
con-
cerning
the
mammals,
in
case
the
sale
of
the
bird
books
is
favourable'.
Among
the
records
of
the
Leiden
Museum
is
a
letter
from
the
publishers
W.
Versluys
to
Dr.
van
Oort,
dated
Amsterdam
20
April
1910,
stating
that
they
would
like
to
see
the
manu-
script
of
the
mammal
book
before
giving
any
opinion
as
to
the
possibility
of
publish-
ing
it.
However,
as
the
subject
of
the
book
was
of
such
a
restricted
interest,
they
were
afraid
that
not
much
could
be
paid
for
it;
perhaps
a
serial
publication
in
their
journal
"De
Levende
Natuur"
could
be
considered,
after
which
the
full
text
perhaps
could
be
issued
in
book-form.
No
further
correspondence
on
the
subject
can
be
found,
but
it
seems
likely
that
both
publishers
finally
turned
the
manuscript
down,
as
the
book
was
never
published.
The
manuscript
was
probably
returned
to
either
Thomas
Edward
or
to
Mrs.
Penard;
the
latter
died
in
Paramaribo
on
24
December
1926,
76
years
old.
The
manuscript
was
said
to
be
kept
by
Arthur
Penard
and
after
XXXI
INTRODUCTION
his
death
in
1932
went
to
the
youngest
of
the
four
Penard
brothers,
William.
This
manuscript,
which
consists
of
a
number
of
school
excercise
books,
in
which
the
cuttings
are
pasted
in,
was
finally
donated
by
William
Penard
to
Frater
Abbenhuis,
a
roman
catholic
priest,
who
deposited
it
in
the
library
of
the
home
of
the
rornan
catholic
friars
in
Paramaribo.
It
was
used
by
the
teachers
of
the
roman
catholic
schools
in
Paramaribo
for
their
biology
courses.
When
I
was
in
Paramaribo
in
1963,
I
consulted
this
manuscript
and
made
two
photocopies
of
it,
both
of
which
are
now
in
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie,
Leiden.
There
is
also
a
bound
photo-
copy
in
the
Library
of
the
Surinaams
Museum,
thanks
to
the
good
offices
of
Mr.
F.
Haverschmidt.
A
complete
set
of
"De
Surinamer"
in
the
roman
catholic
episcopal
archives
in
the
Bisschopshuis,
Gravenstraat,
Paramaribo,
made
it
possible
for
me
to
obtain
all
the
bibliographic
information
of
the
various
articles,
given
here
in
the
bibliography
(pp.
542,
543).
The
articles
by
the
brothers
Penard
are
of
varying
quality
and
the
information
contained
in
them
must
be
treated
with
some
leserve,
but
much
is
very
valuable,
although
often
in
need
of
verification.
It
is
amazing
that
two
young
men
in
these
extremely
difficult
circumstances,
isolated
from
the
rest
of
the
world,
with
a
sick
body
and
no
hope
for
a
better
future,
still
had
the
energy,
interest,
and
strength
of
mind
to
undertake
these
extremely
difficult
projects
and
to
succeed
so
well.
Some
of
the
casual
remarks
in
the
letters
of
Mrs.
Penard
show,
better
than
an
extensive
description,
the
terrible
and
heart-rending
situation
in
which
they
lived,
e.g.,
in
her
letter
of
12
November
1910
answering
Dr.
van
Oort's
request
for
material
of
bird
skins.
She
wrote
then:
'To
my
great regret
I
have
to
inform
you
that
my
son
[i.e.,
Arthur;
Frederik
had
died
about
a
year
ago]
who
should
have
to
supervise
the
preparation
of
the
skins
requested
by
you,
cannot
do
so
anymore
because
of
the
loss
of
his
eyesight'.
Mrs.
Penard,
who
did
all
the
correspondence
for
her
sons,
must
have
been
an
exceptional
woman,
to
whom,
very
deservedly,
the
two
brothers
dedicated
their
bird
book.
In
the
present
work
I
have
rather
freely
cited
from
the
Penards'
articles
referring
to
each
with
the
date
of
publication.
In
order
to
make
these
citations
less
cumber-
some,
I
have
only
given
their
free
English
translation
(in
single
quotation
marks)
and
refrained
from
citing
the
original
Dutch
text.
A
biography
of
the
brothers
Penard
was
published
by
Haverschmidt
(1949).
NATURE
PROTECTION,
HUNTING
AND
PEST
CONTROL
IN
SURINAME
Until
1954
uo
official
measures
were
taken
in
Suriname
to
protect
its
fauna.
In that
year
an
ordinance
was
published
(Gouvernementsblad
van
Suriname,
1954
no
-
25)
regulating
the
protection,
hunting
and
selling
of
animals
and
animal
products.
This
ordinance
is
still in
force
at
present.
Article
1
indicates
that
in
Suriname
all
feral
mammals,
birds
and
turtles
are
fully
protected
with
the
exception
of
two
categories,
viz.,
the
'game
animals'
and
the
'predominantly
harmful
animals'.
INTRODUCTION
XXXII
Article
6 rules
that
the
species
belonging
to
these
two
categories
will
be
indicated
by
decree.
The
first
such
decree
was
published
in
1955
and
it
has
been
revised
several
times
since.
The
latest
decree,
which
is
still
in
force
today,
is
the
one
of
1
October
1970,
published
in
the
Gouvernementsblad
van
Suriname,
1970
no.
104.
In
Article
2
sub
ia
it
lists
the
following
animals
as
'game
animals'
in
the
meaning
of
Art.
1
of
the
Ordinance:
'Boshert
or
pranasai-dia
or
prasara-dia
(Mazama americana)
;
Haas
or
He
(Agouti
paca);
Jaguar
(Panthera
onca);
Kapasi
or
lontoetere
or
gordeldier
(Dasypus
novemcinctus
and
Dasypus
kappleri);
Kesi-kesi
(Cebus
apella
apella);
Klein
boshert
or
koeriakoe
or
boesikrabita
(Mazama
gouazoubira);
Konijn
or
koni-koni
or
agoeti
(Dasyprocta
cayanus);
Pakira
(Tayassu
tajacu);
Pingo
(Tayassu
pecari);
Tapir
or
buffel
(Tapirus
terrestris);
Waterhaas
or
kapoewa
(Hydrochaeris
hydrochaeris);
Zeehert
or
savanna-hert
(Odocoileus
virginianus)'.
Article
2
sub
2a
lists
the
following
mammals
as
'predominantly
harmful
species':
'Aira
(Eira
barbara);
Awari
or
grote
buidelrat
(Didelphis
marsupialis)
;
Bloedzuigende
vleermuizen
(Desmodus
rotundus)
;
Huismuis
or
moismoisi
(Mus
musculus);
Huisrat
(Rattus
rattus);
Mongoes
or
fret
(Herpestes
auropunctatus);
Rioolrat
(Rattus
norvegicus);
Stadsrat
(Rattus
alexandrinus)'.
The
same
decree
indicates
that
hunting
is
permitted
from
i
May
to
31
December
on
all
mammals
of
the
category
'game
animals',
with
the
exception
of
the
Jaguar
(Panthera
onca)
,
which
may
be
hunted
throughout
the
year.
Hunting
for
game
animals
and
killing
predominantly
harmful
animals
is
only
allowed
with
a
special
government
permit.
Article
5
of
the
decree
of
1970
states
that
the
Game
Ordinance
1954
is
in
force
only
for
the
area
in
the
northern
part
of
Suriname
shown
on
map
2. In
the
southern
part
of
the
country
hunting
is
free.
Schultz
(1971)
extensively
dealt
with
the
Suriname
nature
reserves
and
nature
parks.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I
am
most
indebted
to
the
directors
and
curators
of
the
museums
listed
on
p.
xxi
for
allowing
me
to
study
mammal
specimens,
mainly
from
Suriname,
present
in
the
collections
under
their
care.
The
study
of
this
material
not
only
contributed
to
a
better
understanding
of
the
occurrence
of
various
species
in
Suriname,
but
also
made
it
possible
to
solve
some
problems
in
the
fields
of
taxonomy
and
nomenclature.
During
my
visit
to
the
Field
Museum
at
Chicago
in
1963,
I
discussed
several
problems
INTRODUCTION
XXXIII
I
with
Dr.
P.
Hershkovitz,
Research
Curator
of
Mammals,
who
allowed
me
also
to
study
the
extensive
material
of
Suriname
mammals
collected
by
him
in
1961
and
1962
(Hershkovitz,
1962).
Dr.
P.
J.
H.
van
Bree,
Curator
of
Mammals
of
the
Zoological
Museum
in
Amsterdam,
kindly
placed
at
my
disposal
the
collections
of
Suriname
mammals
obtained
by
that
museum
in
recent
years,
and
was
most
helpful
also
in
other
respects.
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes,
formerly
Director
of
the
Surinaams
Museum,
provided
the
greater
part
of
the
material
used
in
the
present
study.
He
was
the
one
who
stimulated
my
work
on
the
Suriname
mammals
and
without
his
insistence
I
would
never
even
have
begun
the
present
project.
Throughout
my
work
he
has
given
me
advice
and
information,
and
urged
me on.
Very
important
Suriname
material
was
placed
at
my
disposal
by
the
following
of
my
colleagues,
who
collected
in
Suriname
during
longer
or
shorter
periods
(in-
dicated
in
parentheses
behind
their
names);
in
many
instances
they
provided
me
with
most
valuable
specimens,
several
belonging
to
species
not
before
reported
from
Suriname:
Dr.
M.
Boeseman
(13
November
1963
-
4
October
1964,
19
January
-
26
April
1971),
Dr.
P.
H.
van
Doesburg
(April
1957
-
April
1963,
November
-
Decem-
ber
1968),
Dr.
M.
S.
Hoogmoed
(24
April
-
20
November
1968,
10
January-18
February
1970,
26
September
1974-
27
November
1975),
Dr.
G.
F.
Mees
(8
March
i
965
-
13
April
1966,
15
November
1971
-
15
November
1972).
The
important
collections
obtained
by
Mr.
P.
Staffeleu
have
already
been
mentioned
on
p.
xxvi.
Dr.
F.
Lukoschus
of
the
University
of
Nijmegen,
between
July
and
October
1971
collected
mammals
in
Suriname
for
his
parasitological
researches;
his
collection
contained
many
interesting
specimens,
especially
among
the
Chiroptera,
his
specimens
are
now
in
the
Leiden
Museum.
Mr.
J.
Schouten,
chief
of
the
technical
staff
of
the
Mammal
Division
of
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie,
is
mainly
responsible
for
the
efficient
and
excellent
way
in
which
the
collected
material
was
made
available
for
study;
he
helped
me
also
in
many
other
respects
for
which
I
am
most
grateful.
I
am
likewise
much
indebted
to
Mr. D.
G.
Reeder,
who
not
only,
during
his
stay
in
Suriname,
collected
several
of
the
specimens
treated
here,
but
also,
after
he
joined
the
tech-
nical
staff
of
the
Mammal
Division,
took
care
of
the
preparation
and
administration
of
part
of
the
Suriname
material.
During
my
stay
(1962-1963)
in
Suriname,
which
was
made
financially
possible
b y
a
generous
grant
from
the
Netherlands
Foundation
for
the
Advancement
of
Research
in
Surinam
and
the
Netherlands
Antilles
(WOSUNA)
(later
named
Nether-
lands
Foundation
for
the
Advancement
of
Tropical
Research,
WOTRO),
many
people
greatly
facilitated
my
work
there.
Among
these
persons
I
should
like
to
mention
Ir.
P.
G.
de
Boer,
Director
of
the
"Stichting
voor
de
Ontwikkeling
van
Machinale
Landbouw
in
Suriname"
(the
so-called
Wageningen
rice-project);
Mr.
R-
J.
Bolwerk,
Head
of
the
Archeological
Service,
Surinaams
Museum;
the
late
bather
A.
Donicie,
C.S.S.R.,
Director
of
the
Peninika
Boardingschool
in
the
upper
INTRODUCTION
XXXIV
Commewijne
area;
Mr.
Jimmy
Douglas,
at
the
time
District
Commissioner
of
the
Commewijne
District;
Dr.
H.
Kuil
and
Dr.
E.
Hooghiemstra,
Directors
of
the
Veterinary
Service;
Prof.
Dr.
E.
van
der
Kuyp,
Director
of
the
Bureau
for
Public
Health
(B.O.G.);
Ir.
H.
E.
Lionarons,
Director
of
the
Fishery
Service;
Ir.
J.
Samson,
formerly
Director
of
the
Agricultural
Experimental
Station,
Paramaribo;
Ir.
G.
P.
Tiggelman,
Director
of
Agriculture;
Ir.
P.
J.
D.
Versteegh,
Director
of
the
Forestry
Service;
and
the
Direction
of
the
Suriname
Airlines
Company
(S.L.M.).
It
is
impossible
to
mention
all
the
others,
who
helped
me
in
some
way
or
other
and
made
my
stay
in
Suriname
such
a
pleasant
and
successful
one.
With
utmost
gratitude
I
mention
here
the
stimulating
collaboration
generously
and
profusely
rendered
by
my
colleague,
Prof.
Dr.
L.
B.
Holthuis,
during
the
many
years
of
preparing
this
publication.
His
patience
and
expert
advice
(especially
though
not
exclusively
on
nomenclatorial
matters),
as
well
as
his
willingness
to
condense
my
1962
thesis
into
the
present
chapter
on
Chiroptera,
were
crucial
for
the
publication
of
this
work
in
its
present
form.
I
should
like
to
end
this
chapter
with
expressing
my
deep
gratitude
to
the
late
Prof.
Dr.
H.
Boschma,
to
whom
this
book
is
dedicated,
for
his
advice,
moral
support
and
guidance
throughout
this
study
and
for
critically
reading
the
manuscript.
Without
his
always
freely
given
and
stimulating
help
this
book
would
never
have
been
realized.
Class
Mammalia
In
the
present
publication
the
classification
and
the
arrangement
of
the
orders,
families,
genera
and
species
mainly
corresponds
with
the
1958
and
1961
check-lists
of
the
South
American
mammals
by
Cabrera.
According
to
Cabrera
twelve
mamma-
lian
orders
occur
in
South
America,
eleven
of
which
have
representatives
in
the
fauna
of
Suriname.
The
Insectivora,
namely,
do
not
occur
in
Suriname,
as
their
distribution
in
South
America
is
restricted
to
the
north-easternmost
part
of
the
continent.
In
some
respect,
however,
Cabrera's
classification
needs
emendation,
partly
in
the
light
of
more
recent
revisions
of
some
groups,
partly
as
a
consequence
of
changed
views.
So
Cabrera
(1958:
228-306)
and
many
other
authors
recognized
two
suborders
of
the
Carnivora:
the
Fissipedia
(adapted
to
terrestrial
life)
and
the
Pinnipedia
(seals
and
walruses,
adapted
to
aquatic
life).
The
two
suborders
are
now
generally
regarded
as
separate
orders,
the
order Carnivora
as
equivalent
to
the
former
suborder
Fissipedia,
and
the
order
Pinnipedia,
equivalent
to
the
former
suborder
of
that
name;
the
two
groups
not
being
considered
closely
related
(see
Anderson
&
Jones,
1967).
To
my
knowledge
there
are
no
records
of
Pinnipedia
from
the
coast
or
the
nearby
open
sea
of
the
Guianas.
It
has
also
been
customary
to
divide
the
order
Cetacea
(whales
and
dolphins)
into
two
suborders,
the
Odontoceti
(toothed
whales)
and
the
Mysticeti
(baleen
whales).
Recent
authors
have
defended
the
view
that
these
suborders
should
be
assigned
the
rank
of
full
orders.
In
previous
classifications,
the
hares
and
rabbits
were
included
as
a
suborder
in
the
order
Rodentia,
under
the
name
Duplicidentata
(rodents
with
four
upper
in-
cisors)
;
the
other
suborder
was
the
Simplicidentata
(rodents
with
two
upper
incisors).
In
recent
years
it
has
become
evident
that
the
hares
and
rabbits
must
form
a
separate
order,
the
Lagomorpha,
distinct
from
the
order
Rodentia.
This
procedure
was
also
followed
by
Cabrera
(1961:344,353).
Each
order
comprises
one
or
more
families,
genera
and
species,
the
number
of
which
varies
considerably,
not
only
in
the
different
parts
of
South
America
but
also
in
Suriname.
In
the
following
key
to
the
Suriname
mammalian
orders,
only
those
characters
are
used,
which
in
my
opinion
can
be
easily
observed. These
characters
are
only
of
importance
to
separate
the
forms
occurring
in
Suriname,
so
that
the
key
must
be
used
with
some
reserve
if
consulted
for
mammals
from
the
other
South
American
countries.
The
same
applies
to
the
other
keys
in
the
present
work.
Key
to
the
orders
of
the
mammals
of
Suriname
I
a.
Front
limbs
modified
for
flying.
Bones
of
hand
and
fingers
greatly
elongated;
wing
membranes
attached
to
the
sides
of
the
body
and
the
hind
limbs
(text-
figs.
id,
5a)
Chiroptera
(bats),
p.
41
b-
Front
limbs
not
modified
for
flying
2
MAMMALIA
2
2a.
Front
limbs
modified
to
fin-like
appendages;
hind
limbs
lacking.
Tail
short,
horizontally
flattened
(pi.
141).
Animals
exclusively
aquatic
3
b.
Not
as
in
2a
4
3a.
Tail
with
a
rounded
posterior
margin
(pi.
90)
. .
Sirenia
(manatees),
p.
334
b.
Tail
laterally
expanded
into
two
pointed
flukes
(pi.
141)
Cetacea
(whales
and
dolphins),
p.
513
4a.
Dorsal
surface
of
head,
body
and
tail
covered
with
a
bony
carapace
or
armour
(frontispiece,
pi.
60)
.
Edentata,
family
Dasypodidae
(armadillos),
p.
236,
253
b.
Not
as
in
4a
5
5a.
Upper
and
lower
jaws
wholly
toothless
(pis.
62,
63);
mouth
tubular
with
small
terminal
opening
(pi.
55)
Edentata,
family
Myrmecophagidae
(anteaters),
p.
236,
239
b.
Not
as
in
5a
6
6a.
Upper
incisors
absent
(pis.
64,
99-103)
7
b.
Upper
incisors
present
8
7a.
Pelage
long
and
crisp;
hind
foot
with
three
long
claws
(pis.
58,
59)
Edentata,
family
Bradypodidae
(sloths),
p.
236,
247
b.
Pelage
short;
hind
foot
(and
forefoot)
with
hoofs
Artiodactyla,
family
Cervidae
(deer),
p. 345,
356
8a.
Canines
absent;
incisors
strongly
enlarged
and
chisel-like
(text-fig.
40)
...
9
b.
Canines
present,
longer
than
the
incisors
(text-fig.
2)
10
9a.
Number
of
incisors
of
the
upper
jaw
4,
the
second
pair
much
reduced,
directly
behind
the
first
pair.
Hind
foot
densely
haired,
with
three
toes
(pi.
106
fig.
5)
Lagomorpha
(hares
and
rabbits),
p.
369
b.
Number
of
incisors
in
the
upper
jaw
2.
If
the
hind
foot
has
three
toes,
it
is
not
densely
haired
Rodentia
(rodents),
p.
372
10a.
Tail
reduced,
very
short
11
b.
Tail
distinct
and
long,
or
short
and
densely
haired
12
na.
Pig-like
animals.
Hind
limbs
with
three
toes.
Length
of
head
and
body
up
to
about
90
cm
....
Artiodactyla,
family
Dicotylidae
(peccaries),
p. 345,
347
b.
Upper
lip
and
nostrils
elongated
into
a
short
muscular
proboscis
(pi.
92).
Length
of
head
and
body
up
to
about
180
cm
Perissodactyla,
family
Tapiridae
(tapirs),
p.
340
12a.
Rat-
or
mouse-like
animals.
Total
number
of
the
small
upper
incisors
10,
that
of
the
lower
incisors
8
(text-fig.
2c)
Marsupialia
(marsupials),
p. 4
b.
Animals
not
rat-
or
mouse-like
13
13a.
Total
number
of
upper
as
well
as
lower
incisors
4
(text-fig.
2a).
Front
limbs
and
hind
limbs
elongated
Primates
(monkeys),
p.
206
b.
Total
number
of
upper
as
well
as
lower
incisors
6
(text-fig.
2b);
the
outer
incisors
are
largest,
the
inner
smallest,
at
least
in
the
upper
jaw
Carnivora
(carnivores),
p.
267
MAMMALIA
3
Metachirops
opossum opossum
(Ball);
C,
(Linnaeus).
(Linnaeus);
B,
Cebus
apella
apella
Leopardus
pardalis
melanurus
Fig.
2.
Incisors
and
canines
in
upper
(left
figures)
and
lower
(right
figures)
jaws
in
Primates,
Carnivores
and
Marsupials.
A,
Order
Marsupialia
It
is
not
difficult
to
distinguish
the
seven
genera of
marsupials
known
from
Suriname
(see
plates
2-7)
from
one
another,
but
some
of
the
species,
especially
the
smaller,
show
a
superficial
resemblance
to
some
of
the
smaller
rodents,
and
at
a
first
glance
may
be
confused
with
those.
The
most
striking
external
characters
in
which
marsupials
can
be
distinguished
from
rodents
are:
(1)
the
shape
and
the
structure
of
the
hind
foot:
the
hallux
of
the
hind
foot
is
clawless
and
opposable
to
the
other
digits
(pi.
1);
(2)
the
size
and
the
arrangement
of
the
teeth
(see
text-fig.
3).
All
rodents
have
large
incisors
in
the
upper
jaw
as
well
as
in
the
lower,
while
between
the
incisors
and
the
next
teeth
there
is
a
large
space,
the
diastema,
which
is
caused
by
the
absence
of
the
canines
and
usually
also
of
the
premolars.
The
marsupials,
on
the
other
hand,
have
a
complete
dentition;
the
incisors
are
small,
situated
between
the
large
canines,
while
there
is
not
a
marked
diastema
between
the
canines
and
the
first
premolar.
Six
of
the
genera
of
Marsupialia
are
represented
in
Suriname
by
one
species
each.
Of
the
seventh
genus,
Marmosa,
for
the
present
four
species
are
recognized
as
be-
longing
to
the
fauna
of
Suriname.
These
four
species
have
the
following
characters
in
common:
(1)
the
presence
of
a
dark
ring
around
each
eye,
which
is
continued
forward
as
a
dark
streak,
reaching
as
far
as
the
rhinarium
(see
pi.
4);
(2)
the
absence
of
a
pouch,
and
(3)
the
tail
always
being
distinctly
longer
than
head
and
body.
It
is
possible
that
more
species
of
Marmosa
will
be
found
in
Suriname
if
more
intensive
collecting
is
carried
out
in
the
interior,
especially
in
the
mountainous
areas.
For
the
identification
of
Marmosa
species
not
treated
in
the
present
paper,
the
work
by
Tate
(1933)
may
prove
most
useful.
An
eighth
genus
of
Marsupialia,
viz.,
Lutreolina,
with
the
species
L.
crassicaudata
(Desmarest,
1804),
is
briefly
treated
here,
although
its
occurrence
in
Suriname
is
very
problematic;
the
species,
however,
once
has
been
recorded
in
the
literature
on
mammals
of
Suriname
(see
p.
39).
In
order
to
facilitate
the
identification
of
the
marsupials
of
Suriname,
two
keys
are
here
given:
the
first
is
based
on
external
characters
and
distinguishes
the
seven
genera,
the
second
uses
skull
characters
and
is
meant
for
the
identification
of
all
the
species.
Key
to
the
genera
of
the
Marsupialia
of
Suriname
based
on
external
characters
ia.
Tail
about
half
the
length
of
head
and
body
(pi.
3)
. . . .
Monodelphis,
p.
n
b.
Tail
equal
to,
slightly
shorter,
or
distinctly
longer
than
head
and
body
...
2
2a.
Fur
of
the
back
with
large
dark
and
light
areas.
Toes
of
hind
feet
webbed
(pi.
7)
Chironectes,
p.
36
b.
Fui
of
the
back
of
a
uniform
colour.
Toes
of
hind
feet
not
webbed
3
MARSUPIALIA
5
Zygodontomys
brevicauda
microtinus
(Thomas).
Both
figures
in
left
side
view;
c,
canine;
i,
incisors;
m,
molars;
p,
premolars.
(Linnaeus);
lower
figure:
Marmosa
murina
murina
Comparison
of
the
skulls
of
a
marsupial
and
a
rodent.
Upper
figure:
6
MARSUPIALIA
3a.
A
distinct
white
or
light
yellowish
rounded
spot
above
each
eye
(pi.
5)
...
4
b.
Such
spots
not
present
5
4a.
The
dark grey
or
blackish
brown
fur
extends
for
about
50
to
75
mm
on
the
tail
Metachirops,
p.
24
b.
The
brownish
coloured
fur
extends
at
most
for
about
25
mm
on
the
tail
.
.
.
Metachirus,
p.
28
5a.
A
dark
brown
central
streak
runs over
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
head
from
the
muzzle
to
between
the
ears
(pi.
2)
Caluromys,
p.
8
b. Face
without
a
dark
central
streak
6
6a.
The
eyes
surrounded
by
a
dark
brownish
ring,
which
continues
as
a
stripe
from
the
lower
corner
of
the
eye
to
the
muzzle
(pi.
4).
Fur
soft
. .
Marmosa,
p.
14
b. No
distinct,
regular,
dark
ring
around
the
eyes
(pi.
6).
Fur
intermixed
with
long
bristly
hairs
Didelphis,
p.
30
Key
to
the
Marsupialia
of
Suriname
based
on
skull
characters
ia.
Postorbital
processes
(see
text-fig.
4,
pp)
absent,
there
is
no
marked
separation
between
the
interorbital
and
the
postorbital
constrictions
(pi.
9
upper
figs).
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
9
specimens
from
6.0
to
6.4
mm
(mean:
6.3
mm).
.
Monodelphis
brevicaudata
brevicaudata,
p.
II
b.
Postorbital
processes
sharply
defined
or
distinctly
indicated
(pis.
8,
9
lower
figs.,
10,
11);
if
weakly
indicated
or
nearly
absent,
the
combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars
is
about
10
mm
2
2a.
Postorbital
processes
large
and
triangular
(pi.
8
lower
figs.);
postorbital
con-
striction
somewhat
hidden
below
the
posterior
carinae
formed
by
these
pro-
cesses.
Combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
13
specimens
from
7.8
to
8.4
mm
(mean:
8.1
mm)
Caluromys
philander
philander,
p.
8
b.
Postorbital
processes
smaller.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
less
than
8
mm
or
more
than
9
mm
3
3a.
Combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars
less
than
8.0
mm
(genus
Marmosa;
pis.
10,
n)
4
b.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
more
than
9.0
mm
...
7
4a.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
4
specimens
from
7.0
to
7.2
mm
Marmosa
cinerea
demerarae,
p.
14
b.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
less
than
6.5
mm
...
5
5a.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
in
2
specimens
4.2
mm
. .
Marmosa
emiliae,
p. 23
b.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
more
than
4.5
mm
...
6
6a.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
16
specimens
from
5.2
to
6.1
mm
(mean:
5.6
mm)
....
Marmosa
murina
murina,
p.
18
b.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
5
specimens
from
4.7
to
5.2
mm
(mean:
5.0
mm)
Marmosa
lepida,
p.
16
MARSUPIALIA
7
spec.).
Upper
figure,
left:
ventral
view;
upper
figure,
right:
dorsal
view.
Lower
figure:
inner
side
of
the
right
lower
jaw.
The
tooth-row
of
each
side
the
upper
jaw
consists
of
five
incisors
(
1¹-1
5
),
one
canine
(c),
three
premolars
(p¹-p³)
and
ur
molars
(m
¹-m
4
);
that
of
the
lower
jaw
has
four
incisors,
one
canine,
three
premolars
and
fou
r
molars
,
respectively.
—
a,
distance
between
the
anterior
border
of
the
alveole
of
the
canine
to
the
posterior
border
of
the
third
premolar;
b,
length
of
the
first
three
molars
together;
bl,
basal
length;
br,
breadth
of
braincase;
cb,
condylobasal
length;
d,
length
of
the
four
molars
get
her;
ib,
interorbital
constriction;
1,
length
of
mandible;
n,
length
of
nasals;
p.
ang.,
proces-
angularis;
pb,
postorbital
breadth;
p.
cond.,
processus
condylicus
(=
proc.
articularis);
p.
c
or.,
processus
coronoideus
(=
proc.
muscularis);
pl,
palatal
length;
pp,
processus
postorbi-
talis;
zb,
zygomatic
breadth.
Marmosa
Fig.
4.
Skull
of
a
marsupial
(
8
MARSUPIALIA
7a.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
22
specimens
from
15.2
to
17.3
mm
(mean:
16.3
mm);
basal
length
more
than
75
mm
(pi.
9
lower
figs.)
Didelphis
marsupialis
marsupialis,
p.
30
b.
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
less
than
15mm;
basal
length
less
than
75
mm
8
8a.
Braincase
distinctly
broader
than
the
interorbital
constriction
(pi.
12).
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
(according
to
Thomas,
1888:
320,
footnote)
from
12
to
14
mm
....
Chironectes
minimus
minimus,
p.
36
b.
Braincase
narrow,
about
as
wide
as
the
interorbital
constriction
(pi.
8
upper
figs.)
9
9a.
Postorbital
processes
sharply
defined
(pi.
8
upper
figs.).
Combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
17
specimens
from
10.5
to
12.8
mm
(mean:
n.6
mm);
width
of
the
second
upper
premolar
about
1.8
mm
....
Metachirops
opossum
opossum,
p.
24
b.
Postorbital
processes
small
or
even
absent
(Thomas,
1888:321).
Combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars
varying
in
4
specimens
from
10.0
to
10.5
mm
(mean:
10.3
mm);
width
of
the
second
premolar
about
1.1
mm
. . .
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
nudicaudatus,
p.
28
FAMILY
DIDELPHIDAE
Caluromys
philander
philander
(Linnaeus,
1758)
PL
2
(animal),
pi.
8
lower
figures
(skull)
Didelphis
Philander
Linnaeus,
1758,
Systema
Naturae,
(ed.
10)
1:
54-55.
Type
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
America".
Restricted
by
Thomas
(1911:143)
to
"Surinam".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
4;
Hershkovitz,
1949;
Thomas,
1888:
337-338,
341.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Philander
Opossum;
(N)
Philander,
Wollige
Opossum;
(S)
Awari.
Distribution.
•—
The
species
Caluromys
philander
(Linnaeus,
1758)
is
known
from
Venezuela,
the
Guianas
and
from
north-eastern,
south-eastern
and
south
central
Brazil.
The
nominate
subspecies
C.
philander philander
occurs
in
Venezuela,
the
Guianas
and
north-eastern
Brazil.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
first
author
who
mentioned
this
species
from
Suriname
was
Fermin
(1765:
26),
who
reported
it
under
the
name
"Rat
de
Bois,
nomme
Mus
major
agrestis
capite
grandi”.
Temminck
(1824
(1):
43-46)
based
his
description
of
Didelphis philander
exclusively
on
Suriname
material.
Lammens
(1844:
95)
mentioned
the
occurrence
of
the
species
in
Suriname,
but
stated:
"Man
sieht
dieses
Thier
selten".
Thomas
(1888:
338)
dealt
with
a
Suriname
specimen
of
which
the
exact
locality
is
not
known.
The
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
n
January
1906)
indicated
the
species
as
quite
rare
in
Suriname.
During
the
Operation
Gwamba,
MARSUPIALIA
9
however,
no
less
than
28
specimens
are
stated
to
have been
caught
and
saved
in
the
Brokopondo
region
alone
(Walsh
&
Gannon,
1967:
218,
also
pp.
167,
168).
Tate
(1939:
163)
noted
that
"the
species
appears
to
be
restricted
to
the
lowlands,
and
to
be
rare
in
Guiana".
This
in
general
also
holds
true
for
our
Suriname
material,
although
one
specimen
was
taken
near
Sipaliwini
in
the
interior
of
Suriname
(see
below),
while
the
Brokopondo
area
lies
just
above
the
falls line.
I
have
examined
the
following
Suriname
material:
1.
Sipaliwini
airstrip,
Nickerie
District,
south-west
Suriname,
remains
of
a
specimen
in
stomach
contents
of
Morphnus
guianensis
(Daudin),
a
large
bird
of
prey
(no.
19646).
2.
Plantation
"Clevia",
west
bank
of
Suriname
River,
north-east
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
juvenile
male
(no.
22084,
skin).
3-
Plantation
"Ma
Retraite",
west
bank
of
Suriname
River,
south-west
of
"Clevia",
1
adult
male
(no.
10790,
skin
and
skull)
and
1
semi-adult
unsexed
skull
(no.
17258).
4.
Comb6,
northern
suburb
of
Paramaribo,
1
adult
male
(no.
3916,
skin
and
skull).
5-
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
(Cultuurtuin),
Paramaribo,
1
semi-adult
female
(no.
1^I
73.
skin
and
skull).
6.
Paramaribo,
1
adult
male
(no.
12866,
skin
and
skull),
1
adult
female
(no.
3967,
skin
and
skull)
with
four
pouch
young
(2
males
and
2
females,
nos.
3968
to
3971,
respectively),
1
adult
female
(no.
18025,
skin
and
skull),
1
unsexed
specimen
(no.
22573,
skin
and
skull),
2
skulls
(nos.
18171,
18172).
7-
Pad
van
Wanica,
just
south
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
semi-adult
female
(no.
'8174,
skin
and
skull).
8.
Nieuw-Amsterdam,
at
the
confluence
of
Suriname
and
Commewijne
Rivers,
at
right
bank
°f
Suriname
River,
Commewijne
District,
1
semi-adult
male
(no.
16227,
skin
and
skull).
9-
Marienburg,
just
east
of
Nieuw-Amsterdam,
on
left
bank
of
Commewijne
River,
Comme-
wijne
District,
1
adult
female
(no.
20664,
skin
and
skull).
10.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
adult
male
and
1
female
(see
Jentink,
1888:
221,
nos.
a
and
b
of
Didelphis
philander),
1
adult
male
(no.
1768,
skin
and
skull;
zoo
specimen),
1
juvenile
female
(ZMA
no.
15456),
and
1
juvenile
skeleton
(see
Tentink,
1887;
302,
Didelphis
dorsigera;
no.
12871).
Description.
—
The
following
description
is
based
exclusively
on
the
above
men-
tioned
Suriname
material.
The
most
striking
character
of
the
present
species,
which
immediately
distinguishes
it
from
the
other
marsupials
of
Suriname,
is
the
narrow
dark brown
stripe
running
from
between
the
ears
and
the
eyes
to
the
tip
of
the
nose;
around
the
eyes
there
is
a
dark
brown
ring
from
which
a
broad
streak
of
the
same
colour
extends
to
the
tip
of
the
nose.
The
area
between
these
three
facial
stripes
is
pale
greyish.
The
ears
are
large,
rounded
and
practically
naked,
only
few
very
short
scattered
hairs
may
be
observed.
The
fur
of
the
body
is
thick,
soft
and
woolly.
The
general
colour
of
the
dorsal
parts
is
more
or
less
rufous
grey,
passing
into
a
more
greyish
tinge
on
the
sides,
and
on
the
dorsal
parts
of
the
front
and
hind
legs.
The
v
entral
surface
of
the
body
is
yellowish
or
orange
yellowish,
sometimes
with
a
shade
°f
grey,
the
line
of
demarcation
on
the
sides
being
more
or
less
obsolete.
The
woolly
f
ur
of
the
body
extends
on
the
tail
for
about
50
to
70
mm;
this
hairy
part
ends
abruptly.
The
rest
of
the
tail
is
naked;
proximally
this
naked
part
is
of
a
dark
own
colour,
farther
on
it
shows
a
mottling
of
white
and
dark
brown
spots,
while
terminally
the
tail
is
whitish
or
light
yellowish.
The
tail
is
always
longer
than
the
head
and
body
together.
MARSUPIALIA
10
Dental
formula:
If,
C
£,
P
|,
M
£.
The
first
upper
premolar
is
very
small
and
placed
directly
behind
or
almost
against
the
canine,
usually
it
does
not
reach
the
level
of
the
cingulum
of
the
second
premolar;
a
distinct
diastema
is
present
between
the
first
premolar
and
the
much
larger
second
premolar.
The
third
premolar
is
a
little
smaller
than
the
second.
The
skull
of
this
species
may
easily
be
distinguished
from
those
of
the
other
Suriname
marsupials
by
the
strongly
developed
post
orbital
processes,
which
are
triangular
with
a
truncated
tip,
and
which
posteriorly
continue
in
a
blunt
carina
extending
above
the
postorbital
constriction;
the
latter
thereby
is
not
distinctly
visible
in
dorsal
view
(pi.
8
lower
figs.).
Like
in
all
other
Suriname
marsupials
the
nasalia
are
rather
narrow
in
front,
widening
rather
strongly
in
the
posterior
third
to
become
narrow
again
farther
back.
The
mandible
of
all
Suriname
marsupials
shows
the
same
general
shape:
the
processus
coronoidea
is
very
high
and
broad,
and
reaches
far
beyond
the
processus
condylicus;
the
anterior
part
of
the
mandible
is
low
and
of
about
the
same
height
throughout.
The
following
measurements
are
those
of
two
adult
females
of
which
all
upper
molars
are
present
and
functional,
viz.
no.
20664
from
Marienburg
and
no.
18025
from
Paramaribo,
respectively:
head
and
body,
245,
258;
tail,
362,
317;
hind
foot,
39,
42;
ear,
35,
37
mm;
weight,
unknown,
350
grams.
In
Table
1
skull
measurements
of
10
adult
specimens
with
complete
dentition
are
noted;
the
length
of
the
mandible
as
given
there
is
the
distance
between
the
anteriormost
point
of
the
mandible
to
the
posteriormost
point
of
the
processus
condylicus.
In
13
specimens
the
length
of
the
first
three
molars
varies
from
7.8
to
8.4
mm
(mean:
8.1
mm).
Remarks.
-—
The
Philander
Oppossum
is
arboreal
and
lives
in
forested
areas;
it
is
mainly
active
from
nightfall
to
early
morning.
This may
explain
why
the
animal
is
difficult
to
obtain.
It
is
a
good
climber,
for
an
adult
mummified
specimen
was
found
by
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
on
6
April
1963
high
up
in
a
telegraph
post
between
Paramaribo
TABLE
1
Skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
of
Caluromys
philander philander
(Linnaeus)
from
Suri-
name
in
the
Leiden
Museum.
Reg.
number
20664
18025
3967
12866
3916
16227 10790 18172
18171
22753
Sex
999666
<J
-
- -
Condylobasal
length.
56.0
58.6
58.9 54.0
54.3
56.9
58.1
55.5 57.9
58.7
Basal
length
52.0
55.8
55.9 50.5
50.6
53.9 54.9 52.0 54.5
55.2
Palatal
length
30.1 32.0
-
28.5 29.4 30.5 31.8 29.8 30.4
31.5
Zygomatic
breadth
31.1
32.3
33.4 33.2
31.4 32.7 33.3
33.0
32.9 33.5
Interorbital
constriction
9.2
8.5
-
9.5
8.9
8.7 9.0
9.4
9.1
9.3
Postorbital
constriction
9.0
7-8
8.4
8.6 9.0 8.5 9.0 8.6 8.7 8.3
Breadth
across
canines
11.8 11.7 12.5 11.2 11.2 11.6 12.3 11.4
11.4
11.8
Greatest
width
across
postorb.
proc.
16.0
15.5
16.7
16.0 15.8 18.6 19.2 19.0 17.0 17.0
Breadth
of
braincase
19.1
18.8
19.8 19.6 19.5
19.0
20.0
19.2 19.7 19.8
14
Length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
m
19,8
21.2
21.2
19.8
19.6
20.0 21.2 20.0 20.5
20.7
Length
of
upper
three
molars,
m
1
-
m
8.4
8.1
8.3
8.0
8.0 8.2
8.1
8.3 7.8 8.4
Length
of
mandible
41.5 43.1
43.5 40.6
40.1
42.7
43.1
40.4 43.5 43.7
Length
of
lower
tooth-row,
Cj
-
m^
21.9 22.5 23.0 21.5
21.1
22.2
22.8 21.4
22.0
22.4
Length
of
lower
three
molars,
-
8.8
8.2
8.5 8.3 8.4
9.4
8.5 8.5 8.2 8.6
MARSUPIALIA
11
and
Clevia.
The
species
is
omnivorous,
its
food
consists
of
vegetables,
fruits,
small
birds
and
reptiles.
Already
Temminck
(1824:
46)
remarked:
"On
a
trouve
des
debris
d'oiseaux
dans
les
individus
que
j'ai
fait
tirer
de
l'esprit-de-vin".
The
species
oc-
casionally
causes
some
damage
to
bananas
in
native
gardens;
in
January
1963
I
found
a
semi-adult
specimen
in
a
fallen
banana
tree
in
Paramaribo.
One
of
the
natural
enemies
of
the
Philander
Opossum
is
the
Crested
Eagle,
Morphnus
guianensis
(Daudin,
1800):
in
the
stomach
contents
of
a
specimen
of
this
bird
shot
in
February
I97
0
near
Sipaliwini
airstrip,
I
found
remains
of
Caluromys,
viz.,
part
of
the
skeleton
without
the
skull,
and
the
tail.
In
the
literature
the
names
Didelphis
philander
and
Philander
philander
are
com-
monly
used
for
the
present
species
(see
also
Hershkovitz,
1949).
Monodelphis
brevicaudata
brevicaudata
(Erxleben,
1777)
PI.
3
(animal),
pi.
9
upper
figure
(skull),
pi.
1
fig.
1
(hindfoot)
Didelphis
brevicaudata
Erxleben,
1777,
Systema
Regni
Animalis,
1:
80.
Type
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
Americae
australis
silvis".
Restricted
by
Matschie
(1916:
271)
to
"Surinam".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
7-8
(and
probably
p.
10
under
Monodelphis
touan
(Shaw));
Thomas,
1888:
356-358
(under
Didelphys).
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Short-tailed
Oppossum,
Red-sided
Opossum;
(N)
Kort-
staart
Opossum;
(S)
Moismoisi-awari.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Monodelphis
brevicaudata
(Erxleben,
1777)
is
known
from
Venezuela,
the
Guianas
and
the
Amazon
basin
in
Brazil.
The
nominate
subspecies
M.
brevicaudata brevicaudata
occurs
in
the
Guianas
and
the
Amazon
basin.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
In
Suriname
the
species
so
far
is
only
known
from
the
coastal
area
and
the
foothills,
up
to
an
altitude
of
475
m
(Brownsberg).
Its
range
may
be
wider,
but
so
far
only
relatively
few
specimens
have been collected.
The
first
author
who
mentioned
this
species
from
Suriname
was
Fermin
(1765:
44;
1769:
Ix
6),
at
least
his
"Souris
de
Bois....
[qui
ont]
le
museau
[fort]
pointu,
les
oreilles
grandes
&
assez
larges
&
le
corps
couvert
de
poils
d'un
bai-rouge
clair"
hardly
can
he
a
different
species.
Lammens
(1844:
96)
described
the
colour
of
this
species
(his
no
-
x
3i)
as
follows:
"Die
Farbung
ist
sehr
schon,
caffeebraunes
Roth,
auf
dem
Riicken
rnit
Grau
und
Schwarz
iiberpudert,
die
Seiten
schon
dunkelroth,
ins
caffee-
braune".
Kappler
(1881:164;
1887:66)
mentioned
the
species
under
the
name
Didelphis
brachiura.
Also
the
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
14
January
1906)
dealt
with
this
species
from
Suriname.
The
first
author
to
mention
the
species
from
a
more
exact
locality
within
Suriname
was
Sanderson
(1949:
788),
who
collected
a
male
in
a
trap
"on
damp
forest
floor
by
creek
in
tall
rain
forest
bordering
open
wet
savannahs
at
Zanderij".
MARSUPXALIA
12
The
following
specimens
were
examined
by
me:
i.
Banana
plantation
"Jarikaba"
near
Uitkijk
on
Saramacca
River,
west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
I
adult
male
(no.
20672,
skin).
2.
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
(Cultuurtuin),
Paramaribo,
1
adult
female
(no.
18076,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Plantation
"De
Morgenstond",
north-east
of
Paramaribo,
left
bank
of
Suriname
River,
i
juvenile
female
(no.
17223,
skin
and
skull).
4.
Plantation
"Clevia",
north-east
of "De
Morgenstond",
Suriname
District,
1
adult
female
(no.
17292,
skin
and
skull)
and
1
adult
male
(no.
21654,
skin
and
skull).
5.
Republiek
on
highway
from
Paramaribo
to
Zanderij,
about
35
km
S.
of
Paramaribo,
Para
District,
1
adult
unsexed
specimen
(no.
12851,
skin
and
skull),
and
1
juvenile
(no.
12850,
skin
and
skull).
6.
Brokopondo,
left
bank
of
Suriname
River,
about
100
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Broltopondo
District,
1
semi-adult
female
(no.
17907,
skin
and
skull).
7.
Brownsberg,
near
north-western
corner
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
altitude
475
m,
2
adult
females
(nos.
23403
and
23404,
skins
and
skulls).
8.
Langamankondre,
north
of
Albina
on
left
bank
of
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
1
adult
female
(no.
18227,
s
ki
n
an(
t
skull).
Description.
—
The
character
distinguishing
this
species
from
all
other
Suriname
marsupials
is
the
shortness
of
the
tail,
which
is
about
half
as
long
as
head
and
body
combined.
The
following
description
is
based
exclusively
on
the
above
Suriname
specimens.
The
back
of
the
animals
usually
is
blackish
or
dark
brown,
heavily
sprinkled
with
whitish.
This
dark
dorsal
area
extends
forward
almost
as
far
as
the
eyes,
narrowing
anteriorly.
Posteriorly
it
usually
does
not
reach
the
base
of
the
tail.
Laterally
the
body
is
uniformly
ferrugineous
or
rufous,
without
white
sprinkling,
usually
sharply
set
off
from
the
dark
dorsal
colour.
This lateral
reddish
brown
colour
extends
to
the
tip
of
the
snout.
The
snout
itself
is
either
uniformly
rufous
or
ferrugineous,
or
shows
a
median
stripe
which
may
be
paler
than
the
surrounding
area,
or
darker,
in
the
latter
case
it
looks
like
a
continuation
of
the
dorsal
colour.
This
stiipe
is
often
very
indistinct
or
entirely
absent.
The
ears
are
rather
small
but
very
distinct,
rounded,
with
scattered
short
hairs,
which
are
so
small
and
few
that
to
the
naked
eye
the
ears
seem
to
be
naked.
The
outer
surface
of
the
legs,
the
rump
and
the
upper
surface
of
the
tail
have
the
same
rufous
colour
as
the
sides.
The
lower
surface
of
the
body
is
much
paler
than
the
dorsal
surface,
but
very
variable
in
colour.
This
colour
ranges
from
pale
cream,
or
greyish
cream
to
pale
brownish
or
brownish
grey.
Usually
this
colour
is
sharply
demarcated
from
that of
the
sides,
but
in
some
specimens,
especially
in
the
juveniles,
the
line
of
demarcation
is
vague.
Usually
the
inner
sides
of
the
legs
are
paler,
less
greyish
than
the
venter,
this
pale
colour
in
some
specimens
also
is
observed
in
the
posterior
ventral
part,
between
the
hind
legs.
The
chin
and
the
larger
part
of
the
throat
are
always
ferrugineous,
although
backwards
the
extent
of
this
ferrugineous
area
varies
in
the
available
individuals,
in
some
the
entire
throat
is
of
this
colour,
in
some
only
the
anterior
part.
The
proximal
part
of
the
lower
sur-
face
of
the
tail
and
a
narrow
area
before
it
are
also
ferrugineous
brown,
the
distal
part
of
the
lower
surface
of
the
tail
is
naked.
The
variation
in
the
colour
of
the
MARSUPIALIA
13
ventral
surface
of
the
body
is
very
great.
In
all
the
larger
specimens
(nos.
18076,
20672, 21654,
2
34°3»
2
34°4)
the
colour
is
rather
light
with
the
venter
greyish
and
the
inner
surface
of
the
legs
more
cream.
In
the
3
smaller
adult
females
(nos.
17223,
17292,
18227)
an
d
a
large
semi-adult
female
(no.
17907)
the
lower
surface
is
much
darker
than
in
the
larger
specimens,
being
brownish
grey
sprinkled
with
cream
(nos.
17223,
18227),
greyish
brown
(no.
17292)
or
dark
grey
(no.
17907),
with
the
inner
sides
of
the
legs
not
or
hardly lighter
than
the
venter;
the
demarcation
of
the
colour
of
the
ventral
and
lateral
surfaces
in
these
specimens
is
still
well
visible,
although
less
distinct
than
in
the
larger
specimens.
In
the
two
juveniles
the
ventral
colour
is
brown
(no.
12850)
or
dark
slate
grey
(no.
17242),
without
any
clear
demarcation,
neither
from
the
sides
nor
from
the
throat
or
tail.
Dental
formula:
If,
C
1,
P
§,
M
f.
The
three
premolars
are
placed
behind
the
incisor
and
show
no
diastema.
The
first
is
much
the
smaller,
being
about
half
as
high
as
the
second,
which
is
slightly
longer
than,
but
as
high
as
the
third.
The
processus
postorbitalis
of
the
skull
is
entirely
lacking
(pi.
g
upper
fig.).
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
8
Suriname
specimens
are
given
in
Table
2.
Remarks.
—
According
to
Fermin
(1765,
1769)
the
litter
of
this
species
consists
°f
6
young.
Walker
(1964
(1):
16),
however,
noted
that
in
Monodelphis
the
number
°f
young
varies
from
8
to
14.
The
food
of
this
species
is
said
to
consist
of
insects
and
probably
young
birds
(Kappler,
1885:
598;
1887:
66)
or
'is
of
both
vegetable
and
animal
origin.
It
is
interesting
that
the
animals
often
attack
birds,
lizards
and
even
•guanas,
which
are
much
larger
then
they
are
themselves'
(brothers
Penard,
"De
Surinamer",
14
January
1906).
The
species
is
nocturnal,
as
already
pointed
out
by
TABLE
2
External
and
skull
measurements
of
eight
specimens
of
Monodelphis
brevicaudata
brevi-
caudata
(Erxleben)
from
Suriname
in
the
Leiden
Museum.
Reg.
number
17223
17292
18227 18076 23404
23403
21654 12851
Sex
9 9
9
9 9 9
d
-
Head and
body
110
-
105
118
125
155
131
_
Length
of
tail
63
-
63
67
75 78
78
-
Hind
foot
19
-
19.5
19.5
19
20
21.5
-
Ear
- -
16
18
17 18
16
-
Weight,
grams
----
67 95
-
Condylobasal
length
31.5 32.0 32.3 35.3
35.5 38.3 35.9
33.1
Basal
length
29.3
29.5
30.2 33.2
33.4
36.3
33.7'
31.0
Palatal
length
17.4 17.8 17.5 18.6
19.1
21.1.
19.8 17.4
Zygomatic
breadth
16.9 16.4 17.4 19.4
18.3
20.0
18.0 18.3
Interorbital
constriction
6.0 6.6 6.3 6.3 5.8 6.0 6.3 5.8
Breadth
across
canines
5.0 5.2 5.0 6.0
5.5
6.7 5.8 5.5
Breadth
of
braincase
11.6 12.2 11.7 13.0
12.3 13.3
12.6
11.8
Length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
ra*
13.7
13.8
13.7 14.2 13.9 15.3
14.5 13.8
Length
of
upper
three
molars,
ra'
-
m"*
6.4
6.4 6.3
6.0
6.3
6.3
6.2
6.1
Length
of
mandible
23.1 23.2
24.5 26.7
26.1 28.7
26.7 24.9
Length
of
lower
tooth-row,
Cj
-
m^.
15.0
14.5
14.7
15.4
14.5
16.4 16.0 14.8
Length
of
lower
three
molars,
JUj
-
6.7
6.5 6.3
6.0 6.2
6.4
6.2
6.2
MARSUPIALIA
14
Kappler
(1887:
66).
The
specimen
from
Republiek
(no.
12851)
was
caught
by
Dr.
Geijskes
after
nightfall
at
8
p.m.,
in
a
savanna
forest.
According
to
several
authors
two
species
of
Monodelphis
occur
in
the
Guianas,
and
in
Cabrera's
checklist
these
species
are
indicated
by
the
names
M.
b.
brevicau-
data
(Erxleben,
1777),
of
which
the
restricted
type
locality
is
Suriname,
and
M.
t.
touan
(Shaw,
1800),
originally
described
from
Cayenne,
French
Guiana.
The
main
differences
between
these
two
species
are
said
to
be
found
in
the
colour
and
colour
pattern:
M.
brevicaudata
is
stated
to
be
bicoloured:
reddish
brown
above,
pale
beneath,
while
in
M.
touan
the
body
is
tricoloured:
the
dorsal
parts
are
described
as
blackish
brown,
the
sides
as
rufous
and
the
ventral
surface
as
white
or
whitish.
In
the
material
of
Monodelphis
at
my
disposal,
which
consists
of
the
above
men-
tioned
eleven
specimens
from
Suriname,
it
proved
impossible
to
distinguish
the
two
above
mentioned
"species".
As
shown
above,
the
variation
in
the
coat
colour
and
in
the
colour
pattern
is
such
that
all
intermediates
between
the
typical
touan
and
the
typical
brevicaudata
forms
were
found,
while
furthermore
the
colour
of
the
underparts
varies
from
almost
pure
white
through
creamy
to
slate
grey.
The
skulls
of
these
specimens
did
not
show
any
significant
differences.
Therefore,
on
the
basis
of
this
material,
I
can
only
conclude
that
a
single
species
of
this
genus
occurs
in
Suriname,
for
which
species
the
oldest
specific
name,
brevicaudata,
is
adopted.
A
study
of
larger
series
remains
highly
desirable
to
definitely
solve
this
question.
On
the
basis
of
other
material,
Thomas
(1888:
356-358)
also
arrived
at
the
conclusion
that
the
two
forms
are
synonymous;
Cabrera
(1919:
42)
originally
was
of
the
same
opinion
as
Thomas
but
later
changed
his
views.
Marmosa
cinerea
demerarae
Thomas,
1905
PI.
10
lower
figures
(skull)
Marmosa
cinerea
demerarae
Thomas,
1905,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(7)
16:
313-314.
Type
locality.
—
"Comackka,
80
miles
up
Demerara
River,
British
Guiana".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:13;
Tate,
1933:62-63,
pi.
1
fig.
4
(skull,
dorsal
view),
pi.
14
fig.
126
(skull,
ventral
view),
table
1,
section
1
(measurements),
under
M.
demerarae
demerarae.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Ashy
Opossum;
(S)
Moismoisi-awari.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Marmosa
cinerea
(Temminck,
1824)
is
known
from
Venezuela,
the
Guianas,
Brazil
and
Paraguay.
The
subspecies
M.
cinerea
demerarae
occurs
in
the
north-eastern
part
of
Venezuela
and
in
the
Guianas.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—•
Little
is
known
of
the
distribution
of
the
present
species
in
Suriname.
Tate
(1933:62)
mentioned
an
adult
female
with
two
young
from
"Surinam"
(without
a
more
exact
locality
indication)
preseived
in
the
Stutt-
gart
Museum
(no.
288/141
1/2).
Sanderson
(1949:
788,
under
Marmosa
cinerea)
dealt
with
a
specimen
from
near
Zanderij
.
I
myself
examined
the
following
material
from
Suriname:
15
MARSUPIALIA
1.
Plantation
"Mary's
Hope",
just
east
of
Totness,
Coronie
District,
i
adult
female
(no.
1
7
2l
9,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Raleigh
Falls,
Coppename
River
at
about
4°4o'N,
Saramacca
District,
i
juvenile
female
(ZMA
no.
16820,
skin
and
skull).
3-
Onverwacht,
on
highway
from
Paramaribo
to
Zanderij
at
about
25
km
S.
of
Paramaribo,
Para
District,
1
adult
male
(no.
18069,
skin
and
skull).
4-
Langamankondre,
north
of
Albina,
mouth
of
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
1
adult
female
(no.
18228,
skin
and
skull),
1
juvenile
male
(no.
18230,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—The
coat
colour
of
the
dorsal
parts
is
greyish,
heavily
lined
with
yellowish
buff,
caused
by
the
fact
that
the
basal
two-thirds
of
the
hairs
are
slaty,
the
tips
yellowish
brown.
The
sides
are
somewhat
lighter.
There
is
a
distinct
dark
ring
around
the
eyes
and
a
dark
streak
extends
from
either
of
the
eyes
to
the
rhina-
num;
the
area
between
these
two
streaks
is
somewhat
lighter
and
more
yellowish
buff
than
the
posterior
part
of
the
head.
The
sides
of
the
face
are
yellowish
buff.
The
line
of
demarcation
between
the
flanks
and
the
ventral
part
of
the
body
is
not
sharply
defined.
The
hairs
of
the
chin,
throat,
the
inner
surface
of
the
forelegs
and
hind
legs,
the
groins,
and
usually
of
a
narrow
median
ventral
stripe
are
uniformly
cream
coloured.
The
bases
of
the
hairs
of
the
belly
are
light
greyish
brown,
so
that
here
the
creamy
colour
is
washed
with
grey.
The
fur
extends
on
to
the
tail,
both
dorsally
and
ventrally,
for
about
30
to
35
mm.
The
almost
naked
tail
is
always
distinctly
longer
than
head
and
body
combined;
its
colour
is
brown,
occasionally
the
hairs
have
a
somewhat
lighter
tip.
My
full-grown
specimens
dorsally
are
of
a
more
brownish
grey colour
than
the
young,
which
are
of
a
more
slate
grey
colour.
Dental
formula:
1§,
C
1,
P
§,
M
The
skull
characters
are
essentially
the
same
as
those
of
M.
lepida.
The
processus
postorbitalis
is
distinct
but
short
and
widely
triangular,
posteriorly
it
ends
in
a
ridge
which
overhangs
the
postorbital
constric-
tion.
The
three
premolars
are
placed
rather
close
together,
the
diastemata
at
either
side
of
the
first
are
small
and
of
equal
width.
The
posterior
premolars
touch
each
other;
they
are
of
the
same
size,
being
distinctly
longer
and
higher
than
the
small
first
premolar.
In
4
specimens
from
Suriname
the
length
of
the
upper
three
molars
combined
varies
between
7.0
and
7.2
mm.
In
Table
3
the
external
and
skull
measurements
of
the
above
three
adult
Suriname
specimens
are
provided;
to
these
are
added
the
measurements
of
the
skull
of
the
holotype
of
the
subspecies,
taken
by
me
in
the
British
Museum
(Natural
History).
Remarks.
—
The
Suriname
material
of
this
species
examined
by
me
confirms
lates
(1933:63)
remark,
that
this
form
"is
typically
from
the
lowlands
of
the
Guianas".
Marmosa
cinerea
demerarae
is
the
largest
of
the
four
known
Suriname
murine
opossums.
It
is
not
difficult
to
distinguish
fully
grown
specimens
of
M.
c.
demerarae
from
M.
murina
(see
below),
not
only
because
the
former
species
is
much
longer,
but
also
because
the
base
of
its
tail
is
furred
above
and
beneath
for
about
30
to
35
mm
(about
10
mm
in
the
other
species).
With
the
few
specimens
at
hand,
how-
ever,
I
could
not
find
external
characters
by
which
the
not
fully
grown
individuals
16
MARSUPIALIA
can
be
recognized
with
certainty;
in
these
circumstances
it
is
necessary
to
examine
the
skulls,
which
provide
a
number
of
characteis
allowing
an
almost
infallible
identification.
One
of
these
characters
is
the
combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars,
which
in
the
four
specimens
of
M.
c.
demerarae
examined
by
me
varies
from
7.0
to
7.2
mm,
and
in
sixteen
specimens
of
M.
murina
from
5.2
to
6.1
mm.
Marmosa
lepida
(Thomas,
1888)
PL
11
upper
figures
(skull)
Didelphys
(Micoureus)
lepida
Thomas,
1888a,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(6)
i:
158.
Type
locality.
—
"Peruvian
Amazonas".
In
his
1888
Catalogue,
Thomas
noted
on
page
348
that
the
(holo)type
originated
from
"Santa
Cruz,
Huallaga
R.,
Peruvian
Amazons".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
18;
Tate,
1933:
204-206,
pi.
11
fig.
103
(skull,
dor-
sal
view),
pi.
24
fig.
225
(skull,
ventral
view),
table
1,
section
8
(measurements);
Thomas,
1888:
347-348,
pi.
3
fig.
1
(col.
pi.,
animal),
pi.
27
fig.
3
(skull,
dorsal
view).
Distribution.
—
"Known
from
the
lowlands
adjoining
the
eastern
foothills
of
the
Andes
in
Ecuador,
Peru,
Bolivia,
Dutch
Guiana"
(Tate,
1933:
206).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
first
mention
from
Suriname
of
the
present
species
is
the
one
by
Thomas
(1888:
347),
who
did
not
provide
a
more
exact
locality.
Tate
(1933:
205)
mentioned
specimens
from
"San
Alouatta"
and
from Paramaribo.
Tate's
adult
female
from
"San
Alouatta"
formed
part
of
the
collection
of
the
Stuttgart
Museum
where
it
was
preserved
in
alcohol,
it
clearly
is
the
same
specimen
that
Thomas
(1888)
mentioned
from
Suriname.
I
have been
unable
to
find
a
locality
TABLE
3
External
and
skull
measurements
of
three
specimens
of
Marmosa
cinerea
demerarae
Thomas
from
Suriname
(first
three
columns)
and
of
the
holotype
from
Guyana
(last
column).
Museum
RMNH RMNH RMNH
BMNH
Sex
9 9
6 9
Reg.
number
18228
17219 18069
5.11.1.25
Head
and
body
151
134
183 166
Tail
220 206 234
250
Hind
foot
23 23
26
24
Ear
-
25
CondylobaBal
length
skull
42.9
-
-
40.1
Basal
length
41.5
- -
37.2
Palatal
length
23.8
- "
22.1
Zygomatic
breadth
24.7
" -
23.0
Interorbital
constriction
7.2
"
"
7.1
Breadth
across
frontals
8.6
-
- -
Length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
14.3
- -
14.5
1
3
Length
of
m
-
m
16.6
-
16.5 16.5
Length
of
mandible
7.1
"
7.2
7.1
Length
of
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
m.
32.0
4
29.7 33.4
31.5
Length
of
nij
-
ra^
47.9
16.7
17.7
16.6
6.9 6.5
7.0 6.7
17
MARSUPIALIA
"San
Alouatta"
on
any
of
the
Suriname
maps
at
my
disposal,
and
am
inclined
to
doubt
the
correctness
of
the
orthography
of
this
name,
if
indeed
a
geographic
locality
is
meant
with
it.
Jentink
(1887:
302,
under
Didelphis
murina,
no.
a)
listed
a
juvenile
skull
of
the
present
species
from
Suriname.
I
have
examined
the
following
Suriname
material
of
the
species:
1.
Neighbourhood
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
2
juvenile
females
(nos.
18275a,
18275c,
skulls),
1
juvenile
male
(no.
18275b,
skull).
2.
Gansee
on
Suriname
River
south
of
Paramaribo,
in
the
area
which
now
is
covered
by
the
Brolcopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
1
adult
male
(no.
18081,
skin
and
skull).
3-
Eastern
north
coast
of
Suriname
near
Wiawia
Bank,
about
54°23'W,
Marowijne
District,
1
unsexed
juvenile
skull
(no.
18084).
4.
Nassau
Mountains,
west
of
Marowijne
River,
at
about
4°45'N,
Marowijne
District,
1
juvenile
female
(no.
18082,
skin
and
skull).
5-
Suriname
(without
more
precise
locality
indication),
1
juvenile
skull
(no.
18085,
the
specimen
mentioned
by
Jentink,
1887
as
Didelphis
murina
no.
a),
1
adult
male
(no.
12867,
skin
and
skull,
leg.
D.
G.
J.
Bolten,
probably
from
near
Paramaribo).
Description.
—
The
adult
male
specimen
(no.
18081)
from
Gansee
agrees
very
well
with
the
descriptions
found
in
the
literature.
The
dorsal
parts
are
deep
reddish
brown,
the
basal
three-fourth
of
the
hairs
being
blackish,
the
tips
reddish
brown.
The
strongly
marked
black
ring
around
the
eyes
extends
onto
the
rhinarium;
the
area
of
the
face
between
these
dark
markings
is
pinkish.
The
sides
are
somewhat
lighter
than
the
back.
Without
a
distinct
line
of
demarcation,
the
reddish
brown
colour
of
the
flanks
passes
into
the
dirty
white
or
ivory
colour
of
the
ventral
surface,
which
shows
a
more
or
less
clearly
marked
pinkish
tinge.
This
pinkish
tinge
lacks
entirely
in
a
longitudinal
area
along
the
middle
of
the
belly
and
the
abdomen.
The
ears
are
small,
having
a
length
of
about
12
to
15
mm.
The
brownish
colouied
tail,
which
is
about
one
and
a
half
times
as
long
as
the
head
and
body
combined,
is
slightly
furred
at
its
base.
The
dorsal
surface
of
the
juvenile
(no.
18082)
from
the
Nassau
Mountains
is
dark
greyish
brown,
its
ventral
surface
is
whitish.
Dental
formula:
11,
C
1,
P
§,
M
f.
In
five
specimens
from
Suriname
the
length
of
the
upper
molars,
nd-m
3
,
varies
from
4.7
to
5.2
mm.
The
external
measurements
of
the
adult
male
from
Gansee
(no.
18081)
and
those
noted
by
Tate
(1933)
for
a
specimen
from
Paramaribo
are,
respectively:
head
and
body
108,
100;
tail,
152,
150;
hind
foot,
18,
18;
ear,
—,
15
mm.
Some
skull
measurements
of
the
adult
males
no.
18081
and
12867
are
>
respectively:
condylobasal
length,
—,
28.6;
basal
length,
—,
26.4;
palatal
length,
15.9,
16.3;
zygomatic
breadth,
16.2,
15.6;
interorbital
constriction,
4.8,
4.7;
breadth
across
canines,
4.1,
4.0;
breadth
acioss
frontals
7.0,
6.9;
breadth
of
braincase,
11.2,
n.
4;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
4
,
11.3,
11.3;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
m'-m
3
,
5.0,
5>o;
length
of
mandible,
20.3,
20.3;
length
of
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
4
,
11.9,12.
1;
length
of
lower
tooth-row,
nij-mj,
5.4,
5.3
mm.
Remarks.
—
Concerning
the
discontinuous
distributional
area
of
Marmosa
lepida,
a
te
(1933:
206)
remarked:
"The
seemingly
broken
distribution
suggests
that
lepida
18
MARSUPIALIA
has
a
very
wide
range.
Its
rarity
in
collections
may
be
due
to
peculiar
habits
re-
quiring
special
methods
of
trapping".
The
few
Suriname
specimens
examined
by
me
evidently
give
an
incomplete
picture
of
its
actual
distribution
in
that
country.
Unfortunately
nothing
is
known
about
the
habitat
of
the
collected
specimens.
Tate
(1931:
12)
described
a
new
subspecies
of
Marmosa
lepida
from
"Buenavista,
Santa
Cruz,
Bolivia",
which
he
named
M.
lepida
grandis
(see
also
Tate,
1933:
207).
Cabrera
(1958:
18),
however,
considered
Tate's
subspecies
to
be
identical
with
the
nominate
form,
and
gave
as
his
opinion
that
it
is
possible
that
in
the
Guianas
a
form
occurs
which
is
subspecifically
distinct
from
the
typical
M.
lepida,
known
from
Peru,
Bolivia
and
Ecuador.
To
solve
this
question
the
examination
of
large
series
from
various
localities
within
the
range
of
distribution
of
the
species
is
necessary.
For
the
time
being,
I
follow
Cabrera
who
considered
Marmosa
lepida
to
be
a
species
without
well-defined
geographical
races.
Marmosa
murina murina
(Linnaeus,
1758)
Text-fig.
3a
(skull),
pi.
4
(animal),
pi.
10
upper
figures
(skull),
pi.
1
fig.
2
(hind
foot)
Didelphis
murina
Linnaeus,
1758,
Systema
Naturae,
(ed.
10)
1:
55.
Type
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
Asia,
America".
Restricted
by
Thomas
(1911:
144)
to
"Surinam".
See
also
under
Remarks.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
19-20;
Tate,
1933:
92-96
(under
M.
murina
murina,
pi.
3
figs.
22,
23,
24
(skull,
dorsal
view),
pi.
16
figs.
144,
145,
146
(skull,
ventral
view),
table
1,
section
2
(measurements)),
and
pp.
96-97
(under
M.
murina
muscula),
pi.
3
figs.
25,
26
(skull,
dorsal
view),
pi.
16
figs.
147,
148
(skull,
ventral
view),
table
1,
section
3
(measurements).
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Murine
Opossum,
Mouse
Opossum;
(S)
Boesi-mois-moisi.
Distribution.
—
Tate
(1933:
92,
fig.
12)
recorded
the
following
distribution
for
the
species
Marmosa
murina
(Linnaeus,
1758):
"Southern
half
of
the
Orinoco
basin
southward
as
far
as
a
line
passing
through
Pernambuco,
the
northern
edge
of
Matto
Grosso,
and
the
Rio
Maranon;
westward
to
the
subtropics
of
the
Andes,
with
an
extension
over
on
to
the
eastern
subtropical
slopes
of
the
Magdalena
Valley
which
continues
northward
into
Venezuela".
According
to
Cabrera
(1958:
20)
the
nominate
subspecies
M.
murina murina
occurs
in
the
Guianas
and
north-eastern
Brazil
(see
further
under
Remarks).
Occurrence
in
Surinam.
—
The
first
record
of
the
species
from
Suriname
is
that
by
Merian
(1719:
66,
pi.
66),
who
gave
a
figure
of
the
female
carrying
six
young
on
the
back,
with
their
tails
holding
on
to
that
of
the
mother.
Seba
(1734:
49,
pi.
31
fig.
5)
figured
another
female
specimen
of
the
species
from
Suriname,
but
the
artist
added
to
the
figure
of
the
animal
6
young
on
the
back,
which
young
are
exactly
copied
from
Merian,
except
for
the
tails
which
are
in
a
different
position.
The
adult
animal
of
Seba
was
figured
after
an
actual
specimen,
which
now
is
in
the
British
Museum
and
is
selected
here
as
the
lectotype
of
Didelphis
dorsigera
L.
(see
below).
MARSUPIALIA
19
Bellin
(1763:
155,
pi.
1)
under
the
name
"Zak-Rot
ou
Rat
de
Surinam"
mentioned
this
species
from
Suriname
(basing
himself
on
Merian's
account)
and
gave
a
figure,
which
is
different
from
both
that
by
Seba
and
the
one
by
Merian,
but
probably
inspired
on
the
latter.
The
other
authors
of
the
18th
century
dealing
with
Suriname
mammals,
do
not
give
descriptions
which
might
be
assigned
with
certainty
to
Mar-
moset
murina
(e.g.,
Fermin
(1769:
113)
mentioned
a
Mus
scalopes
which
might
be
this
species).
Stedman
(1796
(2):
145)
did
not
believe
in
the
species:
"Madam
Merion
mentions
one
kind
of
them
[opossum
species],
which,
in
time
of
danger,
carries
its
young
ones
upon its
back:
but
this
animal,
I
confess,
I
never
heard
of
in
Surinam,
and
am
peisuaded
of
its
non-existence".
Von
Sack
(1821
(2):
203),
however,
con-
firmed
Merian's
observation,
describing
a
specimen
with
5
young
seen
by
him;
Von
Sack's
description,
however,
is
not too
clear
and
might
also
pertain
to
Metachirops
opossum
or
another
opossum.
Temminck
(1824
(1):
50)
described
under
the
name
Didelphis
dorsigera
material
from
Suriname,
which
clearly
belongs
here;
Temminck
evidently
did
not
see
any
material
of
what
he
considered
Didelphis
murina.
Lammens
(1844:
95
>
96)
mentioned
both
“D.
dorsygera”
and
D.
murina,
basing
himself
mostly
on
the
literature.
Kappler
(1887)
did
not
deal
with
either
species.
The
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
n
January
1906)
gave
an
account
of
the
habits
of
Didelphis
dorsigera
and
also
recognized
D.
murina;
;
it
is
impossible
from
their
account
to
conclude
whether
or
not
D.
murina
is
correctly
identified
by
them.
Jentink
(1888:
22
*)
in
the
catalogue
of
the
Leiden
Museum
listed
both
"species"
from
Suriname,
both
collected
by
H. H.
Dieperink
between
1824
and
1836,
but
all
these
specimens
prove
to
belong
to
the
present
species.
Thomas
(1888:346)
and
Tate
(1933:94)
reported
upon
a
specimen
from
Suriname
without
a
more
precise
locality
indication;
Tate
(1933:
97),
moreover,
mentioned
M.
murina
muscula
specimens
from
Berg
en
Dal
(Suriname
River
about
70
km
S.
of
Paramaribo),
and
from
"Maroni"
(=
Maro-
wijne
Rivier).
On
the
whole
there
is
a
great
confusion
about
the
status
of
the
present
species
in
the
popular
literature,
while
in
scientific
publications,
this
confusion
is
far
less
great.
I
have
examined
the
following
Suriname
material
of
this
species:
!•
Forest
on
the
western
slope
of
Vier
Gebroeders
Mountain,
Sipaliwini
savanna,
near
Sipali-
wmi
airstrip,
upper
Corantijn
basin
near
Brazilian
border,
Nickerie
District,
S.W.
Suriname,
1
male
(no.
20636,
skin
and
skull).
2
-
In
cabin
in
bushnegro
settlement
of
Bitagron,
on
right
bank
of
Coppename
River
about
75
vm
from
the
coast,
Saramacca
District,
1
male
(no.
18075,
skin
and
skull).
s
ku]i)'"
u
PP
er
Coppename
River
near
Raleigh
Falls,
1
male
(no.
19893,
skin
and
P
4-
Near
Adampada
Creek,
west
branch
of
Linker
Coppename
River,
south-west
of
Raleigh
a
s,
Saramacca
District,
1
female
(no.
18070,
skin
and
skull).
D
anana
plantation
"Jarikaba",
west
of
Paramaribo
on
highway
to
Uitlcijk,
Suriname
'strict,
1
female
(no.
21655,
skin
and
skull).
•
Plantation
"Clevia",
on
Suriname
River
north-east
of
Paramaribo,
1
male
(no.
21665,
s
«m
and
skull).
Cl
.Plantation
"Morgenstond",
on
Suriname
River
north-east
of
Paramaribo
(south-west
of
1
V1
a),
1
male
(no.
17240,
skin
and
skull),
2
females
(nos.
17243, 17250,
skins
and
skulls).
MARSUPIALIA
20
8.
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
(Cultuurtuin),
Paramaribo,
i
female
(no.
18282,
skin
and
skull).
9.
Paramaribo,
various
localities
in
and
close
near
the
town,
2
males
(no.
16052,
skull;
no.
18198,
skin
and
skull),
1
female
(no.
24287,
skull).
10.
Plantation
"Peperpot",
on
east
bank
of
Suriname
River,
south-east
of
Paramaribo,
3
females
(nos.
18071-18073,
skins
and
skulls).
xi.
Lelydorp
about
15
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
male
(no.
22130,
skin
and
skull),
2
females
(nos.
22131,
22574,
skins
and
skulls).
12.
Small
forest
in
savanna
near
Zanderij,
40
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Para
District,
1
specimen
(no.
18283,
skin
and
skull).
13.
Shell
ridge
at
3.8
km
north
of
Moengo,
Marowijne
District,
north-eastern
Suriname,
1
female
(no.
12868,
skin
and
skull).
14.
Suriname
without
more
accurate
locality
indication,
1
male
(no.
24307,
skin
and
skull),
4 females
(no.
18086,
skull;
nos.
19617,
24305,
24306,
skins
and
skulls),
1
unsexed
specimen
(no.
22351,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—
The
dorsal
coat
colour
is
greyish
brown,
becoming
lighter
brown
laterally.
The
basal
parts
of
the
hairs
are
slate
grey,
the
tips
straw
coloured.
The
head
is
characterized
by
a
dark,
blackish
ring
around
the
eye,
the
black
colour
extending
towards
the
tip
of
the
snout
in
a
narrowing
triangular
patch.
Posteriorly
the
black
area
stops
either
immediately
behind
the
eye
or
is
produced
in
a
short
point
which
reaches
slightly
obliquely
upward.
Between
the
two
black
areas
the
dorso-median
region
of
the
head
is
pale
buff,
gradually
or
more
abruptly
changing
into
the
greyish
brown
colour
of
the
vertex,
which
is
the
same
as
that
of
the
back
of
the
animal;
on
the
vertex
this
greyish
colour
occupies
the
area
between
the
ears
and
the
posterior
part
of
the
black
mask.
The
cheeks
are
of
a
light
colour,
almost
similar
to
that
of
the
lower
surface
of
the
body;
this
pale
cheek
colour
extends
almost
to
the
base
of
the
ears.
The
ears
are
large,
rounded,
rather
dark,
and
covered
with
very
few,
short,
scattered
hairs,
being
naked
to
the
naked
eye.
The
outer
sur-
face of
the
legs
is
of
the
same
colour
as
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
body,
except
for
the
hind
feet
which
are
whitish
dorsally.
The
entire
ventral
surface
is
whitish
or
cream,
from
the
tip
of
the
lower
jaw
to
the
base
of
the
tail,
including
the
inside
of
the
legs.
The
demarcation
with
the
colour
of
the
lateral
surface
usually
is
well
marked.
The
fur
extends
on
to
the
tail
for
a
short
distance,
not
more
than
10
mm;
the
colour
of
this
fur
is
almost
the
same
doi
sally
and
ventially,
being
greyish
brown
dorsally
(like
the
rest
of
the
dorsal
colour),
slightly
more
brownish
ventrally.
In
many
old
illustrations
(Merian,
1719:
pi.
66;
Seba,
1734:
pi.
31
figs.
2,
3,
4)
the
tail
is
figured
as
being
irregularly
spotted
with
dark
brown.
In
my
preserved
specimens
such
a
colour
pattern
is
not
or
not
distinctly
visible;
here
the
ventral
surface
is
slightly
paler
than
the
dorsal
Marmosa
murina
closely
resembles
M.
cinerea
demerarae
in
the
coat
colour;
the
dorsal
parts,
however,
are
slightly
more
mixed
with
brown
or
fuscous
brown.
The
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
of
the
two
species
is
very
similar.
The
base
of
the
tail
in
M.
murina
is
furred
over
a
shorter
distance,
10
mm,
than
in
M.
cinerea
demerarae
(30
to
35
mm).
The
former
species
furthermore
is
smaller
than
the
latter.
MARSUPIALIA
21
Dental
formula:
I
§,
C
P
§,
M
f.
Of
the three
premolars,
the
first
is
half
as
high
and
less
than
hal
f
as
long
as
the
second,
from
which
it
is
separated
by
a
short
diastema,
the
first
premolar
is
placed
against
the
canine;
the
second
and
third
are
of
the
same
size
and
touch
each
other.
The
processus
postorbitalis
is
short
and
wide
and
con-
tinues
posteriorly
in
a
carina
which
obscures
the
postorbital
constriction.
The
external
measurements
of
an
adult
male
from
Clevia
(no.
21665)
and.
an
adult
male
from
Bitagron
(no.
18075)
are
respectively:
head
and
body,
127,
123;
tail,
173,
174;
hind
foot
21,
22;
ear,
20,
23
mm.
Some
skull
measurements
of
the
Clevia
speci-
men
are:
condylobasal
length,
34.9;
zygomatic
breadth,
19.3;
combined
length
of
the
first
three
upper
molars,
6.1
mm.
In
sixteen
specimens
of
the
present
species
the
last
mentioned
measurement
(length
of
three
upper
molars)
varies
from
5.2
to
6.1
mm.
As
also
clearly
illustrated
by
the
skull
measurements,
M.
murina
is
much
small
er
than
M.
cinerea
demerarae.
Remarks.—
According
to
data
in
the
literature
on
Suriname
marsupials,
the
present
species
produces
4
to
7
young
per
litter.
Merian
(1719)
shows
6
young
and
mentioned
5
or
6.
Jentink
(1888)
listed
a
specimen
with
4
and
one
with
7
young,
and
the
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906)
gave
the
number
of
young
as
6.
The
Murine
Opossum
is
a
nocturnal
animal.
The
Penard
brothers
comment
on
the
fact
that
it
is
a
good
climber
and
is
often
found
in
bamboo
growths,
where
the
smooth
bamboo
stalks
cause
no
difficulty
to
their
climbing
activities.
These
opossums
make
their
nests
in
hollow
trees
and
other
protected
places;
the three
specimens
from
plantation
"Peperpot"
(nos.
18071-18073)
were
found
in
a
hollow
old
cocoa
fruit
(pi.
4),
in
which
a
nest
of
dead
leaves
had
been
made.
Mr.
K.
van
Deursen
of
Paramaribo
informed
me
(in
litt.,
12
Dec.
1974)
that
he
had
observed
an
opossum,
most
likely
of
this
species,
which
in
the
evening
collected
dead
leaves
of
Thunbergia
alata,
carried
these
first
in
its
mouth
and
then
transferred
them
to
its
tail,
and,
carry-
mg
the
leaves
with
its
tail,
climbed
up
to
the
roof
of
the
house,
probably
to
its
nest.
The fact
that
the
young
of
this
species
are
carried
by
the
mother
on
her
back
and
grasp
their
mother's
tail
with
their
own
little
tails,
has
often
been
discussed
and
figured
(e.g.,
by
Merian
in
1719,
by
Seba
in
1734,
and
by
Bellin
in
1763).
Al-
though
some
authors
cast
doubt
on
the
correctness
of
this
observation,
it
has
been
sufficiently
substantiated
by
reliable
observers.
The
above-mentioned
series
of
16
specimens
from
different
areas
in
Suriname
is
too
small
to
decide
the
question
whether
or
not
more
than
one
subspecies
of
Marmosa
murina
occurs
in
this
region.
According
to
Tate
(1933:
Q4-Q5)
the
nominate
form,
M.
murina
murina,
occurs
"from
at
least
as
far
south
as
Pernambuco
north-west
to
Brazilian
Guiana,
and
probably
along
the
narrow
coastal
strip
between
the
sea
and
the
heavy
rain
forest
as
far
as
British
Guiana".
In
the
rain
forest
this
form
is
saul
to
be
replaced
by
M.
murina
muscula
(Cabanis,
1848).
Cabrera
(1958:
20),
how-
ever,
was
of
the
opinion
that
the
subspecies
muscula
can
not
be
distinguished
from
the
typical
M.
murina
murina.
To
solve
this
question
it
is
necessary
that
large
series
of
Marmosa
murina
be
collected
in
different
biotopes
of
the
coastal
plain
as
MARSUPIALIA
22
well
as
in
the
interior
of
the
country.
In
the
material
at
hand
I
can
not
find
any
significant
differences
between
the
specimens
from
the
coastal
plain
and
those
from
the
interior.
Therefore,
for
the
time
being,
I
follow
Cabrera
and
accept
that
the
nominate
subspecies
of
Marmosa
murina
is
the
only
form
occurring
in
Suriname.
The
present
species
was
described
by
Linnaeus
(1758:
55)
under
two
different
names,
viz.,
Didelphis
murina
and
D.
dorsigera.
Under
Didelphis
murina,
Linnaeus
referred
to
“Amoenit.
acad.
1.
279"
and
to
Seba's
Thesaurus,
vol.
1,
p.
48,
"t.
31.
f.
12,
36".
The
reference
to
the
Amoenitates
(evidently
vol.
1,
p.
279
is
meant)
might
be
an
error.
This
part
of
the
Amoenitates
(vol.
1,
pp.
277-326,
pis.
13,
14),
namely,
deals
with
"Museum
Adolpho-Fridericianum"
and
on
p.
279
"Didelphis
mammae
intra
abdomen"
is
described;
the
references
and
description
given
here
pertain
for
the
greatest
part
to
Didelphis
marsupialis
and
partly
to
Metachirops
opossum.
Linnaeus
(1758:
54)
gave
the
same
reference
("Amoen.
acad.
1.
p.
279")
under
Didel-
phis
marsupialis,
where
it
is
more
correctly
placed
than
under
D.
murina.
Linnaeus's
second
reference
under
Didelphis
murina
evidently
contains
a
lapsus
"t.
31.
f.
12,
36"
should
read
"t.
31.
f.
1, 2, 3,
6",
as
there
are
no
more
than
10
numbered
figures
on
pi.
31
of
Seba's
Thesaurus
vol.
1.
Figures
1, 2,
and
3
indeed
represent
what
is
now
generally
considered
Marmosa
marina
;
fig.
6,
however,
shows
Monodelphis
brevicaudata.
Linnaeus's
Didelphis
murina
thus
is
a
composite
species,
and
in
order
to
prevent
any
confusion
I
now
select
as
the
lectotype
of
this
species
the
female
figured
by
Seba
on
pi.
31
fig.
2,
which
at
present
is
preserved
in
the
British
Museum
(Nat.
Hist.)
under
no.
67.4.12.542
(see
Thomas,
1892:
314).
Under
Didelphis
dorsigera,
Linnaeus
(1758:
55)
referred
to
"Seba.
mus.
1
p.
49.
t.
31.
f.
5,
4
&
2.
p.
90.
t.
84.
f.
4"
and
also
to
“Merian
surin.”.
Seba
(1734,
Thesaurus,
vol.
1,
p. 49,
pi.
31
figs.
4
and
5)
and
(1736,
Thesaurus,
vol.
2,
p.
90,
pi.
84
fig.
4)
as
well
as
Merian
(1719,
Over
de
Voortteeling
en
Wonderbaerlyke
Veranderingen
der
Surinaemsche
Insecten:
66,
pi.
66)
showed
clearly
what
is
at
present
considered
Marmosa
murina.
As
lectotype
I
now
select
the
adult
female
specimen
figured
by
Seba
on
pi.
31
fig.
5
(this
figure
is
composite,
the
adult
specimen
obviously
is
made
after
an
actual
specimen,
the
juveniles
on
the
back
of
this
specimen
are
in
exactly
the
same
position
as
in
Merian's
(1719)
drawing
and
clearly
are
copied).
This
lecto-
type
specimen
is
now
in
the
British
Museum
(Nat.
Hist.)
under
no.
67.4.12.546
(see
Thomas,
1892:
314).
The
type
locality
for
Didelphis
murina
is
"Habitat
in
Asia,
America"
and
for
D.
dorsigera
"Habitat
in
America";
they
both
are
restricted
by
Thomas
(1911:
144)
to
"Surinam".
As
the
synonymous
names
Didelphis
murina
L.,
1758
and
D.
dorsigera
L.,
1758,
date
from
the
same
day,
their
relative
priority
is
decided
by
the
first
reviser.
The
first
author,
who
considered
the
two
names
synonymous
and
used
one
of
these
in
preference
to
the
other
is,
as
far
as
I
can
make
out,
Lydekker
(1887:
282)
who
used
the
name
“Didelphis
murina”
and
remarked
that
D.
dorsigera
"is
apparently
identi-
cal".
Thomas
(1888:
343-347)
confirmed
this
synonymy.
23
MARSUPIALIA
Marmosa
emiliae
Thomas,
1909
PI.
11
lower
figures
(skull)
Marmosa
emiliae
Thomas,
1909,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(8)
3:
379-380.
Type
locality.
—
"Para"
(=
Belem),
north-eastern
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:30;
Tate,
1933:189,
pi.
10
fig.
89
(skull,
dorsal
view),
pi.
23
fig.
210
(skull,
ventral
view),
table
x
(section
7,
measurements
of
the
holotype
only).
Distribution.
—
Known
from
the
type
locality
and
now
also
reported
from
Suri-
name.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
In
August
1965
Mr.
B.
Malkin
collected
a
juvenile
male
specimen
near
Langamankondre,
north
of
Albina,
mouth
of
the
Marowijne
River.
In
this
specimen
the
first
and
second
molars
are
in
function,
the
third
is
not
fully
developed
and
does
not
attain
the
height
of
the
second
molar,
while
the
fourth
is
still
lacking.
The
specimen
is
preserved
in
the
Leiden
Museum
under
no.
18231
(skin
and
skull)
Description.
—
I
compared
the
Langamankondre
specimen
with
the
holotype,
preserved
in
the
British
Museum
(Natural
History)
(no.
9.3.9.10).
My
specimen
shows
all
essential
characters
of
Marmosa
emiliae,
of
which
Tate
(1933:
189)
re-
marked
that
"the
unusual
feature
in
emiliae
is
the
very
long
tail",
which "is
nearly
twice
length
of
head
and
body".
Also
the
other
characters
discussed
by
Thomas,
in
the
original
description
of
the
species,
and
by
Tate,
are
shown
by
the
Suriname
specimen.
The
colour
of
the
hairs
of
the
dorsal
surface
is
of
a
dull
chestnut-brown
tinge,
caused
by
the
fact
that
about
the
basal
three-fourths
of
the
hairs
are
slaty,
followed
by
a
light
yellowish
part,
while
the
tips
are
brown.
The
black
ring
around
the
eyes
is
well
marked,
and
is
continued
by
a
black
stripe
to
the
rhinarium.
The
area
between
these
two
stripes
is
somewhat
lighter
than
the
back.
The
line
of
demar-
cation
is
rather
distinct.
The
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
is
cream,
the
hairs
being
unicoloured
to
the
roots.
The
fur
extends
on
the
base
of
the
tail
for
about
5
millimetres.
The
measurements
of
the
Suriname
specimen
(with
between
brackets
those
of
the
holotype
as
noted
by
Thomas)
are
the
following:
head
and
body
60
(75),
tail,
112
(14
2
) ;
hind
foot,
12
(13)
;
ear,
14
(16)
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length
21.2
(23.5)
;
basal
length,
18.4
(21);
palatal
length,
11.2
(12.2);
zygomatic
breadth,
n.8
(13);
interorbi-
tal
breadth,
3.9
(4.2)
;
combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars,
4.2
(4-2)
mm.
Remarks.
—
The
present
species
seems
to
be
extremely
rare;
Tate
(1933:
189)
remarked
that
no
specimens
were
known
to
him
apart
from
the
holotype,
collected
ln
February
1909.
In
the
literature
seen
by
me
I
have
not
found
any
additional
records
of
it
either,
so
that
the
Suriname
specimen
seems
to
be
the
second
known
of
Marmosa
emiliae.
MARSUPIALIA
24
Metachirops
opossum
opossum
(Linnaeus,
1758)
Text-fig.
2c
(incisors
and
canines),
pi.
5
(animal),
pi.
8
upper
figures
(skull),
pi.
1
fig.
3
(hind
foot)
Didelphis
Opossum
Linnaeus,
1758,
Systema
Naturae,
(ed.
10)
1:
55.
Type
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
America".
Linnaeus's
(1758)
description
is
based
exclusively
on
Seba's
(1734:
56,
57J
"Philander,
Opossum,
sive
Carigueja,
brasilien-
sis;
mas"
(pi.
36
fig.
1)
and
"Philander,
Americanus,
seu,
Carigueja,
cum
catulis,
saccum
ventris
intrantibus;
foemina"
(pi.
36
fig.
2).
Seba
gave
as
definite
localities
for
his
specimens
Brazil
(for
the
male)
and
Suriname
(for
the
female).
J.
A.
Allen
11900:
195)
restricted
the
type
locality
to
"Surinam"
(as
Thomas,
1911:
143,
also
did),
and
Matschie
(1916:268)
restricted
it
further
to
"Paramaribo,
Surinam".
Hershkovitz
(1976:
297)
selected
as
the
lectotype
of
Didelphis
opossum
L.,
the
female
figured
by
Seba
(1734:
57)
on
his
pi.
36
fig.
2.
This
selection
is
in
agreement
with
the
type
locality
restrictions,
as
the
selection
of
the
other
specimen
(the
male)
would
have
necessitated
to
change
the
type
locality
to
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:36
(under
Philander
o.
■);
Hershkovitz,
1949:11;
Pine,
1973:
391;
Thomas,
1888:
329-332,
341
(under
Didelphys
o.).
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Four-eyed
Opossum,
Quica
Opossum;
(N)
Opossum,
Vieroog-opossum;
(S)
Fo-ai
Awari.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Metachirops
opossum
(Linnaeus,
1758)
ranges
from
north-eastern
Mexico
southward
through
Central
America
into
South
America,
where
it
is
known
from
Colombia,
Ecuador,
Peru,
Bolivia,
northern
Argentina,
Paraguay,
Brazil
and
the
Guianas.
The
nominate
subspecies
M.
opossum
opossum
occurs
in
the
Guianas
and
the
lower
Amazon
area.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Metachirops
opossum
is
very
common
in
the
coastal
area
of
Suriname,
where
it
often
has
been
found
near
and
even
in
human
settlements.
There
are
a
few
records
from
the
foothills
(Avanavero
Falls;
Brokopondo
area),
but
so
far
the
species
has
not
been
found
in
the
interior
of
the
country.
Seba
(1734)
was
the
first
author
who
mentioned
that
the
species
occurs
in
Suriname
(see
under
type
locality).
Under
the
name
"Mouse-Opossum"
Stedman
(1796
(2):
144,
pi.
57
upper
fig.)
very
clearly
described
and
figured
the
present
species,
which
he
obtained
at
the
Perica
Creek,
a
side
creek
of
the Cottica
River,
south
of
Jerusalem.
The
next
Suriname
record
of
the
species
was
by
Von
Sack
(1821
(2):
203),
who
described
it
as
the
smallest
of
the
Suriname
opossums,
being
as
large
as
a
new
born
squirrel,
and
of
a
steel
gray
colour
with
2
white
spots
over
the
eyes;
the
ears,
tip
of
the
nose
and
tail
were
reddish;
possibly
Von
Sack's
animal
was
young.
Also
Lammens
(1844:
94)
gave
a
recognizable
description
of
the
species.
The
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906)
mentioned
this
species
and
distinguished
it
from
Metachirus
nudicaudatus.
Sanderson
(1949:
787)
found
the
species
to
be
very
common
in
Suriname,
he
obtained
several
specimens
near
Paramaribo
and
one
at
Zanderij.
During
the
"Operation
Gwamba"
(Walsh
&
Gannon,
1967:218)
"85
Four-eyed
opossum
Metachirus
nudicaudatus"
25
MARSUPIALIA
were
reported
to
have
been
taken;
it
is
not
clear
whether
these
specimens
belong
to
the
present
species
or
are
a
mixture
of
the
present
and
the
next
species.
The
illustra-
tion
(a
coloured
plate
opposite
p.
160)
provided
by
Walsh
&
Gannon
of
the
"Four-
eyed
opossum"
clearly
shows
Metachirops
opossum.
I
have
examined
the
following
material
of
the
present
species:
1.
Avanavero
Falls
in
Kabalebo
River,
lower
Corantijn
basin,
Niclcerie
District,
skull
frag-
ments
(no.
21843).
2.
Upper
Nickerie
River,
Nickerie
District,
1
female
(no.
12841,
skull).
3.
Rijweg
naar
Kwatta,
highway
9
km
west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
skull
(no.
21840).
4.
Plantation
"Clevia"
on
Suriname
River
north-east
of
Paramaribo,
xi
males
(nos.
17753,
*7794,
17806,
22101,
skulls;
nos.
21727,
22093,
22096, 22098,
22104, 22106, 22107,
skins
and
skulls),
11
females
(nos.
17795,
22109-22112,
skulls;
nos.
22099, 22100, 22102, 22103, 22105,
22108,
skins
and
skulls).
5.
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
(Cultuurtuin),
Paramaribo,
3
males
(nos.
17247,
21938,
22091,
skins
and
skulls),
5
females
(nos.
17248,
17249,
22092,
22094,
22095,
skins
and
skulls).
6.
Paramaribo,
various
localities
in
and
near
the
town,
3 males
(nos.
1694,
12838,
16081,
skins
and
skulls),
3
females
(nos.
16080, 16082, 18197,
skins
and
skulls).
7-
Lelydorp,
about
15
km
south
of
Paramaribo
on
highway
to
Zanderij,
4
males
(nos.
22085,
22086, 22088, 22089,
skins
and
skulls),
2
females
(nos.
22087,
22090,
skins
and
skulls).
8.
Near
Para
River
on
highway
to
Domburg,
about
10
km
south-east
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
male
(no.
22097,
skin
and
skull).
9-
Near
Commewijne
River,
Commewijne
District,
1
male
(no.
3959,
skin
and
skull).
10.
Albina
on
Lower
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
1
male
(no.
23947,
skin
and
skull).
11.
Suriname
(without
more
precise
locality
indication),
5
males
(nos.
12836,
12837,
12843,
1:2847,
skins
and
skulls),
3
females
(nos.
7253,
12834, 12844,
skins
and
skulls),
2
unsexed
specimens
(nos.
7252,
12842,
skins
and
skulls).
Description.
—
This
description
is
based
on
all
Suriname
material
listed
above.
The
most
striking
characters
of
this
species
are
the
presence
of
a
distinct
sharply
defined
white
spot
above
the
eye
(like
in
Metachirus
nudicaudatus)
and
the
bicoloured
tail
which
has
the
dark
basal
part
sharply
separated
from
the
white
distal
part
(like
in
Didelphis
marsupialis).
The
fur
is
short,
soft
and
woolly.
On
the
back
it
is
dark
§
re
y>
grizzled
with
white,
usually
the
central
part
is
distinctly
darker
than
the
sides.
The
colour
is
more
blackish
and
less
brownish
than
in
Metachirus.
The
hairs
are
of
two
types,
the
soft
underfur
is
thin,
greyish
with
a
dark
brown
to
black
top,
the
Drger
somewhat
more
bristle-like
hairs
likewise
have
a
thin,
greyish
base,
and
the
distal
part
is
dark
brown
or
almost
black,
usually
with
a
white
ring
of
variable
width
slightly
below
the
dark
tip.
The
fur
of
the
head
is
of
the
same
dark
blackish
brown
colour
as
the
median
part
of
the
back
or
even
slightly
darker;
as
here
the
bristle-like
hairs
do
not
show
the
white
bands,
the
dark colour
is
of
an
even
nature
and
is
not
grizzled
with
white.
As
already
stated
above
there
is
a
distinct
sharply
marked
white
spot
over
each
eye.
This
spot
may
be
rounded,
oval,
triangular
or
crescent-shaped.
Another
striking
pale
spot
is
present
in
front
of
the
base
of
the
ears.
This
spot
differs
from
the
one
above
the
eyes
in
that
it
is
larger,
less
well
defined,
more
irregular
111
shape
and
less
purely
white,
more
cream
coloured.
The
cheeks
also
are
of
a
striking
whitish
or
creamish
colour;
of
the three
pale
spots
on
each
half
of
the
dorsal
surface
26
MARSUPIALIA
of
the
head,
that
of
the
cheek
is
largest.
The
ears
are
large
and
rounded,
they
are
whitish
with
a
broad
black
rim;
scattered,
short
and
inconspicuous
pale
hairs
are
visible
on
both
the
outer
and
the
inner
surface
of
the
ear.
The
sides
of
the
body
are
more
grizzled
with
white
or
cream
than
the
dorsal
surface
and
consequently
are
of
a
paler
grey
colour.
The
outer
surface
of
the
legs
is
of
the
same
pale
grey
colour.
The
ventral
surface
is
cream
coloured
over
its
full
length,
from
the
chin
to
the
base
of
the
tail,
washed
with
light
grey
on
the
throat,
the
middle
of
the
belly
and
between
the
hind
legs.
These
greyish
areas
are
more
distinct
in
some
specimens
than
in
others,
and
occupy
a
surface
of
variable
size,
but
usually
they
are
very
faint.
Also
the
inner
surface
of
the
legs
has
the
same
cream
colour.
The
tail
is
about
as
long
as
head
and
body
combined
(usually
it
is
somewhat
shorter,
but
in
some
individuals
it
is
a
frac-
tion
longer).
The
fur
on
the
base
of
the
tail,
which
is
of
the
same
colour
as
that
of
the
dorsal
surface,
extends
on
it
for
50-75
mm
and
occupies
about
1/4
to
1/5
of
the
entire
length
of
the
tail.
This
hairy
part
ends
rather
abruptly,
the
rest
of
the
tail
is
scaly
with
scattered
very
short
stiff
hairs.
The
basal
half
of
the
scaly
tail
is
of
a
black
colour,
the
distal
half
is
white,
the
two
parts
being
sharply
defined.
The
short
hairs
in
the
blackish
part
are
entirely
black,
those
of
the
white
part
entirely
whitish.
Juvenile
specimens
have
the
dorsal
fur
relatively
longer,
darker
and
less
grizzled:
the
back
is
almost
uniformly
blackish,
the
sides
are
grizzled
with
white
and
resemble
in
colour
the
back
of
the
adults.
The
white
spots
above
the
eyes
are
far
less
distinct,
and
less
purely
white,
the
white
hairs
being
mixed
with
grey,
also
the
spots
before
the
ears
and
on
the
cheeks
are
less
distinct.
The
legs
are
black
both
on
the
inside
and
out
and
the
ventral
surface
varies
from
pale
grey
to
grey.
The
tail
is
sharply
two-toned.
Dental
formula:
1§,
C
j,
P
M
|.
The
first
premolar
is
more
than
half
as
high
as
the
second,
it
is
placed
against
the
canine
and
separated
from
the
second
premolar
by
a
quite
small
diastema.
The
second
premolar
is
somewhat
larger
than
the
third,
but
of
equal
height.
The
postorbital
processes
are
small,
but
rather
distinct and
triangular;
they
do
not
end
in
carinae;
the
postorbital
constriction,
which
is
situated
far
behind
the
processes
is
distinct.
The
sagittal
crest
is
low,
but
very
distinct,
and
anteriorly
forms
two
divergent
crests
which
are
still
lower
and
extend
about
to
the
base
of
the
postorbital
processes.
The
braincase
is
relatively
narrow.
The
external
measurements
of
an
adult
female
from
the
Cultuurtuin
at
Paramaribo
and
of
an
adult
female
from
"Clevia"
are,
respectively:
head
and
body,
335,
308;
tail,
278,
262;
hind
foot,
with
claw,
42,
42;
ear,
40,
38
mm;
weight,
420,
—,
grams.
—
Skull:
condylobasal
length,
73.0,
71.9;
zygomatic
breadth,
35.0,
35.6;
combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars,
n.
0,
12.0
mm.
In
17
specimens
this
combined
molar
length
varies
from
10.5
to
12.8
mm
(mean:
11.6
mm).
The
shape
of
the
skull
is
shown
in
pi.
8
(upper
figures).
Remarks.
—
Little
is
known
concerning
the
biology
of
the
present
species
in
Suriname.
On
3
January
1963
we
found
a
nest
with
a
female
and
7
juveniles
under
a
tree
near
Lelydorp.
The
adult
female
and
one
juvenile
escaped.
Of
the
six
remaining
MARSUPIALIA
27
juveniles,
of
which
the
length
of
head
and
body
was
about
150
millimetres,
four
were
males
and
two
females.
In
March
and
April
of
the
same
year
we
found
six
females
with
pouch
young;
two
of
these
females
had
two
young
each,
the
four
other
females
had
one,
three,
four
and
five
young,
respectively.
These
data
are
rather
well
in
agreement
with
those
given
by
Phillips
&
Jones
(1969)
for
specimens
of
Metachirops
opossum
from
Nicaragua.
In
the
stomach
of
a
Garden
Tree
Boa,
Corallus
enydris enydris
(Linnaeus),
caught
at
Paramaribo,
I
found
remains
of
the
present
species.
It
is
not
known
whether
or
not
this
snake
feeds
regularly
on
opossums.
According
to
Seba
(1734:
56)
the
food
of
this
species
consists
of
fruit,
leaves,
bark,
sugar
cane,
birds
and
poultry.
The
brothers
Penard
("De
Suiinamer",
11
January
1906)
indicate
that
they
are
found
mostly
in
cane
fields,
and
grassland,
where
they
burrow
in
the
ground,
but
they
also
occur
in
forests.
Their
food
consists
of
fruit,
insects,
birds,
crabs,
etc.
Sanderson
(1949:
787)
mentioned
the
species
as
common
in
gardens
on
the
outskirts
of
Paramaribo
and
remarked
that
it
is
"almost
entirely
terrestrial
and
as
active
in
the
day
as
in
the
night".
Sanderson,
however,
also
found
specimens
in
trees
(mostly
fruit
bearing
mangoes).
My
own
observations
confirm
Sanderson's;
once
we
found
some
of
these
opossums
under
the
floor
of
a
house
at
Telydorp.
Hershkovitz
(1949)
suggested
that
the
generic
name
Philander
Tiedemann,
1808,
should
be
used
for
the
present
genus
rather
than
Metachirops.
Pine
(1973)
opposed
Hershkovitz's
contention
and
thought
Metachirops
the
conect
name.
I
agree
with
Pine,
be
it
for
different
reasons.
Hershkovitz's
account
is
very
clear
and
he
is
correct
m
considering
Philander
virginianus
Tiedemann,
1808,
to
be
the
type
species
of
the
genus
Philander
Tiedemann,
1808.
However,
Hershkovitz
(1949,
1976)
made
the
mistake
to
consider
the
name
Philander
virginianus
Tiedemann,
1808,
a
replacement
for
Didelphis
opossum
Linnaeus,
1758.
It
is
true
that
Linnaeus's
name
is
given
as
a
synonym
in
Tiedemann's
account,
but
there
is
no
indication
that
it
should
be
treated
differently
from
the
other
references
given
under
Philander
virginianus.
In
fact
Philander
virginianus
Tiedemann
is
a
composite
species
based
in
part
on
Didelphis
opossum
Linnaeus
(reference
to
Linnaeus,
and
possibly
also
part
of
the
references
to
Buffon
and
Schreber),
partly
on
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
(E.
Geoffroy,
1803)
(again
Possibly
part
of
the
references
to
Buffon
and
Schreber,
as
well
as
the
description
provided
by
Tiedemann
himself)
and
partly
on
Didelphis
marsupialis
Linnaeus,
1758
(part
of
the
references
to
Buffon
and
Schreber,
the
references
to
Tyson
(1698)
and
Lowper
(1704),
and
the
mention
of
Virginia
as
one
of
the
type
localities;
also
the
fact
that
the
name
virginianus
is
used
points
in
this
direction).
So
far
as
I
know
no
lectotype
has
ever
been
designated
for
Philander
virginianus
Tiedemann,
1808,
and
therefore
I
now
select
as
such
the
female
specimen
from
Virginia
discussed
by
Tyson
(1698).
In
this
way
Philander
virginianus
Tiedemann,
1808,
becomes
a
junior
syno-
nym
of
Didelphis
virginiana
Kerr
(1792:
193),
and
the
generic
name
Philander
Wiedemann,
1808,
disappears
in
the
synonymy
of
Didelphis
Linnaeus,
1758.
In
this
28
MARSUPIALIA
way
the
solution
by
Pine
(1973)
is
attained
without
intervention
by
the
International
Commission
on
Zoological
Nomenclature.
The
type
species
of
the
genus
Metachirops
Matschie,
19x6,
is
Didelphis
quica,
described
by
Temminck
(1824:
36-38)
from
Brazil.
Pine
(1973:
398)
stated:
"I
have
been
unable
to
find
a
formal
proposal
of
a
species
to
be
regarded
as
the
type-species
of
Metachirops"
,
but
as
Hershkovitz
(1967:
300)
correctly
pointed
out,
in
the
original
publication
of
the
generic
name
Metachirops,
Matschie
(1916:
268)
in
the
enumeration
of
the
species
of
his
new
genus
clearly
gave
the
indication
"Typus"
after
Metachirops
quica.
Therefore
Didelphis
quica
Temminck,
1824,
is
the
type
of
Metachirops
Mat-
schie,
19x6,
by
original
designation.
Hershkovitz
(1949:
12)
was
in
error
when
indi-
cating
Didelphis
opossum
Linnaeus,
1758,
as
the
type
of
Matschie's
genus.
In
a
later
publication
Hershkovitz
(1976)
showed
the
true
state
of
affairs
in
regard
to
the
type
species
of
Metachirops.
The
generic
names
Didelphys,
Metachirus
and
Philander
have been
commonly
used
for
the
Four-eyed
Opossum.
Metachirus
nudicaudatus nudicaudatus
(E.
Geoffroy,
1803)
Didelphis
nudicaudata
E.
Geoffroy,
1803,
Catalogue
Mammiferes
Museum
National
Hist.
nat.
Paris:
142.
Type
locality.
—
"Cayenne".
Geoffroy
(1803)
mentioned
"Patrie.
L'Amerique
meridionale"
and
stated
that
the
single
type
specimen
was
sent
by
"M.
Martin,
botaniste
du
gouvernement
a
Cayenne".
The
holotype
is
still
in
the
Paris
Museum
(coll.
no.
434)
and
is
labelled
"Cayenne
Martin".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
38;
Krumbiegel,
1941b:
194-199;
Thomas,
1888:
332-334,
341
(under
Didelphys).
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Rat-tailed
Opossum,
Brown
(Four-eyed)
Opossum,
Brown-masked
Opossum;
(N)
Bruine
Opossum;
(S)
Froktu-awari.
Distribution.
—
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
(E.
Geoffroy,
1803)
occurs
"from
Nicaragua
southeastward
to
Brazil,
Paraguay,
and
northeastern
Argentina"
(Walker,
1964
(1):
22);
the
nominate
subspecies
.
M.
nudicaudatus nudicaudatus
is
known
from
the
Guianas
and
from
Brazil
north
of
the
Amazon.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
Suriname
records
of
this
species
in
the
literature
are
few
and
usually
unreliable,
because
of
the
confusion
with
other
species.
The
only
reliable
record
is
that
by
the
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
n
January
1906),
who
clearly
described
the
present
species,
but
give
no
details
about
occurrence
or
biology.
So
far
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
is
only
known
from
the
area
of
Zanderij
and
Republiek
about
35-40
km
S.
of
Paramaribo;
this
region
consists
mostly
of
savannas
and
gallery
forests.
A
young
female
specimen,
trapped
on
23
February
1963
at
about
9
p.m.
in
the
gallery-forest
along
the
Coropina
Kreek
near
Republiek,
is
now
preserved
in
the
Leiden
Museum
(no.
18074).
I
n
the
collection
of
the
British
Museum
(Natural
History),
London,
there
is
an
adult
female
(no.
52.1222),
which
was
trapped
by
I.
T.
Sanderson
alongside
a
small
creek
near
Zanderij
on
19
August
MARSUPIALIA
29
I
935-
I
n
the
stomach
of
an
owl
belonging
to
the
species
Asio
clamator clamator
(Vieillot),
which
was
shot
on
10
November
1963
near
Zanderij,
I
found
fragments
of
the
skull
of
the
Rat-tailed
Opossum,
indicating
that
this
owl
is
one
of
the
predators
of
the
present
species.
Description.
—
The
description
is
made
from
the
specimen
no.
18074.
As
in
Metachirops
opossum,
there
is
a
white
or
creamy
white
spot
over
each
eye.
The
upper
parts
of
the
animal
are
greyish
brown
sprinkled
with
yellowish
brown.
The
head
has
a
striking
colour
pattern.
A
dark
band
extends
from
the
tip
of
the
snout
through
the
eyes,
along
the
base
of
the
ears
to
a
point
midway
between
the
ears.
This
dark
colour
forms
a
ring
around
the
eyes.
Above
each
eye
there
is
a
clear,
well
demarcated
oval,
white
or
creamy
white
spot.
In
the
median
area
of
the
head,
between
the
two
dark
bands,
the
colour
of
the
fur
is
greyish
brown,
slightly
darker
in
the
middle,
and
gradually
becoming
darker
posteriorly.
A
clear
rufous
brown
spot
is
present
behind
the
base
of
each
ear.
Between
these
two
spots
the
dark colour
of
the
head
narrows
in
a
posteriorly
directed
point.
The
lower
part
of
the
face,
viz.,
the
part
below
the
dark
line,
is
white
or
whitish;
this
white
area
is
sharply
defined,
doi
sally
by
the
dark
line,
posteriorly
(some
distance
before
the
ear)
by
an
almost
vertical
line
which
separates
it
from
the
brownish
grey
colour
of
the
posterior
part
of
the
cheek
and
the
side
of
the
neck.
There
is
no
light
spot
before
the
ears
(as
found
in
Metachirops).
The
ears
are
large
and
rounded,
of
a
dark
colour,
and
covered
with
rather
sparse,
short
hairs.
The
outer
surface
of
the
legs
is
of
the
same
colour
as
the
back.
The
feet
are
whitish.
The
flanks
are
paler
and
more
greyish,
less
brownish
than
the
back.
Their
colour
is
rather
sharply
set
off
from
the
white
or
creamy
white
colour
of
the
ventral
surface.
The
entire
ventral
surface,
from
the
chin
to
the
tail
including
the
inner
side
of
the
legs,
is
of
a
uniform
almost
pure
white
or
slightly
creamy
white
colour.
The
tail
is
always
longer
than
head
and
body
combined.
The
fur
extends
only
about
5
to at
most
25
mm
over
the
base
of
the
tail
(against
50
to
75
mm
in
Metachi-
rops).
The
rest
of
the
tail
is
scaly
with
a
short
appressed
pubescence.
The
colour
of
the
tail
is
iiregular:
the
tip
is
white,
the
basal
part
darker,
but
the
colours
are
nowhere
sharply
separated
as
in
Metachirops
;
white
spots
occur
near
the
base
and
dark
spots
U
P
to
near
the
tip.
As
a
rule
the
lower
surface
of
the
tail
is
lighter
than
the
upper.
In
this
species
the
pouch
is
absent
(Pine,
1973:
392).
Dental
formula:
1£,
C
P
|,
M
|.
The
skull
of
the
present
species
closely
resembles
that
of
Metachirops
opossum,
in
size
as
well
as
in
shape.
In
addition
to
the
two
females
from
Suriname
listed
above,
I
examined
the
holotype
specimen
of
Didelphis
n
udicaudata
from
Cayenne,
preserved
in
the
Paris
Museum,
and
the
two
syntypes
°f
Didelphis
myosurus
Temminck,
1824,
from
Brazil,
preserved
in
the
Leiden
Museum.
All
three
specimens
belong
to
the
present
species.
The
following
measure-
ments
are
based
on
the
total
material
examined;
unfortunately
the
skulls
of
the
three
types
are
rather
badly
damaged.
The
combined
length
of
the
upper
three
molars
varies
from
10.0
to
10.5
mm.
The
width
of
the
second
premolar
is
1.1
mm
(it
MARSUPIALIA
30
is
1.8
mm
in
Metachirops
opossum).
The
processus
postorbitalis
is
absent
in
the
present
species.
The
braincase
is
relatively
wide.
I
agree
with
Thomas
(1888:
333)
that
the
teeth
of
the
present
species
as
a
whole
are
"lighter
and
more
delicate"
than
in
Metachirops
opossum,
and
that
"the
upper
premolars
especially
are
markedly
thinner
transversely
than
in
that
species".
The
adult
female
from
Zanderij
in
the
British
Museum,
according
to
the
data
noted
on
the
label,
has
the
following
measurements:
head
and
body,
245;
tail,
290;
hind
foot,
41
mm.
In
the
young
female
from
Coropina
Kreek
these
measurements
are
176,
227
and
35
mm,
respectively.
Remarks.
—
In
several
popular
publications
on
Suriname
the
Dutch
name
"Kaal-
staart"
(=
naked
tail)
has
indiscriminately
been used
for
any
marsupial
with
a
long
tail
in
which
the
hairs
are
so
short
as
to
be
practically
invisible
to
the
naked
eye.
The
first
author
to
do
so
was
Pistorius
(1763:
58).
The fact
that
the
Dutch
word
"kaalstaart"
and
the
latin
epithet
nudicaudatus
have
the
same
meaning,
may
be
the
reason
that
in
Suriname
the
name
nudicaudatus
is
often
incorrectly
applied.
Because
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
and
Metachirops
opossum
show
a
strong
super-
ficial
resemblance
to
each
other,
they
are
easily
confused
and
the
more
familiar
name
is
often
used
for
the
wrong
species,
namely
the
more
common
of
the
two.
Metachirops
opossum,
namely,
occurs
frequently
near
Paramaribo
and
is
easily
obtainable,
while
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
is
only
known
from
the
savanna
area
farther
in
the
interior,
is
very
elusive,
and
is
rarely
trapped,
even
by
professional
collectors.
From
Suriname
I
have
received
twice
a
specimen
of
M.
opossum
that
was
provisionally
identified
by
its
collector
as
M.
nudicaudatus.
In
some
medical
and
general
papers
on
mammals
of
Suriname
the
name
M.
nudicaudatus
is
used,
e.g.,
in
a
paper
on
histoplasmosis
in
Suriname
mammals
by
Collier
&
Winckel
(1952:
351);
it
is
unlikely,
however,
that
this
rare
species
is
the
one
used
for
anatomical
and
parasitological
purposes.
Walsh
&
Gannon
(1967:
218)
reported
85
"Four-eyed
opossum,
Metachirus
nudicaudatus”
as
having
been
saved
during
the
"Operation
Gwamba"
in
the
flooded
Brokopondo
region,
while
Metachirops
opossum
was
not
listed
by
them
at
all;
their
coloured
illustration
(plate
opposite
p.
160)
of
a
"Four-
eyed
opossum",
however,
shows
a
specimen
of
Metachirops
opossum,
so
that
it
is
evident
that
part
or
all
of
the
material
identified
by
them
as
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
does
not
belong
to
that
species,
but
to
Metachirops
opossum.
This
clearly
illustrates
that
the
use
in
previous
Suriname
literature
of
the
epithet
nudicaudatus
by
non-
professional
taxonomists
should
be
regarded
with
a
great
deal
of
reserve.
Didelphis
marsupialis
marsupialis
Linnaeus,
1758
PI.
6
(animal),
pi.
9
lower
figures
(skull),
pi.
1
fig.
4
(hind
foot)
Didelphis
marsupialis
Linnaeus,
1758,
Systema
Naturae,
(ed.
10)
1:
54.
Tj'pe
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
America".
Restricted
by
Thomas
(1911:
143)
to
"Surinam".
MARSUPIALIA
31
3
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
42-43;
Krumbiegel,
1941a:
32-37,
42-47;
Thomas
1888:
323-328,
341.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Common
Opossum;
(N)
Gewone
Opossum,
Grote
Buidelrat;
(S)
Awari,
Dagoe-awari.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Didelphis
marsupialis
Linnaeus,
1758,
ranges
from
Tamaulipas,
Mexico
(see
Gardner,
1973:
69
and
fig.
14)
into
South
America
south-
ward
as
far
as
Bolivia,
northern
Argentina
and
eastern
Brazil
(see
Hershkovitz,
1969:
54,
55).
The
nominate
subspecies
D.
marsupialis marsupialis
has
been
reported
from
Colombia,
Venezuela,
Trinidad,
the
Guianas
and
from
there
as
far
south
as
northern
Brazil,
Ecuador
and
northern
Peru.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Didelphis
marsupialis
is
one
of
the
most
common
mammals
of
the
coastal
region
of
Suriname
to
be
found
near
human
habitations.
In
Paramaribo
it
is
still
present
in
considerable
numbers,
although
in
recent
years
it
occurs
there
less
frequently
than
before;
especially
the
old
males,
called
"Dagoe-
awari",
have
become
rare.
Little
is
known
about
the
occurrence
of
the
species
in
the
forests
of
the
more
interior
parts
of
Suriname.
In
the
early
Suriname
literature
animals
are
mentioned
that
probably
are
Didelphis
marsupialis,
but
the
descriptions
are
usually
rather
superficial.
So
Herlein
(1718:
172)
described
the
'Seiwoy,
also
called
Cerigons,
this
is
white,
black
and
gray,
resembling
a
cat;
it
has
also
a
tail.
It
usually
gives
birth
to
six
young,
and
has
a
pouch
in
its
belly
with
an
aperture
of
about
10
cm,
behind
the
aperture
there
is
some
skin
so
that
the
belly
is
not
open;
in
the
pouch
there
are
tits.
The
animal
carries
the
young
in
the
pouch;
the
young
enter
and
leave
the
pouch,
and
stay
there
until
they
are
independant'.
Merian
(1719:
66)
mentioned
the
occurrence
in
Suriname
of
the
'so-called
Bag-
or
Purse-Rat
which
always
carries
its
young
in
its
body;
the
young
come
out
for
feeding,
but
afterwards
crawl
back
into
the
belly
of
the
mother'.
The
"Boschrotten"
mentioned
by
Hartsinck
(1770:
98)
probably
also
belong
here.
I
he
first
author
who
gave
a
recognizable
account
of
the
present
species
from
Surinam,
so
far
as
I
can
ascertain,
is
Stedman
(1796
(2):
325-327).
Stedman,
who
indicated
the
species
with
the
name
"Philander,
or
Mexican
opossum",
reported
it
from
the
Cassipora
camp,
situated
at
the
confluence
of
the Cottica
River
and
the
Cassipoery
Creek
(north-eastern
Suriname).
Von
Sack
(1821
(2):
202)
used
the
name
"Zwart-
oorige-Opossum"
(=
black
eared
opossum)
for
it
and
described
a
juvenile
specimen
from
Suriname.
Also
Lammens
(1844:
94
no.
125)
listed
the
species
for
Suriname.
Kappler
(1886:
66)
mentioned
the
species
under
the
incorrect
name
Didelphis
dorsigera.
The
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906)
gave
an
extensive
account
of
the
species
and
stated
that
the
animals
are
especially
common
near
mhabited
areas
and
are
even
numerous
"in
de
stad"
(=
in
town,
i.e.,
in
Paramaribo).
I
he
picture
of
the
occurrence
of
this
species
in
Suriname
as
given
by
Sanderson
(1949:
786)
still
holds
true:
"It
was
encountered
in
all
types
of
forest
and
even
in
the
coastal
mangroves
...
it
is
very
prevalent
in
the
town
of
Paramaribo.
Here
it
mfests
the
houses,
drains,
holes
in
the
banks
of
tidal
ditches
and
the
heads
of
the
MARSUPIALIA
32
Royal
Palms
that
carry
many
dead
leaves.
At
night
they
may
be
seen
scavenging
in
the
streets
under
the
large
of
shop
lights.
...
In
the
forest
they
are
more
truly
arboreal
but
none
the
less
bold
and
omnipresent.
We
are
informed
that
they
are
often
killed
on
coastal
schooners
sailing
out
of
Paramaribo
for
the
Caribbean".
During
the
"Operation
Gwamba",
151
specimens
were
reported
to
have
been
saved
in
the
Brokopondo
region
(Walsh
&
Gannon,
1967:
218,
plate
opp.
p.
161).
I
myself
examined
the
following
Suriname
material:
i.
Wageningen,
Nickerie
District,
north-western
Suriname,
i
male
(no.
22553,
skull
only).
2.
Lucie
River,
branch
of
the
Corantijn
River,
2
males
(nos.
18012,
skin
and
skull;
18175,
skin),
1
female
(no.
18176,
skin).
3.
Sipaliwini
airstrip
near
Brazilian
border,
extreme
south-eastern
Nickerie
District,
1
skull
(no.
1775°)-
4.
Totness,
garden
of
government
resthouse,
Coronie
District,
1
juvenile
male
(no.
22118,
skin
and
skull).
5.
Groningen,
on
Saramacca
River,
Saramacca
District,
1
female
(no.
12855,
skin
and
skull).
6.
Plantation
"Clevia",
on
Suriname
River,
north-east
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
2
skulls
(nos.
22126,
22127).
7.
Comb6,
northern
suburb
of
Paramaribo,
on
Suriname
River,
1
male
(no.
17763,
skin
and
skull).
8.
Cultuurtuin
(Agricultural
Experimental
Station),
Paramaribo,
2
males
(nos.
17802
and
22119,
skins
and
skulls),
3
females
(nos.
17762,
17791,
22116,
skins
and
skulls).
9.
Paramaribo,
various
localities
in
town,
9 males
(nos.
10789, 12856,
17775,
17803,
17805,
22114,
22115,
22i2r,
22T24,
skins
and
skulls),
r
female
(no.
17747,
skin
and
skull),
2
specimens,
sex
unknown
(nos.
12852, 12858,
skins
and
skulls),
6
skulls
(nos.
21726,
22125,
24025
(mandible
only),
24026,
24027,
24028).
io.
Plantation
"Meerzorg",
eastbank
of
Suriname
River,
opposite
Paramaribo,
i
male
(no.
22122,
skin
and
skull).
ii.
Leiding
5,
canal
west
of
Paramaribo
on
road
from
Paramaribo
to
Uitkijk,
1
male
(no.
17744,
skin
and
skull),
1
female
(no.
17746,
skin
and
skull).
12.
Kasabaholo
Creek,
7
km
south-west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
2
females
(nos.
16164, 16165,
skins
and
skulls).
13.
Copieweg
between
Paramaribo
and
Zanderij,
about
4
km
south
of
Lelydorp,
Para
District,
2
males
(nos.
22113,
22117,
skins
and
skulls),
1
female
(no.
17782,
skin
and
skull).
14.
Nieuw
Amsterdam,
at
confluence
of
Suriname
and
Commewijne
Rivers,
Commewijne
District,
1
female
(no.
22123,
skin
and
skull).
15.
Commewijne
District,
1
female
(no.
3957,
skull
only).
16.
Bigisanti,
Wia-Wia
nature
reserve
on
the
coast,
west
of
Wia-Wia,
Marowijne
District,
north-eastern
Suriname,
1
male
(110.
23955,
skin
and
skull).
17.
Oelemarie
airstrip
on
Oelemarie
River,
upper
Marowijne
basin,
south-eastern
Suriname,
Marowijne
District,
1
skull
(no.
22120).
18.
Suriname
(without
more
precise
locality
data),
2
males
(nos.
12854,
12857;
skins
and
skulls),
2
females
(nos.
12853,
24292,
skins
and
skulls),
6
specimens,
sex
unknown
(nos.
12859,
12860, 12861,
skins
and
skulls;
nos.
22128,
22129,
23961,
skulls).
Description.
—
The
following
description
is
based
on
the
above
listed
Suriname
specimens.
The
species
is
characterized
by
its
large
size,
black
ears
and
long,
scaly
bicoloured
tail.
The
fur
of
the
body
is
formed
by
three
kinds
of
hairs.
The
soft
woolly
underfur
consists
of
cream
coloured
hairs
which
are
thin
and
wavy
and
which
some-
times
show
a
darker
tip.
The
second
type
of
hairs
consists
of
thin
stiff
bristles,
which
end
in
a
sharp
point;
these
are
cream
coloured
at
the
base
and
dark,
almost
33
MARSUPIALIA
black
in
the
distal
part.
The
third
type
is
formed
by
more
heavy
bristles,
which
broaden
at
the
top
and
are
split
there
into
three
or
more
points.
These
heavy
bristles
usually
are
black
for
the
greater
part
of
their
length,
the
base
being
cream
coloured.
In
most
specimens
the
two
types
of
bristles
are
not
very
dense,
so
that
the
cream
coloured
underfur
shows
very
clearly
and
gives
the
impression
that
the
animal
is
cream
coloured,
lightly
or
intensely
streaked
with
black.
In
some
specimens,
part
or
all
of
the
hairs
of
the
third
type
are
cream
coloured
throughout
and
these
speci-
mens
give
the
impression
of
dirty
white
animals.
Usually
the
dark
colour
of
the
body
is
concentrated
along
the
middle
of
the
back,
so
that
often
a
narrower
or
wider
longitudinal
irregular
dark
median
dorsal
band
is
visible.
The
head
shows
the
first
two
types
of
hairs,
the
heavy
more-topped
bristles
are
few
and
usually
restricted
to
the
posterior
part
of
the
head.
The
hairs
of
the
head
thereby
are
softer
and
shorter
than
those
of
the
body,
but
here
too
the
cream
coloured
woolly
underfur
shows
plainly
and
is
interspersed
with
the
dark
more
bristly
second
type
of
hairs.
A
definite
colour
pattern
lacks,
but
usually
an
irregular
median
dark
line
of
variable
length
is
visible;
the
area
around
the
eyes
is
somewhat
darker
than
the
rest
of
the
face,
this
darker
area
is
variable
in
size
and
intensity
but
is
always
present.
A
paler
area
may
be
visible
between
the
median
area
and
the
eyes,
being
most
con-
spicuous
above
the
eyes,
but
the
area
is
neither
sharply
defined
nor
constant
in
presence.
The
ears
are
large,
rounded
and
always
intensely
black;
they
are
sparsely
haired
with
short
black
hairs.
In
all
specimens
both
the
front
and
hind
legs
are
very
dark,
contrasting
with
the
colour
of
the
body;
only
the
hairs
of
the
first
two
types
are
present
here,
but
here
they
are
black
with
just
the
basal
part
cream
coloured.
The
ventral
surface
of
the
body
lacks
the
third
type
of
hairs
and
thereby
the
fur
is
softer
than
that
of
the
back.
The
colour
usually
is
predominantly
cream
suffused
with
grey.
The
grey
colour
is
caused
by
the
second
type
of
hairs
which
have
the
distal
part
black;
sometimes
also
the
hairs
of
the
underfur
show
black
tips.
The
paler
colour
of
the
underside
extends
onto
the
head
and
even
on
the
inner
part
of
the
legs.
The
extent
and
intensity
of
the
dark
colour
of
the
fur
of
the
animal
both
dorsally
and
ventrally
is
subject
to
a
great
variation.
The
tail
is
slightly
shorter
or
somewhat
longer
than
head
and
body
combined.
For
the
larger
part
of
its
length
d
is
scaly
with
very
few
soft
short
hairs,
only
the
basal
1/5
to
1/8
shows
the
same
fur
as
the
rest
of
the
body.
The
tail
has
a
characteristic
colour:
the
distal
part
being
whitish,
sharply
separated
from
the
blackish
basal
part.
The
ratio
of
the
length
°f
the
black
and
white
parts
varies
considerably:
the
white
part
is
as
long
as
to
utmost
twice
as
long
as
the
black
part.
Dental
formula:
Ig,
CJ,
P§,
Mf.
The
first
premolar
is
small,
but
distinct and
'ather
well
developed;
it
is
placed
immediately
behind
the
canine
and
separated
from
the
much
larger
second
premolar
by
a
wide
diastema.
The
second
and
third
premolars
are
of
about
the
same
size.
The
skull
of
this
species
is
characterized
by
(1)
the
narrow
postorbital
constriction
which
is
less
than
half
as
wide
as
the
interoibital
constriction
and
is
situated
far
behind
the
postorbital
processes,
(2)
the
shape
of
MARSUPIALIA
34
the
latter,
which
are
blunt,
wide
and
rather
inconspicuous,
(3)
the
braincase,
which
is
very
small,
(4)
the
well
developed
and
high
sagittal
and
lambdoidal
crests.
There
is
a
considerable
difference
in
the
size
of
the
adult
animals
in
which
all
four
upper
molars
are
functional.
Some
cases
are
given
here.
An
adult
female,
caught
on
23
January
1963,
in
a
garden
at
Paramaribo,
had
four
naked
pouch
young
of
which
the
length
of
head
and
body
was
about
50
mm
and
that
of
the
tail
about
25
mm;
the
external
measurements
of
the
female
are:
head
and
body,
410;
tail,
425;
hind
foot,
with
claw,
62;
ear,
50
mm;
weight,
1600
grams.-—Skull:
condylobasal
length,
95.9;
zygomatic
breadth,
51.5;
combined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars,
15.7
mm.
An
adult
female,
caught
0111
February
1963,
near
Uitkijk,
has
as
external
measure-
ments:
head
and
body,
485;
tail,
460;
hind
foot,
with
claw,
60;
ear,
61
mm;
weight,
2250
grams.
—
Skull:
condylobasal
length,
107.0;
zygomatic
breadth,
57.6;
com-
bined
length
of
the
three
anterior
upper
molars,
16.7
mm.
An
adult
male,
road
victim
on
11
February
1963,
at
Paramaribo,
has
as
external
measurements:
head
and
body,
455;
tail,
505;
hind
foot,
with
claw,
74;
ear,
56
mm;
weight,
3000
grams.
—
Skull:
condylobasal
length,
108.3;
zygomatic
breadth,
66.6;
combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars,
15.8
mm.
Skull
measurements
of
an
unsexed
animal
from
the
Cultuurtuin
at
Paramaribo:
condylobasal
length,
115.5;
zygomatic
breadth,
69.7;
combined
length
of
the three
anterior
upper
molars,
16.4
mm.
In
22
specimens
this
combined
molar
length
varies
from
15.2
to
17.3
mm
(mean:
16.3
mm).
Remarks.
—
In
the
Game
Ordinance
1954,
as
revised
in
1970,
the
Common
Opossum
is
placed
on
the
list
of
predominantly
harmful
animals
under
the
names
"Awari
of
grote
buidelrat
(
Didelphis
marsupialis
The
animal
is
still
so
common
near
human
habitations
that
it
can
cause
much
damage
to
fruit
trees
and
poultry.
Although
Geijskes
(1954)
did
not
mention
the
Common
Opossum
as
being
used
for
food
by
the
Bush-negroes
and
Amerindians,
the
Penard
brothers
("De
Suri-
namer",
6
January
1906)
remarked
that
the
meat
is
eaten
by
some
of
the
poorer
people
in
Suriname.
It
is
known
that
in
some
parts
of
South
America
the
species
is
considered
a
delicacy;
the
meat
is
said
to
have
a
taste
similar
to
that
of
Pingos
and
Pakiras.
The
species
carries
4, 5,
or
6
young.
Stedman
(1796
(2):
326),
who
observed
a
female
with
young
on
1
January
1777,
mentioned
that
the
number
of
young
was
5
or
6.
Walsh
&
Gannon
(1967:
166)
reported
on
4
pouch
young
in
this
species.
In
my
own
material
four
of
the
females
carried
young
in
the
pouch:
two
had
4
and
two
had
5
young.
Three
of
these
females
were
caught
in
February
1963,
and
one
in
January
1963.
The
remark
by
the
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906)
that
the
female
gives
birth
to
between
12
and
16
young
needs
confirmation.
The
few
data
provided
by
my
own
material
and
the
information
given
by
Stedman
seems
to
indicate
that
the
young
mainly
occur
in
the
winter
months
(January,
February),
but
Sanderson
(1949:
786)
remarked
that
"the
pouches
of
almost
every
MARSUPIALIA
35
female
taken
throughout
the
year
were
crammed
with
young,
even
those
of
less
than
half
grown
individuals".
The
food
of
the
Common
Opossum
consists
of
birds,
small
mammals,
insects,
crabs
and
fruit,
and
the
species
can
cause
great
damage
to
poultry.
Stedman
(1796
(2):
326)
already
regarded
the
species
as
a
"dreadful
destroyer
of
poultry",
while
Kappler
(1886:
166)
gave
the
following
account:
"Kann
sie
in
einen
Huhner-
stall
kommen,
so
richtet
sie
eine
grosse
Verheerung
an,
hauptsachlich
um
das
Blut
zu
saufen,
denn
von
dem
Fleische
frisst
sie
wenig.
Ein
einziges
Awari
bringt
oft
ein
Dutzend
Huhner
um".
The
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
6
and
11
January
1906)
confirm
this
and
furthermore
state
that
plants
also
form
part
of
the
diet
of
the
species,
which
can
do
considerable
harm
to
orchards;
the
animals
thereby
avoid
fruit
with
a
leathery
skin,
like
oranges.
The
Penards
furthermore
mention
that
crabs
aie
eaten
by
the
opossum
(see
also
Holthuis,
1959:
45,
46).
Most
authors
have
very
little
good
to
say
about
the
Suriname
opossum.
Kappler
(1886:
166)
called
them
"ekelhafte,
unheimliche
Tiere",
and
most
other
evaluations
are
in
the
same
vein.
The
kindest
description
is
that
by
Sanderson
(1939:
206):
The
beast
is
rapacious
and
sometimes
—
amazing
as
it
is
for
an
animal
—
actually
dirty
and
smelly.
Nevertheless
it
is
a
beautiful
animal
in
a
vicious,
angry
sort
of
way".
The
irregular
black
and
dirty
white
colour
of
the
coat
gives
the
opossum
a
kind
of
scabby
outlook.
Furthermore
it
has
a
highly
unpleasant
smell
("its
smell
"was
very
offensive",
Stedman,
1796
(2):
326;
"de
Awarie
heeft
een
hoogst
onaange-
namen
reuk
die
zelfs
spreekwoordelijk
is,
vooral
geldt
dit
voor
wijfjes
met
jongen",
the
brothers
Penard,
"De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906;
"this
possum
smell
was
something
else:
awful
—
a
combination
of
tear
gas
and
liquid
nausea",
Walsh
&
Gannon,
1967:
166).
Dr.
Geijskes
(pers.
comm.)
mentioned
that
this
smell
is
produced
in.
defense
when
the
animal
feels
itself
threatened. The
presence
or
former
presence
°f
an
opossum
in
the
house
can
readily
be
detected
by
this
loathsome
musk-like
odour.
The
species
can
be
very
aggressive,
not
only
to
poultry,
but
also
to
man
as
vividly
described
by
Walsh
&
Gannon
(1967:
166),
who
gave
an
account
of
an
opossum,
■which
after
freeing
itself
(by
biting)
from
the
grip
of
its
captor,
attacked
instead
°f
fleeing.
Sanderson
(1949:
786)
stated
that
they
"are
constantly
molesting
cats,
which
appear
to
stand
in
great
fear
of
them".
fhe
feigning
of
death,
the
"playing
possum",
so
well
known
of
the
North
American
Opossum,
Didelphis
virginiana
Kerr,
1792,
also
has
been
reported
for
the
present
s
pecies
(the
brothers
Penard,
"De
Surinamer",
11
January
1906).
The
species
is
very
tough
and
difficult
to
kill:
Ivappler
(1886:
66)
remarked
that
wehrt
sich
noch,
wenn
sclion
Hirn
und
Eingeweide
herausgenommen
sind",
while
the Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
n
January
1906)
remarked
that
'it
easily
survives
a
heavy
caning
that
would
kill
a
dog'.
Dr.
Geijskes
(pers.
comm.)
that
in
his
garden
in
Paramaribo
his
dog,
a
fox-terrier,
often
caught
these
opossums
in
the
evening.
The
dog
bit
the
opossum
badly
and
shook
it
so
fiercely
36
MARSUPIALIA
that
one
could
hear
the
bones
crack.
After
that
the
severely
mauled
opossum
was
left
for
dead
on
the
ground,
but
usually
it
recovered
and had
disappeared
by
the
next
morning.
The
Common
Opossum
makes
a
kind
of
nest
consisting
of
dry
leaves,
pieces
of
cloth,
etc.,
in
hollow
trees
or
other
hiding
places.
Here
it
passes
most
of
the
day,
coming
out
at
nightfall.
It
is
mainly
nocturnal,
and
many
of
these
opossums
are
killed
at
night
on
the
highways
of
Suriname
by
the
traffic:
three
of
the
above
listed
specimens
(nos.
17775,
22114,
22115)
are
road
victims
found
along
the
highway
in
the
early
morning.
It
is
a
good
climber
and
uses
its
tail
as
a
prehensile
organ.
The
variation
in
the
coat
colour
and
the
size
of
this
species
is
the
cause
that
the
Suriname
population
recognizes
several
kinds
of
"Awari",
like
the
"Foto
Awari"
(=
town
opossum),
"Boesi
Awari"
(=
forest
opossum),
"Mangro
Awari"
(=
mangrove
opossum),
and
"Heigron
Awari"
(=
highland
opossum).
As
shown
by
the
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
6
January
1906)
and
Sanderson
(1949)
all
those
kinds
belong
to
the
present
species,
although
the
"Foto
Awari"
are
larger
and
vary
less
than
the
others
(Sanderson,
1949:
786).
In
several
handbooks
on
North
American
mammals
(Miller
&
Kellogg,
1955:
1-4;
Hall
&
Kelson,
1959:
5-8)
the
North
American
Opossum,
Didelphis
virginiana
Kerr,
is
considered
a
subspecies
of
D.
marsupialis.
A
recent
study
by
Gardner
(1973)
again
treated
the
two
forms
as
distinct
species.
Chironectes
minimus
minimus
(Zimmermann,
1780)
PI.
7
(animal),
pi.
12
(skull)
Latra
[error
pro
Lutra]
minima
Zimmermann,
1780,
Geographische
Geschichte
des
Menschen,
und
der
vierfiissigen
Thiere,
2:
317.
Type
locality.
—
"Gujana".
To
be
restricted
to
Cayenne
(Guyane),
because
Zimmermann
based
his
description
on
Buffon's
(1776,
Hist.
Nat.
(ed.
i),
Suppl.
3:
159,
pi.
22)
"petite
loutre
d'eau
douce
de
Cayenne".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
43-44;
Krumbiegel,
1940b;
Thomas,
1888:
368-
370.
34*
•
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Yapok,
Water
Opossum;
(N)
Water
Opossum,
Zwem-
mende
Buidelrat;
(S)
Watra-stonawari,
Watra-alata.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Chironectes
minimus
(Zimmermann,
1780)
occurs
from
Honduras
eastward
through
Panama
to
South
America,
where
it
is
known
from
Venezuela,
Colombia,
Ecuador,
Peru,
the
Guianas,
Brazil,
Paraguay
and
north-eastern
Argentina.
The
nominate
subspecies
C.
minimus minimus
has
been
reported
from
the
Orinoco
through
the
Guianas
to
southern
Brazil,
Paraguay
and
north-eastern
Argentina.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
No
exact
localities
within
Suriname
are
known
to
me
for
this
species.
According
to
the
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
14
January
1906)
the
Yapok
occurs
'langs
waterkanten
en
op
begroeide
zwampachtige
plaatsen"
MARSUPIALIA
37
(along
the
water
and
in
swampy
areas
with
vegetation).
Tate
(1939:
160)
remarked
that
the
animal
"is
present
in
the
coastal
strip
and
probably
...
all
through
the
Guiana
lowlands".
I
have
examined
a
single
Suriname
specimen
only,
viz.,
a
juvenile
female
(skin
and
complete
skeleton)
of
which
a
more
exact
locality
is
unknown.
This
specimen
is
held
by
the
Rijksmuseum
van
Natuurlijke
Historie
at
Leiden
(no.
24289)
and
in
i860
was
obtained
by
the
museum
from
the
Zeeuwsch
Genoot-
schap
van
Wetenschappen
(=
Zeeland
Society
of
Sciences);
this
same
specimen
was
listed
by
Jentink
(1887:
302,
specimen
no.
a;
1888:
222,
specimen
no.
c).
The
museum
possesses
two
more
skins
of
this
species,
one
semi-adult
male
without
a
locality
indication
(obtained
in
1875
from
the
dealer
G.
A.
Frank)
and
one
sent
from
Caracas,
Venezuela
(coll.
R.
F.
Van
Lansberge,
1859;
for
the
locality,
see
Boeseman,
1972:
314),
of
neither
the
skull
is
present.
Furthermore
there
is
a
single
skull,
without
locality
indication,
obtained
in
1888
from
Frank.
Description.
—
This
striking
species
cannot
easily
be
confused
with
any
other
Suriname
mammal.
Its
peculiar
colour
pattern
and
webbed
hind
feet
make
it
unique
among
all
other
marsupials.
The
following
description
is
based
on
the
speci-
mens
in
the
Leiden
Museum,
which
are
very
similar
in
their
colour
pattern,
although
m
the
specimens
from
Suriname
and
from
"Caracas"
the
colour
evidently
is
somewhat
bleached.
The
fur
is
very
soft
and
woolly.
The
colour
of
the
unbleached
specimen
is
dorsally
of
a
pale
grey
with
a
faint
brownish
tinge,
overlaid
by
a
most
conspicuous
dark
warm
brown
colour
pattern.
In
the
bleached
skins
the
general
colour
is
more
yellowish
brown
and
less
grey.
The
dark
pattern
consists
of
a
narrow
median
line
(8
mm
or
less
wide)
which
extends
over
the
full
length
of
the
back,
from
the
head
to
the
beginning
of
the
naked
part
of
the
tail.
Perpendicular
to
this
narrow
median
line
there
are
4
broad
transverse
bands,
about
10
to
50
mm
wide.
The
anteriormost
of
these
bands
extends
over
the
shoulders
and
reaches
down
along
the
full
length
of
the
outer
surface
of
the
front
legs.
The
second
band
is
slightly
wider
(in
an
anterior-
posterior
direction),
but
reaches
much
less
far
sideways,
ending
at
about
halfway
down
the
sides,
in
a
broad
rounded
top.
The
third
band
runs over
the
rump
and
ends
in
a
rather
sharp
point
just
before
the
basis
of
the
hind
legs.
The
fourth
band
J s
the
narrowest
and
is
placed
just
before
the
basis
of
the
tail,
it
extends
sideways
over
the
posterior
part
of
the
outer
surface
of
the
hind
legs.
The
dorsal
surface
of
the
head
is
of
the
same
dark colour
as
the
transverse
bands
of
the
body.
Above
each
e
ye
there
is
a
distinct
pale
greyish
spot
which
is
connected
to
a
similar
spot
before
the
hase
of
the
ear.
The
four
spots
sometimes
form
a
transverse
pale
band
which
is
inconspicuously
interrupted
in
the
middle.
Around
the
mouth
and
on
the
lower
Part
of
the
cheeks
the
colour
of
the
fur
is
whitish
or
pale
grey.
The
ears
are
distinct,
hut
in
all
three
specimens
the
margins
are
heavily
damaged.
The
ventral
surface
of
the
body
from
the
tip
of
the
chin
to
the
base
of
the
tail,
including
the
inside
of
the
le
S
s
is
of
a
white
or
whitish
colour.
The
front
legs
have
the
toes
dark;
between
them,
nnd
especially
between
the
second
and
third
and
between
the
third
and
fourth
toes,
there
are
very
small
webs.
In
the
hind
feet
the
webs
are
very
distinct and
reach
38
MARSUPIALIA
to
or
slightly
beyond
the
base
of
the
nails,
they
are
conspicuous
between
all
the
toes
(first
to
fifth).
The
tail
is
always
longer
than
head
and
body
combined;
it
is
scaly
with
appressed
hairs
over
the
greater
part
of
its
length,
being
practically
naked
to
the
naked
eye.
The
fur
of
the
body
extends
only
over
the
basal
1/5
of
the
tail
or
less;
this
fur
is
greyish,
both
dorsally
and
ventrally,
with
a
dark
dorsal line.
The
naked
part
of
the
tail
is
rather
uniform
in
colour
dorsally
and
ventrally;
in
the
unbleached
specimen
the
distal
fifth
is
distinctly
paler
than
the
rest,
but
this
peculiar-
ity
is
not
clearly
noticeable
in
the
other
specimens.
Dental
formula:
If,
Cf,
Pf,
Mf.
The
first
upper
premolar
is
slightly
smaller
than
the
second,
it
is
placed
against
the
canine,
and
is
separated
from
the
second
upper
premolar
by
a
distinct
but
narrow
diastema.
The
third
premolar
is
of
the
same
size
as
the
second,
or
slightly
larger.
The
processus
postorbitalis
is
small,
but
distinct,
triangular
with
a
blunt
tip.
The
postorbital
constriction
is
narrower
than
the
inter-
orbital
constriction.
The
sagittal
crest
is
distinct and
sharp
but
not
very
high,
it
forks
anteriorly
ending
in
the
postorbital
processes.
The
braincase
is
relatively
broad.
Thomas
(1888:
369)
noted
the
following
external
measurements
for
an
adult
female
from
Brazil:
head
and
body,
325:
tail,
395;
hind
foot,
72
mm.
The
following
skull
measurements
of
an
adult
male
are
taken
from
Thomas
(1888:
341):
basal
length,
67;
zygomatic
breadth,
42.3;
rrd-m
3
,
14
mm.
The
skull
measure-
ments
of
the
adult
male
from
unknown
locality
(no.
181331)
are:
palatal
length,
44.3;
interorbital
constriction,
13.6;
postorbital
constriction,
9.1;
breadth
of
braincase,
24.2;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
4
,
32.5,
nd-m
3
,
13.4
mm.
Remarks.
—
The
fact
that
only
one
Suriname
specimen
of
the
present
species
(and
that
without
a
precise
locality
indication)
is
found
in
collections,
and
that
there
is
hardly
any
information
in
the
literature
on
the
occurrence
of
the
species
in
that
country,
indicates
that
Chironectes
minimus
must
be
considered
very
rare
in
Suriname.
People
interested
in
mammals
who
lived
for
many
years
in
Suriname
informed
me
that
they
had
never
seen
the
animal.
On
the
other
hand,
the
species
has
a
vernacular
name
in
various
of
the
Suriname
languages,
which
indicates
that
it
is
known
to
the
local
population
and
distinguished
from
the
other
mammals.
It
is
possible
therefore
that,
rather
than
rare,
the
species
is
very
elusive
or
lives
in
an
inaccessible
habitat,
or
in
a
habitat
that
is
neglected
by
collectors.
The
animal
is
nocturnal
and
aquatic.
The
Penard
brothers
("De
Surinamer",
14
January
1906)
remark
that
they
dive
well
and
can
walk
under
water;
their
food
is
said
to
consist
of
small
fish,
insects,
crabs,
etc.
They
also
remarked
that
'for
a
considerable
period
the
mother
carries
its
young
in
her
well
developed
pouch,
later
the
young
climb
on
the
back
of
the
mother
and
with
their
tails
hold
on
to
hers'.
The
biology
of
the
species
was
elaborately
dealt
with
by
Mondolfi
&
Medina
Padilla
(1957)
and
Walker
(1964).
Krumbiegel
(1940b)
gave
a
revision
of
the
genus
Chironectes,
while
Augustiny
(1943)
dealt
with
the
morphology
of
the
Water
Opossum,
especially
in
connection
with
its
adaptation
for
swimming.
MARSUPIALIA
39
Lutreolina
crassicaudata
turneri
(Günther,
1879)
Didelphis
Turneri
Giinther,
1879,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(5)
4:
108.
Type
locality.
—
"Demerara";
Thomas
(1888:
336)
noted
that
the
type
came
from
"Better
Hope,
Demerara"
(Guyana).
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
40-41;
Thomas,
1888:
334-336,
341.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Thick-tailed
Opossum;
(N)
Dikstaart
Opossum.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
With
some
reserve
I
mention
the
Thick-tailed
Opos-
sum
here,
because
I
have
not
been
able
to
trace
any
specimen
from
Suriname.
The
brothers
Penard,
however,
gave
(in
Dutch)
the
following
information
on
the
species
in
"De
Surinamer"
of
11
January
1906,
the
free
translation
of
which
reads
as
follows:
'The
following
two
species
have
no
white
spots
above
the
eyes.
The
first
species,
the
Thick-tailed
Opossum,
D.
crassicaudata,
is
somewhat
smaller
with
a
tail
that
is
conspicuously
thicker,
being
furred
over
far
more
than
half
its
length.
The
ears
are
relatively
smaller
than
those
of
the
other
Opossums
and
the
head
and
legs
are
short.
The
fur
consists
of
straight,
thick,
soft
hairs
of
a
yellow-brown
colour;
the
eyes
and
the
muzzle
are
brownish,
while
the
tail
has
a
black
colour
with
a
white
tip.
The
pouch
is
practically
lacking;
there
are
only
teats.
This
Opossum,
which
in
the
Suri-
name
language
and
in
that
of
Amerindians
has
the
same
name
as
the
two
foregoing
species
[Didelphis
opossum
and
D.
nudicaudata]
is
not
frequent,
but
it
still
is
far
less
rare
than
the
second
species,
the
Woolly
Opossum
D.
philander’.
There
cannot
be
the
least
doubt
that
the
brothers
Penard
really
dealt
with
Lutreo-
lina,
while
their
vivid
description
suggests
that
they
did
see
the
animal.
However,
their
statement
that
“D.
philander”
is
rarer
than
the
Thick-tailed
Opossum
is
not
in
accordance
with
our
knowledge,
since
the
former
species
is
quite
well
represented
m
museum
collections,
while
of
the
latter
no
specimens
from
Suriname
are
known.
Remarks.—
Lutreolina
seems
to
be
rare
in
Guyana;
in
this
connection
Tate
(*939
:
162)
noted:
"The
Guiana
race
must
be
excessively
rare,
since
but
one
speci-
men
seems
to
have
been
captured
since
Turner
obtained
the
type
in
1879".
Cabrera
(
i
958:
41)
remarked:
"Es
muy
posible
que
esta
subespecie
se
encuentre
en
las
otras
Guayanas
y
en
el
nordeste
del
Brasil;
en
todo
caso,
se
trata
de
un
animal
sumamente
raro
,
0
acaso
extinguido
ya,
siendo
el
holotipo
el
unico
ejemplar
conocido
hasta
el
momento
de
redactar
estas
lineas'.
A
revision
of
the
genus
Lutreolina
was
given
by
Krumbiegel
(1941b:
190-194,
%•
1),
while
Walker
(1964
(1):
23)
gave
a
short
account
of
its
biology.
Order
Insectivora
FAMILY
SORICIDAE
“Blarina
pyrrhonota
Jentink,
1910”
Blarina
pyrrhonota
Jentink,
1910,
Notes
Leyden
Museum,
32:
167-168.
Type
locality.
—
"Surinam".
Remarks.
—
Jentink
(1888:
131)
mentioned
in
his
"Catalogue
systdmatique"
a
new
species
of
shrew
from
Suriname,
which
he
named
Blarina
pyrrhonota
without
giving,
however,
a
description
of
the
"Individu
adulte
mont6,
type
de
l'espece".
The
description
of
his
new
species
was
given
by
Jentink
in
1910.
After
examination
of
the
holotype
(no.
17214)
Husson
(1963:
35-37,
pi.
1)
came
to
the
conclusion
that
Jentink's
new
species
was
incorrectly
labelled
as
to
the
locality,
for
it
strongly
resembles
Sorex
araneus
Linnaeus,
1758,
from
Europe.
Considering
the
distribu-
tion
of
insectivores
in
South
America
(see
Cabrera,
1958:
46-48),
it
is
unlikely
that
a
shrew
ac-
tually
would
occur
in
Suriname.
Order
Chiroptera
The
order
Chiroptera
is
one
of
the
best
characterized
mammalian
orders.
All
its
species
have
a
well
developed
membrane
which
extends
between
the
hind
and
front
legs
and
between
the
very
elongate
fingers.
With
these
wings
the
animals
can
perform
active
flight
and
they
are
the
only
mammals
capable
to
do
so.
Other
"flying"
mammals
like
flying
squirrels
are
only
capable
of
a
more
passive
gliding
movement.
In
the
New
World
the
order
is
represented
only
by
the
suborder
Microchiroptera,
the
name
of
which
is
rather
misleading
as
some
of
the
species
are
very
large,
Vampy-
rum
spectrum
can
attain
a
forearm
length
of
about
no
mm.
In
a
previous
publication
(Husson,
1962)
the
bats
of
Suriname
are
very
extensively
treated,
for
more
detailed
information
I
may
refer
to
that
paper.
The
number
of
species
of
bats
known
from
Suriname
(63)
is
more
than
40%
of
the
total
number
of
mammal
species
so
far
known
from
the
country.
In
view
of
this
large
number
of
species
it
was
though
advisable
not
to
give
here
a
single
key
to
all
species,
but
instead
have
separate
keys
for
families,
subfamilies
(if
necessary)
and
species.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
Chiroptera
used
in
the
present
paper
are
shown
in
figs.
1,
5,
6
and
7,
in
which
also
most
of
the
terms
are
explained.
All
measurements
given
are
in
mm,
unless
indicated
otherwise.
The
8
families
of
Chiroptera
known
from
Suriname
can
be
distinguished
with
the
help
of
the
following
key.
Key
to
the
Suriname
families
of
Microchiroptera
J
a.
Tail
thick
and
long,
extending
for
about
half
its
length
beyond
the
posterior
border
of
the
well
developed
interfemoral
membrane
(fig.
8a)
Molossidae,
p.
186
b.
Tail,
if
present,
extending
not
at
all
beyond
the
posterior
border
of
the
inter-
femoral
membrane
or
with
less
than
one-third
of
its
length
2
2a.
Muzzle
with
prominent
nose
leaf,
the
vertical,
free
portion
lancet-shaped
(fig.
21)
Phyllostomidae
(except
Chilonycterinae),
p.
77
b.
Muzzle
without
prominent
true
nose
leaf,
appendices
of
nose
never
lancet-
shaped
(fig.
10)
3
3a.
Tail
partly
enclosed
in
the
interfemoral
membrane;
the
free
part
of
the
tail
emerging
proximally
from
the
centre
of
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
membrane
(fig-
8f)
4
b.
Tail,
if
present,
entirely
enclosed
in
the
interfemoral
membrane
(fig.
8d)
or
leaving
the
membrane
at
its
posterior
margin
(fig.
27g)
6
4a.
Third
digit
with
two
phalanges
only
5
CHIROPTERA
42
Fig.
5.
Ventral
view
of
a
bat.
—
1,
thumb;
2,
3,
4,
5,
second,
third,
fourth
and
fifth
finger
respectively;
a,
metacarpal;
at,
antitragus;
b,
first
phalanx;
c,
second
phalanx;
ca,
calcaneum
or
calcar;
d,
dactylopatagium;
e,
ear;
fe,
femur;
fo,
forearm;
h,
humerus;
hf,
hind-
foot;
m,
free
margin
of
uropatagium;
me,
mesopatagium;
p,
propatagium
(=
antebrachial
membrane);
t,
tail;
ti,
tibia;
tr,
tragus;
u,
uropatagium
(=
interfemoral
membrane).
CHIROPTERA
43
Fig.
6.
Skull
of
a
bat
pictured
in
ventral,
dorsal
and
lateral
view
to
show
the
measurements
an
d
terms
used
in
this
paper.
a,
width
across
the
cingula
of
the
canines;
b,
width
across
the
molars;
br,
width
of
braincase;
cl,
length
from
condyle
to
front
of
canine;
c-m
³,
length
of
upper
tooth-row;
h,
height
of
braincase;
ib,
width
of
interorbital
constriction;
jb,
zygomatic
breadth;
pl,
length
of
palate;
tl,
greatest
length
of
skull;
C,
canine;
I,
incisor;
M,
molar;
P,
premolar.
CHIROPTERA
44
b.
Third
digit
with
three
phalanges;
chin
with
flat
dermal
plates
provided
with
numerous,
small
rounded
papillae
(fig.
i6e)
Phyllostomidae
(subfamily
Chilonycterinae),
p.
78
5a.
Upper
lip
deeply
grooved,
resembling
that
of
a
hare;
muzzle
truncated
(fig.
i5g)
wings
attached
to
the
back
of
the
body
Noctilionidae,
p.
71
b.
Upper
lip
not
deeply
grooved
(fig.
10
k,
1);
wings
attached
to
the
sides
of
the
body
Emballonuridae,
p.
45
6a.
Third
digit
with
two
phalanges
only;
thumb
greatly
reduced,
included
in
the
wing
membrane,
and
placed
at
the
base
of
the
minute
claw
(fig.
iog);
tail
ending
in
the
distal
part
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
(fig.
8d)
Furipteridae,
p.
164
b.
Third
digit
with
three
phalanges;
thumb
not
greatly
reduced;
tail
absent
(fig.
32b)
or
extending
to
or
slightly
beyond
the
posterior
border
of
the
wide
interfemoral
membrane
(fig.
8b)
7
7a.
A
prominent
circular
sucking
disk
is
present
at
the
base
of
the
thumb.
A
similar
disk
at
the
base
of
the
sole
of
the
hind
foot
(fig.
ioq,
r)
Thyropteridae,
p.
166
b.
No
circular
sucking
disk
at
either
hand
or
foot
8
8a.
No
external
tail;
interfemoral
membrane
narrow
and
short,
if
stretched
ex-
tending
from
about
the
middle
of
one
tibia
to
the
other
(fig.
8g)
Desmodidae,
p.
158
b.
Tail
present,
reaching
to
or
slightly
beyond
the
posterior
border
of
the
wide
interfemoral
membrane;
the
membrane
if
stretched
extending
beyond
the
hind
feet
(fig.
8b)
Vespertilionidae,
p.
169
Fig.
7.
Skull
of
a
bat,
mandible.
c-m
3
,
length
of
lower
tooth-row;
lo,
length
of
mandible;
C,
canine;
I,
incisor;
M,
molar;
P,
premolar.
45
CHIROPTERA
FAMILY
EMBALLONURIDAE
The
main
external
characters
of
the
Suriname
Emballonuridae
are
as
follows:
(i)
the
third
digit
has
two
phalanges
only,
of
which
the
second
is
much
longer
than
the
first;
(2)
the
slender
tail
is
of
about
half
the
length
of
the
wide
interfemoral
membrane,
perforating
this
membrane
at
about
its
centre
and
appearing
on
its
dorsal
surface;
(3)
the
calcar
is
relatively
long,
having
more
than
half
the
length
of
the
tibia,
and
(4)
in
most
species
a
so-called
wing
sac
is
present
in
the
antebrachial
membrane,
the
position
and
the
shape
of
this
wing
sac,
well
developed
in
males,
rudimentary
or
absent
in
females,
are
characters
to
distinguish
closely
related
genera
(see
Sanborn,
1937:
323
fig.
37).
All
genera
have
the
same
dental
formula:
1|,
C
J,
P
§,
M
§.
The
upper
incisors
are
separated
by
a
wide
space
from
each
other;
this
space
is
caused
by
the
fact
that
the
premaxillaries
are
not
fused
with
either
each
other
orwiththemaxillaries;
the
anterior
border
of
the
palate
is
emarginate.
The
first
upper
premolar
is
minute,
in
some
genera
it
is
reduced
to
a
structureless
spicule.
Of
the
family
Emballonuridae
two
subfamilies
occur
in
Suriname:
the
Emballonu-
rinae
and
the
Diclidurinae.
The
single
species
of
the
Diclidurinae
known
from
Suriname
can
immediately
be
distinguished
from
all
other
Suriname
bats
by
the
white
colour
of
its
fur
and
membranes.
The
Emballonurinae
represented
in
Suriname
show
remarkable
differences
in
the
size,
the
colour,
and
the
position
of
the
wing
sac,
which
even
may
be
absent.
Subfamily
EMBALLONURINAE
In
the
present
subfamily
the
skull
has
long
and
curved
post-orbital
processes
(which
often
are
broken
off
during
cleaning).
Eight
species
of
the
Emballonurinae
are
known
with
certainty
from
Suriname.
Though
not
yet
actually
reported
from
Suriname,
the
species
Peropteryx
macrotis macrotis
(Wagner)
possibly
also
occurs
there
as
it
is
widely
distributed
on
the
mainland
of
South
and
Central
America
from
Brazil
and
Peru
northward
to
Yucatan
and
Guatemala.
For
this
reason
the
species
is
included
in
the
following
key.
A
revision
of
the
subfamily
was
given
by
Sanborn
(1937);
the
range
of
variation
°f
the
external
and
skull
measurements
mentioned
in
the
present
paper
are
mainly
based
on
Sanborn's
publication.
Key
to
the
Suriname
Emballonurinae
J
a.
Calcar
much
longer
than
the
tibia,
about
half
the
length
of
the
forearm;
wing
sac
absent;
small
tufts
of
whitish
hairs
are
present
behind
and
along
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
forearm;
dorsal
surface
of
the
body
shows
a
light
grizzled
appear-
ance,
the
ventral
surface
is
whitish
or
greyish.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
35-5
to
about
41
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
4.3
to
4.7
mm
Rhynchonycteris
naso,
p.
48
46
CHIROPTERA
(E.
Geoffroy);
h,
Sturnirinae:
(E.
Geoffroy).
Sturnira
lilium lilium
(L.);
f,
Chilonycterinae:
Desmodus
rotundus
rotundus
Wagner;
g,
Desmodidae:
Chilonycteris
rubiginosa rubiginosa
Noctilio
leporinus
leporinus
(F.
Cuvier);
e,
Noctilionidae:
Furipterus
horrens
(Peters);
c,
Emballonuridae:
Peters;
d,
Furipteridae:
Lasiurus
borealis
frantzii
Peropteryx
kappleri kappleri
Eumops
geijskesi
Husson;
b,
Vespertilionidae:
Fig.
8.
Diagrams
of
interfemoral
membranes,
ventral
view,
showing
the
various
forms
to
be
observed
in
Suriname
bats.
a,
Molossidae:
CHIROPTERA
47
4
b.
Calcar
equals
the
length
of
the
tibia
or
is
shorter
than
the
tibia;
no
tufts
of
whitish
hairs
along
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
forearm;
wing
sac
usually
present
2
2a.
Wing
membrane
from
the
base
of
the
outer
toe
or
from
the
side
of
the
foot
above
the
base
of
the
outer
toe
(fig.
9e)
3
b.
Wing
membrane
from
the
distal
part
of
the
tibia
or
from
the
ankles
(fig.
9f)
.
4
3a.
Metacarpal
of
the
third
digit
equals
the
length
of
the
forearm;
wings
from
the
base
of
the
outer
toes;
no
wing
sac
known.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
42.6
to
44.5
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
about
5.8
mm
Centronycteris
maximiliani
maximiliani,
p.
67
b.
Metacarpal
of
the
third
digit
considerably
shorter
than
the
forearm;
wings
from
the
side
of
the
foot;
wing
sac
long,
often
extending
from
near
the
anterior
border
of
the
antebrachial
membrane
to
near
the
elbow.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
43.3
to
49.8
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
6.1
to
6.8
mm
Cormura
brevirostris,
p.
62
4a.
Ears
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead;
wing
membrane,
at
least
between
the
body
and
a
line
drawn
from
the
elbow
to
the
knee,
white;
wing
sac
small,
about
in
the
middle
of
the
anterior
border
of
the
antebrachial
mem-
brane.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
41
to
47
mm;
length
of
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
6
to
6.6
mm
.
. .
Peronymus
leucopterus
leucopterus,
p.
66
b.
Ears
not
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead;
wing
membrane
through-
out
of
the
same
dark colour
5
5a.
Dorsal
surface
of
body
with
two
more
or
less
distinct
longitudinal
wavy
lines
of
a
whitish
or
buffy
colour
from
back
to
rump;
wing
sac
close
to
the
forearm
near
the
elbow
6
b.
Dorsal
lines
absent;
wing
sac
small,
near
the
anterior
border
of
the
antebrachial
membrane
8
6a.
Dorsal
surface
of
body
black,
in
specimens
with
worn
pelage
more
brownish;
wing
membranes
black;
wing
sac,
at
least
in
males,
remarkably
large.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
more
than
44
mm
to
51.7
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-
row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
6.7
to
7.4
mm
(usually
more
than
7
mm)
Saccopteryx
bilineata,
P-
54
b.
Dorsal
surface
of
body
uniformly
brown
or
greyish
brown;
wing
sac
not
re-
markably
developed.
Length
of
forearm
less
than
44
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
4.6
to
5.5
mm
7
7a.
Dorsal
surface
of
body
uniformly
brown,
ventral
surface
a
little
lighter;
longitu-
dinal
lines
usually
distinct.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
37.4
to
42.3
mm;
length
of
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
5.1
to
5.5
mm,
width
across
molars
from
5.Q
to
6.3
mm
Saccopteryx
leptura,
p.
61
b.
Dorsal
surface
of
body
greyish
or
brownish
with
a
grizzled
appearance;
ventral
surface
much
lighter,
grey
or
buffy;
longitudinal
lines
usually
indistinct
and
irregular.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
35.8
to
40.8
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
varying
from
4.6
to
5.1
mm,
width
across
molars
from
5.1
to
5.6
mm
Saccopteryx
canescens,
p.
59
48
CHIROPTERA
8a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
45
to
53.6
mm;
greatest
length
of
skull
varying
from
16
to
17.8
mm,
length
of
the
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
from
6.7
to
7.8
mm,
width
across
molars
from
7
to
8.3
mm
Peropteryx
kappleri
kappleri,
p.
65
b.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
38.3
to
48.2
mm;
greatest
length
of
skull
varying
from
12
to
15
mm
(mean
14.
1
mm),
length
of
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
from
4.6
to
6.2
mm,
width
across
molars
from
5.5
to
6.8
mm
Peropteryx
macrotis macrotis
(Wagner)
Rhynchonycteris
naso
(Wied,
1820)
Text-figs,
ga
(interfemoral
membrane),
rol
(head),
n
(roosting),
13a
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
14
(skull)
Vespertilio
Naso
Wied,
1820,
Reise
nach
Brasilien,
1:
251,
footnote.
Type
locality.
—
"Die
Ufer
des
Mucuri",
Minas
Geraes,
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
325;
Cabrera,
1958:
49;
Husson,
1962:
29.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Brazilian
Long-nosed
Bat;
(N)
Riviervleermuis.
Distribution.
—
The
species
has
a
wide
range
of
distribution
extending
from
southern
Mexico
through
Central
America
to
South
America,
where
it
occurs
from
Venezuela,
Trinidad
and
the
Guianas
southward
to
northern
Peru
and
Central
Brazil
(see
Sanborn,
1937:
326,
map
in
fig.
38;
Hall
&
Kelson,
1959,
map
43).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Rhynchonycteris
naso
is
one
of
the
most
common
species
of
bats
along
the
Suriname
creeks
and
rivers.
The
first
Suriname
record
is
that
by
Temminck
(1841:
297),
who
described
the
species
as
new
under
the
name
Emballonura
lineata
from
Suriname
material.
I
have
examined
specimens
from
the
following
Suriname localities:
I.
Frederik
Willem
IV
Falls
in
Corantijn
River
at
about
3°3o'N,
Nickerie
District,
i
juvenile
male
(no.
17617,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Sipaliwini
River
near
Sipaliwini
airstrip,
extreme
south-eastern
part
of
Nickerie
District,
1
male
(no.
17277,
skin
and
skull),
13
specimens
(no.
18248,
skins
and
skulls).
3.
Cupido,
Amerindian
village
on
Maratakka
River,
about
12
km
south
of
Wageningen,
3
females
(nos.
25484,
25485,
skins
and
skulls).
4.
Upper
Maratakka
River
near
its
source,
at
about
120
km
above
its
mouth
near
Wageningen,
3
males,
8
females
(nos.
25486,
25487,
skins
and
skulls).
5.
Stondansi
Falls
in
upper
Nickerie
River
at
about
5°5'N,
2
males,
2
females
(nos.
22245,
25492,
skins
and
skulls).
6.
Lombok
Falls
in
upper
Nickerie
River,
2
males,
4 females
(nos.
25490, 25491,
skins
and
skulls).
7.
Upper
Nickerie
River
between
Graniet
Falls
and
Paris
Jacob
Creek,
at
about
4°52'N
56°59'W,
Nickerie
District,
1
male
(no.
25489,
skin
and
skull).
8.
Near
confluence
of
Arawarra
Creek
and
Wayombo
River,
at
about
5°2o'N
56°24'W,
Saramacca
District,
3
males
(no.
25488,
skins
and
skulls).
9.
Coppename
River,
Saramacca
District,
1
female
(no.
25256,
skin
and
skull).
10.
Combd,
northern
part
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
4
males
(nos.
3919,
3920, 3922,
3923,
skins
and
skulls),
3
females
(nos.
3917,
3918,
3921,
skins
and
skulls).
11.
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
male
(no.
17546,
skin
and
skull),
3 females
(nos.
17547,
17548;
ZMH
no.
38831,
skins
and
skulls).
12.
Saramacca
Creek
near
Zanderij,
about
40
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Para
District,
2
males,
1
female
(no.
8678,
skins
and
skulls).
CHIROPTERA
49
(Fischer);
h,
Desmarest.
Noctilio
labialis
albiventris
Centronycteris
maximiliani maximiliani
(Wagner);
f,
Peronymus
leucopterus
leucopterus
Cormura
brevirostris
(Peters);
g,
(Schreber);
e,
Thomas;
d,
Saccopteryx
canescens
(Temminck);
c,
Saccopteryx
leptura
Saccopteryx
bilineata
Rhynchonycteris
naso
(Wied);
b,
Fig.
9.
Diagrams
of
interfemoral
membranes,
ventral
view,
showing
the
various
forms
to
be
observed
in
Emballonurinae
(a-g)
and
Noctilionidae
(h).
a,
CHIROPTERA
50
13.
Mambabasoe,
upper
Saramacca
River,
at
about
4°I5'N,
Brokopondo
District,
2
males
(nos.
17443,17445,
skins
and
skulls),
9
females
(nos.
17440-17442,17444,17446-17450,
skins
and
skulls).
14.
Finisanti
on
Saramacca
River,
Brokopondo
District,
1
female
(no.
25365,
skin
and
skull).
15.
Mar6chal
Creek,
west
bank
of
Suriname
River
between
Phedra
and
Berg
en
Dal,
5
speci-
mens
(no.
10448,
skins
and
skulls).
16.
Brokopondo
on
Suriname
River,
north
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
15
specimens
(nos.
18254,
25196-25208;
ZMA
no.
9206,
skins
and
skulls).
17.
On
dead
trees
in
Brokopondo
Lake,
about
3
km
south
of
the
dam,
2
specimens
(nos.
2
5i93.
25194,
skins
and
skulls).
18.
Bedoti
on
Suriname
River,
a
locality
now
covered
by
the
Brokopondo
Lake,
7
specimens
(nos.
25209-25215,
skins
and
skulls).
19.
Gran
Creek,
branch
of
Suriname
River,
a
locality
now
covered
by
Brokopondo
Lake,
2
specimens
(nos.
25191, 25192,
skins
and
skulls).
20.
Sara
Creek,
about
18
and
31
km
south
of
Brokopondo
dam,
1
male
(ZMA
no.
9555,
skin
and
skull),
6 females
(ZMA
nos.
9645-9647,
9552-9554,
skins
and
skulls).
21.
Suriname
River
south
of
Gansee,
between
Aurora
and
Botopasi,
1
male,
1
female
(ZMA
no.
1652,
skins
and
skulls).
22.
Upper
Gran
Rio,
southern
part
of
Suriname
River
Basin,
southern
Brokopondo
District,
1
male
(no.
17555),
2
females
(nos.
17556,
17557),
1
specimen
(no.
17558)
(all
as
skins
and
skulls).
23.
Anton
van
Aerde
cave,
Tafelberg
Mountain,
south-western
Brokopondo
District,
1
specimen
(no.
16418,
skin
and
skull).
24.
Matapica
Canal,
north
of
plantation
"Alliance",
Commewijne
District,
2
specimens
(no.
25258,
skins
and
skulls).
25.
Wane
Creek
near
the mouth
of
the
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
5 females
(nos.
17538-17540,
skins
and
skulls;
nos.
17537,
17554,
skulls).
26.
North
of
Moengotapoe,
at
about
5°35'N
54°I6'W,
1
female
(no.
17554,
skin
and
skull).
27.
Tapanahony
River,
western
tributary
of
Marowijne
River,
5
males
(nos.
17420,
17425-
17428,
skins
and
skulls),
11
females
(nos.
17421-17424, 17429-17435,
skins
and
skulls).
28.
Paloemeu
River,
tributary
of
upper
Tapanahony
River,
10
specimens
(nos.
18252,
25272,
skins
and
skulls).
29.
Gonini
River,
western
tributary
of
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
1
male
(no.
1
74-39,
skin
and
skull).
30.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
lectotype
of
Emballonura
lineata
Temminck
(no.
17642,
skin
and
skull),
14
males,
19 females
(SMN
nos.
264b-37oa-f,
ZMB
nos.
A4203, A1837,
3225,
ZMH
no.
38983a-c;
skins
and
skulls).
Description.
—
The
most
striking
external
characters
by
which
Rhynchonycteris
naso
differs
from
the
other
Suriname
Emballonuridae
are:
(a)
the
presence
of
small
tufts
of
whitish
hairs
behind
and
along
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
forearm,
and
(b)
the
length
of
the
calcar,
which
is
greater
than
that
of
the
tibia
and
nearly
equal
to
half
the
length
of
the
forearm.
Length
of
the
forearm
varying
in
males
from
35.3
tot
40.5
mm,
in
females
from
35.8
to
40.7
mm;
the
females
are
on an
average
larger
than
the
males;
ears
narrow
and
subacutely
pointed,
about
12
mm
long;
muzzle
rather
long
and
narrow,
the
upper
lip
produced
far
beyond
the
lower
lip;
wing
sac
absent;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
extending
slightly
beyond
the
toes;
calcar
(about
18
mm)
much
longer
than
the
tibia
(about
14
mm),
nearly
equal
to
half
the
length
of
the
forearm,
and
about
three
times
as
long
as
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
tail
not
reaching
to
the
middle
of
the
inter-
femoral
membrane,
perforating
this
membrane
and
appearing
on
the
dorsal
surface,
the
free
end
being
up
to
5
mm
long;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles
or
from
the
proximal
part
of
the
metatarsus.
The
fur
is
soft
and
dense;
dorsally
it
extends
on
CHIROPTERA
51
Spix,
SMN
no.
1301-4;
q,
thumb
of
same
specimen;
r,
hind
foot
of
same
specimen.
Thyroptera
tricolor
tricolor
Diclidurus
scutatus
(Wied),
no.
17277;
m,
Peters,
110.
17361;
n,
thumb
of
same
specimen;
o,
interfemoral
membrane
of
same
specimen,
ventral
view;
p,
Rhynchonycteris
naso
Saccopteryx
bilineata
(Gervais),
no.
17370;
k,
Dasyptems
ega ega
(Temminck),
no.
17387;
l,
Eptesicus
melanopterus
(Jentink),
SMN
no.
2
64a;
j,
Furipterus
horrens
(Peters),
no.
17282;
f,
(F.
Cuvier),
SMN
no.
684;
g,
thumb
of
same
specimen;
h,
tragus
of
same
specimen;
i,
(E.
Geoffroy),
SMN
no.
264-861-1/2;
d,
tragus
of
same
specimen;
e,
Lasiurus
borealis
frantzii
Myotis
albescens
Myotis
nigricans
nigricans
(Schinz),
ZMA
no.
4468;
b,
tragus
of
same
specimen;
c,
Fig.
10. a,
52
CHIROPTERA
the
wing
membranes
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
proximal
third
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
knee,
the
area
between
this
line
and
that
drawn
from
about
the
middle
of
the
forearm
to
the
ankles
shows
short
whitish
hairs
more
or
less
arranged
in
small
tufts
;
similar
tufts,
varying
in
size,
are
found
along
the
forearm;
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
as
well
as
the
hind
extremities
are
covered
with
rather
long
whitish
or
light
greyish
hairs,
this
pubescence
extends
to
about
the
level
of
the
ankles,
the
remaining
part
of
the
membrane
is
loosely
and
thinly
haired.
On
the
ventral
surface
the
antebrachial
membrane
is
naked,
the
dots
of
whitish
hairs
along
the
forearm
are
absent,
but
the
wing
membrane
is
clothed
with
soft
whitish
hairs
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
elbow
to
the
proximal
third
of
the
thigh;
the
ventral
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
is
rather
regularly
and
thinly
covered
with
very
short
whitish
hairs.
The
hairs
of
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
body
are
dark
to
blackish
brown,
the
tips
are
whitish
or
greyish,
giving
the
coat
a
grizzled
appearance;
in
some
specimens
the
lower
back
and
the
rump
show
two
wavy
lines
of
a
whitish
Fig.
11.
Rhynchonycteris
naso
(Wied).
Characteristic
way
of
roosting
on
the
trunk
of
a
tree.
After
a
coloured
slide
by
P.
Leentvaar.
CHIROPTERA
53
tinge,
in
old
specimens
with
worn
pelage
the
light
tips
are
worn
off
so
that
the
coat
colour
is
practically
dark
brown.
The
basal
half
of
the
hairs
of
the
ventral
surface
is
dark
brown,
the
distal
half
whitish
or
light
greyish
so
that
the
coat
colour
here
is
quite
uniformly
light
greyish
or
whitish.
The
membranes
are
dark
brown
above
and
beneath.
Dental
formula:
1J,
C
P
|,
M
§.
Upper
incisors
minute,
separated
by
distinct
spaces
from
each
other
as
well
as
from
the
canines;
upper
premolar
small,
placed
nearer
to
the
canine
than
to
the
large
second
premolar,
varying
from
an
almost
simple
tooth
with
barely
indicated
anterior
and
posterior
cusps
to
a
rather
broad
triangular
tooth
with
prominent
cusps;
the
shaft
of
the
second
premolar
is
slightly
higher
than
the
crown
of
the
first
molar.
Lower
incisors
small,
trifid,
forming
a
continuous
row
between
the
canines;
canine
slender;
first
lower
premolar
with
distinct
anterior
and
posterior
cusps,
touching
the
canine,
but
separated
by
a
small
space
from
the
second
premolar,
the
latter
is
about
as
wide
as
the
former
but
its
shaft
is
about
twice
as
long
as
that
of
the
first
premolar.
The
basisphenoid
pits
are
deep,
not
divided
by
a
longitudinal
plate.
The
shape
of
the
palate
and
the
tooth-
TABLE
4
External
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
of
Rhynchonycteris
naso
(Wied)
from
Suriname.
RMNH
reg.
no.
17642
is
the
lectotype
of
Emballonura
lineata
Temminck.
Museum
ZMB
RMNH RMNH RMNH
ZMB ZMB
RMNH RMNH
ZMB
RMNH
Reg.
number
A4203,2
3920 3919
17556
A1837,4
3225,1
17557
3917
A4203,6
17642
Sex
6
6 6 6 6 9
9.
9
9
?
Forearm
37.1
37.6
38.2
37.8
39.0
38.2 37.8
39.5 38.5
39
Third
digit,
metacarpal
37
37.5 38.5
37 40
38 38
41
40 40
1st
phalanx
11.5
.12
11.5
11 12
11.5 11.5 11.5
13 12
2nd
phalanx
18 18 18
17
18 17 19
19
19 17
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
31.5
30.5
32 31
31.5
32.5
32
34
33
34
1st
phalanx
8.5
8
8 9
8.5
8.5 8.5
9
9
8.5
2nd
phalanx
5.5
7 7
6.5
-6
6
6.5 7.5
6
-
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
29.5
29 30
30.5 31.0 30.5
30.5
31.5
31 31
1st
phalanx
6.5
8.5
9
9
9.5 8.5
9
9.5
9.5 8.5
2nd
phalanx
4.5
5 5 5
4.5
4 5
6'
5
4.5
Tibia
13.5
14 14
13.5
14 14 14
14 14 14
Hind
foot
7
7
6.5
6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
6
Calcar
18
18
17 18 18 17 18 19 19
-
Skull:
greatest
length
from
c
11.4
11.7 11.7 11.8 12.0 11.6
11.7
11.8
12.0
11.6
condylobasal
length
from
c
10.3
10.3
10.1
10.6
10.6
10.2 10.3
10.6 10,4 10.3
basal
length
from
c
9.4
9.3 9.2
9.6
9.5
9.2 9.4
9.5 9.5 9.5
zygomatic
breadth
6.9 7.0 6.7
-
7.1
6.7
7.1
7.2 7.2 7.0
breadth
of
braincase
6.1 5.8 6.1
5.9 6.2 6.0
6.3
6.2
6.1 6.1
height
of
braincase
5.2 5.4 5.2 5.2 5.3
5.1
5.2 5.3
5.3
-
mastoid
breadth
6.3 6.3
6.4
6.6 6.6 6.3 6.5 6.6 6.5 6.5
interorbital
constriction
2.8
3.1
-
3.2
2.8
3.1
3.3 3.3
3.1
-
3.0
postorbital
constriction
2.4 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.3 2.4
2.4
2.5
width
across
molars
4.5 4.2
4.1
3.8
4.5
4.3
4.6 4.7
4.6
4.7
width
across
cingula
canines
3.0 3.2
-
2.6 3.0
3.1
3.2
3.2 3.3
3.2
upper
tooth
row,
c
-
m
4.3
4.2
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.2
4.4
4.3
4.3
4.4
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
m
3
4.4 4.3
4.5
4.5
4.4
4.2
4.4
4.3 4.3
4.4
length
of
mandible
8.1 8.1
7.7
8.1
-
7.5
8.0
7.7 8.0 7.7
54
CHIROPTERA
rows
is
very
striking,
the
whole
is
about
quadrate
as
the
tooth-rows
are
parallel
while
the
width
across
the
molars
equals
the
length
of
the
tooth-row.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
of
the
present
species
from
Su-
riname,
including
the
lectotype
of
Emballonura
lineata
Temminck,
are
given
in
Table
4.
Remarks.
—
The
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
2
April
1905)
described
the
habitat
and
habits
of
this
species
as
follows
(in
free
translation):
'The
River
Bat
lives
by
preference
in
dark
places
near
the
water;
here
the
animals
hang
in
rows
on
tree
branches,
and
from
a
distance
often
closely
resemble
knots
in
the
wood.
When
disturbed,
they
fly
away
to
settle
close
by
on
another
tree.
Their
food
consists
of
insects,
which
they
catch
at
night
when
flying
low
over
the
water'.
Dr.
Geijskes'
(inlitt.)
observations
on
this
species
confirm
and
elucidate
those
made
bythe
brothers
Penard:
'In
the
daytime
this
small
bat
hangs
against
tree
trunks
and
on
bare
dead
branches,
that
reach
vertically
or
obliquely
out
of
the
water.
The
way
in
which
they
roost
is
most
characteristic
for
the
species:
in
groups
of 8
to
10
individuals
they
hang,
head
downward,
in
a
vertical
row,
one
straight
below
the
other
with
inter-
spaces
of
about
10
cm
(fig.
11).
When
disturbed,
they
fly
away
to
settle
close
by
in
a
similar
fashion.
No
other
bat
has
been observed
to
show
this
pattern
of
roosting'.
A
review
of
previous
records
of
this
species
from
Suriname,
and
a
discussion
of
these
records
was
given
by
Husson
(1962:
29-36),
who
also
dealt
with
the
nomencla-
ture
of
the
species
and
the
genus.
Saccopteryx
bilineata
(Temminck,
1838)
Text-figs.
9b
(interfemoral
membrane),
10k
(head),
12
(animal),
13b
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
14
(skull)
Urocryplus
bilineatus
Temminck,
1838,
Tijdschr.
Natuurkundige
Geschiedenis
Physiologie,
5:
33-34.
pl-
2.
Type
locality.
—
"Suriname".
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
328;
Cabrera,
1958:
49;
Husson,
1962:
36.
Vernacular
names.
-—
(E)
Greater
White-lined
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
species,
in
which
no
subspecies
are
recognized,
occurs
in
Trinidad
and
"from
southern
Mexico
(Colima,
Guerrero,
and
Vera
Cruz)
south
to
central
Bolivia
and
Matto
Grosso
and
Rio
de
Janeiro,
Brazil"
(Sanborn,
1937:
330,
map
in
fig.
39).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Sanderson
(1939:
263)
observed
the
species
along
the
banks
of
rivers,
namely
the
Coppename
and
Wayombo
Rivers.
The
localities
from
where
I
have
examined
material
also
indicate
that
the
species
prefers
the
vicinity
of
water.
So
far
it
is
only
known
from
the
coastal
region
and
the
foot-hill
area
of
Suriname.
I
have
examined
the
following
material:
i.
Plantation
"Kwatta",
north-west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
10
specimens
(nos,
17451-17460,
skins
and
skulls).
2.
Weg
naar
Zee,
near
the
coast
north
of
Paramaribo,
1
male
(no.
24873,
skull).
3.
Agricultural
Experimental
Station
(Cultuurtuin),
Paramaribo,
T
male
(no.
3929,
skin
and
skull),
5
females
(nos.
3925-3928,
2930,
skins
and
skulls).
CHIROPTERA
55
4-
Swamps
behind
Agricultural
Experimental
Station,
Paramaribo,
5 males
(nos.
3932,
3934.
3943.
3946,
394
8
-
skins
and
skulls),
13 females
(3931.
3933.
3935"394
2
.
3944. 3945, 3947,
skins
and
skulls).
5.
Santo
Boma,
south-west
of
Paramaribo,
1
female
(no.
24871,
skin
and
skull).
6.
Sumatra
weg,
just
south
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
female
(no.
24872,
skin
and
skull).
7.
Republiek,
35
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Para
District,
1
female
(no.
7486,
skin
and
skull).
8.
Brokopondo
on
Suriname
River
north
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
1
male
(ZMA
no.
9218,
skin
and
skull),
2
females
(no.
18253,
ZMA
no.
9217,
skins
and
skulls),
2
speci-
mens
(no.
25263,
skins
and
skulls).
9.
Jai
Creek,
north
of
Moengotapoe,
Marowijne
District,
4 females
(nos.
17469-17472,
skins
and
skulls).
io.
Seventh
shell
ridge
counted
from
the
sea
shore,
north
of
Moengotapoe,
2
females
(nos.
17475,
17476,
skins
and
skulls).
11.
Bank
of
Marowijne
River,
1
female
(no.
17640,
skull).
12.
Nassau
Mountains,
west
of
Marowijne
River
at
about
4°48'N,
Marowijne
District,
1
male
(no.
17465,
skin
and
skull),
3
females
(nos.
17466-17468,
skins
and
skulls).
13.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
male
holotype
(no.
17461,
skin
and
skull),
10
males
and
14 females
(no.
17387,
ZMB
nos.
2974, 3215, 3519,
A1841, A4208,
SMN
no.
1176a),
1
skull
(no.
17641).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
in
males
varying
from
44
to
49
mm,
in
females
from
44.4
to
51.7
mm;
ears
about
15
mm
long,
with
rounded
tips,
outer
margin
deeply
concave
in
upper
third,
convex
in
lower
two-thirds;
upper
lip
projecting
slightly
beyond
the
lower
lip;
in
the
males
the
wing
sac
in
the
antebrachial
membrane
is
situated
close
to
the
forearm
near
the
elbow,
opening
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
membrane;
on
the
ventral
surface
of
this
membrane
the
wing
sac
presents
itself
as
a
large
swollen
wrinkled
pouch
of
about
9
mm
long;
in
the
females
the
wing
sac
is
much
smaller,
sometimes
even
rudimentary.
Interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
extending
to
about
the
level
of
the
bases
of
the
toes;
calcar
about
17
mm
long,
conspicuously
shorter
than
the
tibia
(which
is
about
22
mm),
equal
to
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
tail
not
reaching
to
the
middle
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
perforating
this
membrane
and
appearing
on
its
dorsal
surface,
the
free
end
being
up
to
6
mm
long;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles
or
from
slightly
above
them
on
the
tibia.
The
fur
is
soft
and
dense;
dorsally
it
extends
on
the
wing
membranes
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
proximal
third
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
knee,
it
is
more
loosely
arranged
on
the
interfemoral
membrane
and
extends
there
to
the
exsertion
of
the
tail.
The
ventral
fur
of
the
wing
membranes
is
less
dense
than
dorsally,
while
the
ventral
surface
of
the
antebrachial
membrane
as
well
as
that
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
are
for
their
greater
part
covered
with
fine
short
whitish
hairs;
naked
zones
are
usually
found
along
the
free
margins
of
these
membranes
and
along
the
thigh
and
tibia.
The
coat
colour
of
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
body
is
uniformly
blackish
brown
or
blackish,
with
the
exception
of
two
wavy
longitudinal
whitish
or
buffy
white
lines.
These
lines,
which
extend
from
about
the
shoulders
either
to
the
rump
or
to
the
base
of
the
tail,
are
sometimes
very
distinct,
but
may
be
vague
or
interrupted;
the
hairs
in
these
lines
have
only
the
tips
white.
In
specimens
with
worn
pelage
the
coat
colour
is
more
dark
brownish.
Page 86 could not be converted
This page was skipped, but the rest of the document is available.
520 Server Error: <none> for url: https://convert.identific.com:2053/api/convert
57
CHIROPTERA
The
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
is
more
greyish
brown;
here
the
hairs
are
bicoloured,
the
basal
two-thirds
are
dark
to
blackish
brown,
the
upper
third
is
more
greyish
brown
or
buffy
white.
The
membranes
are
blackish.
Dentition:
11,
C
P
|,
M
|.
Upper
incisors
small,
separated
by
distinct
spaces
from
each
other
as
well
as
from
the
canines;
first
premolar
a
simple
spicule
without
anterior
and
posterior
cusps,
placed
between
the
canine
and
the
large
second
pre-
molar
without
touching
either;
second
premolar
with
its
base
of
equal
size
as
that
of
the
canine,
its
shaft
is
about two-thirds
the
length
of
that
of
the
canine;
crowns
of
the
molars
distinctly
lower
than
that
of
the
second
premolar.
Lower
incisors
small,
trifid,
forming
a
continuous
row
between
the
slender
canines;
first
premolar
with
a
broad
base
which
equals
that
of
the
second
premolar,
touching
the
canine
as
well
as
the
second
premolar,
the
shaft
of
the
first
premolar
is
slightly
more
than
half
the
length
of
that
of
the
second
premolar.
Skull
with
interorbital
constriction
broad
and
posterior
constriction
narrow,
the
two
being
separated
by
long
and
broad
TABLE
5
External
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
of
Saccopteryx
bilineata
(Temminck)
from
Suriname.
Museum
RMNH RMNH RMNH
SMN
RMNH RMNH RMNH RMNH RMNH RMNH
Reg.
number
3934 3929 3946
1176a,3
3943 3926
3927
3930 3925
3928
Sex
d d d d d
9 9999
Forearm
47.2 49.0
49.0
47.1
48.5
48.0 47.2 48.6 50.0
51.0
Third
digit,
metacarpal
45
48.5
46.5
45
48
48.5
46
48 48
49
Ist
phalanx
14.5
J
5.5
15.5
15
15.5
15
14.5
16 15 15
2nd
phalanx
25
26
26
25 26
26
25 28
26
26
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
4015
42.5
41.5
40
44
43.5
41
43.5
42
43
1st
phalanx
7.5
8
8.5 8.5 8.5
9
8
9.5
8
8.5
2nd
phalanx
10
9.5
10
9.5
10 10
9.5
10.5
-9.5
9.5
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
37.5
40
40
38.5
40
40.5 38.5
41 40 41
1st
phalanx
.10.5
10.5 10.5
10.5
11
10.5
10
11.5
10
10.5
2nd
phalanx
8.5 8.5 9.5 8.5
8.5
8.5
8
8.5
8
8.5
Tibia
21
22 23
21.5
22 22
21
22
22
22
Hind
foot
10.5
11
11 11
10.5
10
10.5
12
10
11
Calcar
16 17
17 16 16 16
J7
19 18 18
Skull:
greatest
length
17.0
17.1 17.1
17.3
-
16.7
16.7
17.2 17.3
17.4
condylobasal
length
from
i
15.3 15.5 15.3
15.6
<■
15.1
15.3
15.6
15.8
15.9
condyle
to
front
of
canine
15.1
15.4 15.2 15.5
15.5 15.0
'
15.1
15.4 15.5 15.5
basal
length
from
i
13.8
14.1
13.8
13.8
-
13.6
13.7 14.1
14.4 14.3
palatal
length
from
i
6.8
7.0
6.9
6.8
-
7.1 7.1 7.1
7.2
7.5
zygomatic
breadth
10.9 11.4 10.8 10.8 11.2 10.6
11.0 10.5 11.2
10.6
breadth
of
braincase
8.2
8.2
8.1
8.3
8.0
8.0
7.9
8.0
8.3 8.0
height
of
braincase,
without
crest
6.7
6.8
6.7
6.8
6.7
6.9
6.7
6.8
6.7 6.5
mastoid
breadth
8.7
9.0
8.7
9.1
8.8
8.6 8.7
8.7 8.8 8.9
interorbital
constriction
4.1
4.5 4.0 4.6
4.7 4.9
4.5 4.8 4.9 4.5
postorbital
constriction
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6 2.5 2.5
width
across
molars
7.5
7.6
7.5 7.4
7.5
7.2
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.5
width
across
cingula
canines
4.0
4.3
4.0
4.0
4.1
4.0
4.1
4.2 4.0
4.1
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
7.1
7.2
7.2 7.3
7.3
7.1 7.1
7.2 7.0
7.3
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
m^
7.3
7.3
7.4
7.6
7.6 7.4
7.3
7.5 7.3 7.5
length
of
mandible
12.5
12.6
12.8
12.3 12.5 12.4 12.2 12.5 12.8 13.0
58
CHIROPTERA
(L.),
no.
13490.
Width
across
cingula
canines,
in
mm:
a,
3.2;
b,
4.1;
c,
3.9;
d,
9.5.
Noctilio
leporinus leporinus
Diclidurus
scutatus
Peters,
no.
17361;
d,
(Temminck),
ZMB
no.
A1841-1;
c,
(Wied),
no.
3917;
b,
Rhynchonycteris
naso
Sac-
copteryx
bilineata
Fig.
13.
Canines
and
incisors
in
front
view.
a,
CHIROPTERA
59
postorbital
processes.
The
sagittal
crest,
which
extends
from
the
postorbital
region,
to
the
supraoccipital
bone,
is
distinct,
varying
in
height
from
0.4
to
0.6
mm.
The
large basisphenoid
pit
is
divided
by
a
well
developed
longitudinal
septum.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
from
Suriname
are
given
in
Table
5.
Remarks.
—
The
taxonomy
of
the
present
species
was
discussed
by
Husson
(1962
:
39-41),
who
also
gave
more
information
about
the
holotype
of
the
species.
Saccopteryx
canescens
Thomas,
1901
Text-fig.
9c
(interfemoral
membrane)
Saccopteryx
canescens
Thomas,
190id,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(7)
7:
366-367.
Type
locality.
—
"Obidos,
on
the
Amazon",
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
334;
Cabrera,
1958:
49;
Husson,
1962:
45.
Distribution.
-—
"From
northern
Colombia
south
through
central
Peru
and
east
to
French
Guiana
and
the
Amazon
basin"
(Sanborn,
1937:
334,
map
in
fig.
41).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
species
was
first
reported
from
Suriname
by
Thomas
(190id)
in
the
original
description
of
the
species,
some
of
his
paratypes
being
labelled
"Surinam".
Husson
(1962)
gave
some
additional
records,
all
from
the
coastal
lowland
area.
So
far
the
species
is
only
known
from
these
records.
I
have
examined
the
following
material
from
Suriname:
i.
Tibiti
River,
tributary
of
the
Coppename
River,
Saramacca
District,
i
female
(no.
12090,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
4 females
(CNHM
nos.
93221-93223,
ZMH
no.
23517,
skins
and
skulls).
3.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
2
males
(SMN
no.
3587.3,
ZMB
no.
A4208.4,
skins
and
skulls).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
34.4
to
40.8
mm;
length
of
ear
about
11
mm;
interfemoral
membrane,
when
stretched,
extending
beyond
the
toes;
calcar
(about
15
mm)
slightly
shorter
than
the
tibia
(about
16
mm);
wing
sac
short,
close
to
the
forearm
near
the
elbow
and
opening
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
an-
tebrachial
membrane;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles
or
from
the
proximal
part
of
the
metatarsus;
fur
soft
and
dense,
extending
on
the.
wing
membranes,
above
and
beneath,
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
distal
third
of
the
humerus
to
the
knee,
and
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
to
the
distal
part
of
the
tail;
the
ventral
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
is
sparsely
clothed
with
short
fine
hairs;
the
colour
of
the
dorsal
surface
varies
from
greyish
brown
to
brownish
with
a
grizzled
appearance,
it
is
usually
darkest
brown
between
the
two
whitish
longitudinal
stripes,
which
in
some
specimens
are
distinct,
in
others
hardly
visible;
the
hairs
of
the
dorsal
surface
are
bicolourous,
the
basal
three-fourths
dark
brown,
the
tips
whitish,
light
yellowish
brown
or
buffy;
the
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
is
distinctly
lighter
than
that of
the
back,
the
basal
half
of
the
hairs
is
dark
brown
to
plumbeous,
the
upper
half
greyish
or
buffy;
the
wing
membranes
are
blackish
brown.
60
CHIROPTERA
Dental
formula:
I
$,
C
P
§,
M
§.
Skull
and
teeth
essentially
like in
Saccopteryx
bilineata,
but
in
all
dimensions
much
smaller.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
four
specimens
are
given
in
Table
6.
In
the
original
description
of
Saccopteryx
canescens,
Thomas
(ipoid:
366)
stated
that
he
also
examined
material
of
the
species
from
Suriname.
The
coat
colour
of
this
smallest
of
the
Suriname
Emballonurinae
proves
to
be
variable,
at
least
in
the
specimens
examined.
The
grizzled
appearance
of
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
body
is
present
in
all
specimens,
while
the
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
is
much
lighter,
more
washed
with
grey,
than
that
of
the
dorsal
surface.
The
extent
and
the
distinctness
of
the
whitish
longitudinal
dorsal
lines
vary
strongly.
Sanborn
(1937:
334-335)
quite
correctly
considered
Saccopteryx
pumila,
originally
described
by
Thomas
(1914:410-411)
from
Venezuela
(and
reported
by
him
also
from
French
Guiana),
to
be
identical
with
S.
canescens.
My
material
fully
supports
Sanborn's
arguments
for
synonymizing
the
two
species.
In
my
Suriname
specimens
TABLE
6
External
and
skull
measurements
of
six
specimens
of
Saccopteryx
leptura
(Schreber),
left
of
vertical
line;
and
of
four
specimens
of
Saccopteryx
canescens
Thomas
right
of
vertical
line;
all
ten
specimens
from
Suriname.
Museum
SMN
ZMB
RMNH
ZMB
RMNH
ZMB
SMN
ZMB
RMNH
ZMH
Reg.
number
3587,1 3982,1
17584
3982,2
17587
A1840,2
3587,3
A4208,4
12090
23517
Sex
6
6
6 9
9
9
6 6 9
9
Forearm
38.5 39.6 37.5 40.6 39.0
40.5
36.3 36.3
39
39.8
Third
digit,
metacarpal
37.5
39
36.5
40
37.5 38.5
36
35
-
39
1st
phalanx
11.5
11.5
10.5
12 10 12
11.5 11.5
-
12
2nd
phalanx
23 22
21
22 20 23 20
17
-
17
Fourth
digit,metacarpal
32.5 33.5
32
35.5
35
35
31.5
31
-
34.5
1st
phalanx
7
6.5
7
7
7.5
7
7
7
-
6
2nd
phalanx
8
7.5
8
7.5 8.5 7.5
7
7
-
7.5
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
30.5
32
29.5
33
32.5
32
29.5 30.5
-
33.5
1st
phalanx
8.5 7.5 8.5 8.5
9
8.5
8
8
-
7.5
2nd
phalanx
7.5
6
6.5 6.5
6.5
6.5 5.5
5
-
5.5
Tibia
16
15
15
17 16 17
14.5
13.5
-
15
Hind
foot
8 8
7.5
8
8
8 7
6.5
-
7
Calcar
13.5
13 13 14
-
14
12.5 13.5
-
14
Skull:
greatest
length
13.8 13.9 14.2 13.6 13.9
14.2
12.7
13.0 12.7
13.0
condylobasal
length
12.3 12.5 12.5 12.3 12.5 12.8 11.4 11.3 11.3 11.9
condyle
to
front
of
canine
12.3 12.5 12.3 12.3 12.2 12.7 11.4 11.3 11.2 11.8
basal
length
from
i
10.8 11.0 11.3
11.0
11.4 11.3 10.2 10.5
9.5
10.5
palatal
length
from
i
5.J 5.1
5.3 4.9
5.1 5.1
4.5
4.7
4.6
5.1
zygomatic
breadth
-
9.0
9.1
9.0
9.1
8.8
7.7
7.9
8.0
8.0
breadth
of
braincase
7.1
7.0 7.4 6.7
7.0
6.8 6.3 6.3 6.4
6.1
height
of
braincase
6.0
5.8
5.9 5.8
5.9
5.9
5.1 5.1
5.4
5.3
mastoid
breadth
7.2
7.6
7.4 7.2
7.3
7.3 6.6 6.8 6.6 6.6
interorbital
constriction
3.0 3.4 3.4 4.0 3.5 3.5
-
2.8
2.1
2.2
postorbital
constriction
2.4 2.2 2.2 2.2
2.5
2.3 2.2 2.1
- -
width
across
molars
6.1
6.0
6.1
6.2 6.0 5.8 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.5
width
across
cingula
canines
3.2
3.1
3.0 3.3 3.2
3.1 2.7
2.7
2.9 2.8
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
m
5.3 5.3
5.4
5.5 5.3 5.3
5.0
5.0
4.7
5.1
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
ra^
5.4
5.4 5.4
5.5 5.3 5.3
5.1 5.1
5.0 5.2
length
of
mandible
9.8 9.9
9.7
9.9
10.0
9.5 8.5
8.8
8.7 8.9
61
CHIROPTERA
the
length
of
the
upper
tooth-row
falls
within
the
range
of
variation
as
given
by
Sanborn
for
the
true
S.
canescens,
while
the
three
skulls
seen
by
me,
in
which
the
basisphenoid
is
entire,
show
a
median
septum
of
the
basisphenoid
pit.
Admittedly
this
septum
is
low
and
extends
only
half-way
down
the
pit.
It
is
not
clear
why
Cabrera
(1958:
50)
srill
kept
the
two
species
separated.
Saccopteryx
leptura
(Schreber,
1774)
Text-fig.
9d
(interfemoral
membrane),
pi.
15
(skull)
Vespertilio
Lepturus
Schreber,
1774,
Die
Saugthiere,
pi.
57
Type
locality.
—
"Surinam".
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
332;
Cabrera,
1958:
50;
Husson,
1962:
41.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Lesser
White-lined
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
species
occurs
from
the
Panama
Canal
Zone
eastward
through
Venezuela,
Tobago
and
Trinidad,
and
the
Guianas,
to
north-eastern
Brazil
and
south
to
south-western
Peru
(Sanborn,
1937:
332,
map
in
fig.
40).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Although
the
species
was
originally
described
from
Suriname,
and
since
1774
has
several
times
been
reported
from
that
country,
the
first
more
precise
records
from
within
Suriname
were
provided
by
Husson
(1962).
The
species
evidently
is
not
rare
in
the
coastal
lowlands
of
Suriname,
but
has
not
yet
been
found
in
the
far
interior.
The
following
material
has
been
examined
by
me:
i.
Stondansi
Falls,
upper
Nickerie
River
at
about
5°5'N,
Nickerie
District,
i
male
(no.
21698,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Tibiti
River,
tributary
of
Coppename
River,
Saramacca
District,
1
male
(no.
17585,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Neighbourhood
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
3 females
(ZMA,
skin
and
skull;
CNHM
nos.
93220, 93224,
skins
and
skulls).
4.
Baboenhol,
north-west
of
Afobaka,
about
80
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Brokopondo
District,
1
male
(no.
24868,
1
skull).
5.
Brokopondo
on
Suriname
River
north
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
2
females
(no.
18288,
skull;
ZMA
no.
9565,
skin
and
skull),
1
specimen
(no.
25195,
skin
and
skull).
6.
Afobaka
on
Suriname
River,
north
shore
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
2
males
(ZMA
nos.
9559,
9560,
skins
and
skulls),
1
female
(ZMA
no.
9558,
skin
and
skull).
7.
Njoenkondre
on
Suriname
River,
now
covered
by Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
1
female
(no.
25242,
skin
and
skull).
8.
Coastal
region
between
Moengotapoe
and
Wiawia
Bank,
Marowijne
District,
5
males
(nos.
17579,
17581, 17583,
17584, 17586,
skins
and
skulls),
5
females
(nos.
17577,
17580, 17582,
t
7587,
17588,
skins
and
skulls),
1
skull
(no.
17578).
9.
Galibi,
mouth
of
Marowijne
River,
1
male
(ZMA
no.
9219,
skin
and
skull).
10.
Langamankondre
near
mouth
of
Marowijne
River,
south
of
Galibi,
Marowijne
District,
2
specimens
(no.
18279,
skins
and
skulls).
11.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
6 males
and
7
females
(nos.
17543,
17544,
SMN
no.
3587,
ZMA
no.
1651,
ZMB
nos.
1840,
3215,
3982, 4208,
skins
and
skulls).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
in
males
from
37.4
to
40
mm,
in
females
from
39.1
to
42.3
mm;
muzzle
slightly
projecting
beyond
the
lower
lip;
ears
narrow,
about
12
mm
long;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
extending
62
CHIROPTERA
to
about
the
toes
or
beyond
the
feet;
calcar,
about
14
mm
long,
two
or
three
milli-
metres
shorter
than
the
tibia,
and
about
two
and
a
half
times
as
long
as
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
in
the
males
the
ventral
surface
of
the
ante-
brachial
membrane
shows
close
to
the
forearm
near
the
elbow
a
large,
swollen
wing
sac
of
about
6
mm
long,
opening
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
membrane;
in
females
this
pouch
is
rudimentary
or
absent;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles
or
from
the
proximal
part
of
the
metatarsus.
Fur
soft
and
dense;
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
wing
membrane
the
fur
extends
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
distal
third
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
knee,
and
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
thighs
and
of
the
inter-
femoral
membrane
as
far
as
the
exsertion
of
the
tail.
On
the
ventral
surface
the
extent
of
the
fur
is
quite
similar
to
that
of
the
dorsal
surface
but
it
is
less
dense,
while
the
whole
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
is
covered
with
short
fine
hairs,
which
are
sparse
on
a
broad
zone
along
the
tibia.
The
colour
of
the
dorsal
surface
is
uni-
formly
dark
brown,
with
the
exception
of
two
faint,
longitudinal
whitish
wavy
lines,
which
extend
from
behind
the
shoulders
to
the
rump;
in
these
lines,
which
are
often
very
indistinct,
the
tips
of
the
hairs
are
whitish
or
light
yellowish.
The
colour
of
the
ventral
surface
of
the
body
is
lighter
than
that
of
the
dorsal
since
the
distal
third
of
the
ventral
hairs
is
light
yellowish
brown,
the
basal
two-thirds
being
dark
brown.
The
wings
are
blackish
brown.
Dentition:
1i,
C
P
§,
M
|.
Skull
and
teeth
essentially
like
in
Saccopteryx
bilineata,
but
much
smaller
in
all
dimensions.
The
sagittal
crest
is
sharply
defined
but
low,
usually
less
than
0.2
mm
high
(in
S.
bilineata
the
height
of
the
crest
varies
from
0.4
to
0.6
mm).
The
deep
and
large
basisphenoid
pits
are
divided
by
a
low
longitudinal
septum.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
six
Suriname
specimens
of
the
present
species
are
given
in
Table
6.
The
differences
in
coat
colour
of
Saccopteryx
bilineata,
S.
leptura,
and.
S.
canescens
can
not
always
be
relied
upon
to
distinguish
these
species.
However,
the
much
greater
length
of
the
forearm
and
that
of
the
tooth-row
of.
S.
bilineata
distinguish
this
species
immediately
from
the
other
two.
S.
leptura
differs
from
S.
canescens
in
the
larger
dimensions
of
the
skull;
the
ranges of
the
length
of
the
forearm
in
the
two
species
overlap.
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:41,43)
listed
and
discussed
the
old
records
of
this
species
from
Suriname.
Cormura
brevirostris
(Wagner,
1843)
Text-fig.
ge
(interfemoral
membrane),
pi.
15
(skull)
Emballonura
brevirostris
Wagner,
1843,
Archiv
Naturgeschichte,
9
(1):
367
Type
locality.
—
"Marabitanas",
Rio
Negro,
Amazonas,
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
348;
Cabrera,
1958:
50;
Husson,
1962:
46.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Wagner's
Sac-winged
Bat.
63
CHIROPTERA
5
Distribution.
—
The
present
species
has
been
reported
from
Nicaragua,
Costa
Rica,
Panama,
Ecuador,
Peru,
Venezuela,
Suriname,
the
Amazon
Basin
and
the
Mato
Grosso
in
Brazil
(Sanborn,
1937:
348,
map
in
fig.
47).
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
first
mention
of
this
species
from
Suriname
is
by
Miller
(1906:
59),
who
described
four
specimens,
collected
by
Kappler,
as
a
new
genus
and
species,
Myropteryx
pullus.
Later
Miller's
types
were
shown
to
belong
to
the
present
species
(Cabrera,
1958:
50;
Husson,
1962:
46-51).
Husson
(1962)
dealt
with
additional
Suriname
material
of
the
species.
So
far,
Cormura
brevirostris
is
only
known
from
the
coastal
lowland
area
of
Suriname,
but
the
available
records
are
too
few
to
give
a
reliable
picture
of
the
occurrence
of
the
species
within
Suriname.
I
have
examined
the
following
Suriname
specimens:
i.
Coastal
region
between
Moengotapoe
and
Wiawia
Bank,
Marowijne
District,
5
males
(nos.
17491, 17492,
17496-17498,
skins
and
skulls),
4 females
(nos.
17489,
17493-17495,
skins
and
skulls).
2.
Galibi,
left
bank
of
the mouth
of
the
Marowijne
River,
Marowijne
District,
1
male
(no.
17490,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
2
males
(ZMB
nos.
3360a
(paratype
of
Myropteryx
pullus
Miller,
skin
and
skull),
4522,
skin),
1
female
holotype
of
Myropteryx
pullus
Miller
(ZMB
no.
3360,
skin).
Description.
—
Length
of
foreaim
varying
in
the
examined
Suriname
specimens
from
41.5
to
47.0
mm;
length
of
ears
from
meatus,
about
12
mm;
ear
conch
trian-
gular,
rounded
above;
tragus
more
or
less
rectangular,
about
one-third
the
length
of
the
ear;
wing
sac
about
in
the
centre
of
the
antebrachial
membrane,
extending
from
near
the
anterior
border
of
the
free
margin
of
the
membrane
to
near
the
elbow,
up
to
7
mm
long,
slightly
more
developed
in
males
than
in
females;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
reaching
slightly
beyond
the
hind
foot;
tail
not
reaching
to
the
middle
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
perforating
it
and
appearing
on
its
dorsal
surface,
the
length
of
its
free
end
varying
from
x
to
3
mm;
calcar
usually
slightly
shorter
than
the
tibia,
but
distinctly
longer
than
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
hind
foot
relatively
short,
much
less
than
half
the
length
of
the
tibia;
wing
membrane
from
the
distal
half
of
the
metatarsus
near
the
base
of
the
outer
toe.
Fur
soft
and
dense,
above
and
beneath
extending
on
the
wing
membrane
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
middle
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
middle
of
the
thigh;
the
ventral
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
is
sparsely
covered
with
short
whitish
hairs,
often
restricted
to
the
sides
of
the
tail
only.
Two
colour
phases
occur:
one
bright
reddish
brown,
the
other
more
dark
brown;
in
both
phases
both
the
dorsal
and
the
ventral
hairs
are
unicoloured,
the
extreme
base
of
the
hairs
only
is
somewhat
lighter;
the
ventral
surface
of
the
body
is
slightly
paler
than
the
dorsal.
The
wings
are
dark
to
blackish
brown.
Dental
formula:
1
P
|,
M
Upper
incisors
minute,
probably
deciduous
in
early
stage
in
most
specimens;
first
upper
premolar
small,
rounded,
with
distinct
anterior
and
posterior
cusps,
almost
or
actually
touching
the
canine,
but
separated
by
a
distinct
space
from
the
second,
large
premolar;
it
reaches
to
or
slightly
beyond
64
CHIROPTERA
the
middle
of
the
height
of
the
cingulum
of
the
canine;
the
large
second
premolar
touches
the
first
molar,
its
shaft
being
distinctly
higher
than
the
crown
of
the
latter.
Lower
incisors
small,
trifid,
forming
a
continuous
row
between
the
slender
canines;
first
lower
premolar
triangular
with
distinct
anterior
and
posterior
cusps,
which
touch
the
canine
as
well
as
the
second
premolar;
the
first
premolar
is
as
high
as
or
slightly
higher
than
the
anterior
margin
of
the
cingulum
of
the
canine,
it
is
about
half
as
high
as
the
second
premolar.
The
sagittal
crest
is
well
developed,
its
height
being
up
to
0.7
mm
in
males,
up
to
0.4
mm
in
females;
it
extends
from
the
postorbital
region
to
the
supraoccipital
bone.
In
the
five
undamaged
Suriname
skulls
seen
by
me
the
posterior
margin
of
the
palate
ends
distinctly
behind
the
last
molar;
this
margin
is
V-shaped.
These
five
skulls
show
no
septum
dividing
the
basisphenoid
pit.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
from
Suriname
are
given
in
Table
7.
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:
48-51)
discussed
the
synonymy
of
this
species
and
the
identity
of
Myropteryx
pullus.
TABLE
7
External
and
skull
measurements
of
ten
specimens
of Cormura
brevirostris
(Wagner)
from
Suriname.
ZMB
reg.
no.
3360
is
the
holotype
of
Myropteryx
pullus
Miller.
Museum
ZMB
RMNH RMNH RMNH RMNH RMNH
ZMB
RMNH RMNH
ZMB
Reg.
number
3360
17494 17493
17489
17498
17491
4522
17497 17490
3360,
Sex
9 9
9
9
d
d d
d d d
Forearm
45.0 41.5 44.5
45.1
41.5 44.0
45.6
46
46.5 47.0
Third
digit,
metacarpal
40.5
40.5
42
41.5 40.5
40.5
40
42 42
41
1st
phalanx
14
12
14
13
12 12
13
13 13 13
2nd
phalanx
22
22
20 22
20 22
21 19
20
21
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
34.5 34.5 35.5
35
33 35
34.5
35
36
34
1st
phalanx
JO
10
10.5
10
10
9.5
9
10 10 10
2nd
phalanx
8
7.5 7.5
-
7
6
7
7.5 7.5
7
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
32.0
30.5 33.5 31.5
31
31.5
32
32.5
34 32
1st
phalanx
11
11
11.5
11 11 11 11
11 11
11
2nd
phalanx
7
7 7
-
7
5
7
7
7 6
Tibia
16
15
16
15
15.5
15
16
16.5
16 16
Hind
foot
7
7
-
7
7
6.5
7
7
7 7
Calcar
14
14
13.5
15 13
14.5
15 13
15.5
Skull:
greatest
length
- -
15.3
15.1
-
15.8
- -
15.4
-
condylobasal
length
"----
14.7
-
7
- -
condyle
to
front
of
canine
-
13.9 14.3
13.6
-
14.3
-
"
13.8
-
basal
length
- "
12.7 11.3
-
13.0
" -
11.7
-
palatal
length
" -
6.4 5.2
"
7.3
-
6.1
5.4
-
zygomatic
breadth
"
10.0
9.6
-
10.0
- "
9.8
-
breadth
of
braincase
"
7.8
7.6 7.7
"
7.8
- -
7.5
"
height
of
braincase,
without
crest
"
6.0 6.2
6.1
-
6.3
" -
6.0
-
mastoid
breadth
-
8.8
8.8
8.3
T
8.8
- -
8.5
-
interorbital
constriction
-
4.7
4.9
4.9
-
4.5
-
-
5.0
-
postorbital
constriction
"
2.7 2.8 3.0
-
2.8
"
3.2
2.8
-
width
across
molars
-
-
7.4
7.2 6.9
7.4
- "
7.4
-
width
across
cingula
canines
- -
3.8 3.8 3.7 3.8
" -
3.7
"
upper
tooth
-row,
c
-
m"^
-
6.2 6.3 6.2 6.2 6.2
-
6.3
6.2
6.3
lower
tooth
-row,
c
-
m.
-
6.5
6.3
6.3
6.4 6.5
-
6.5
6.5
6.6
length
o£
mandible
-
11.1
11.3
11.1
11.2 11.0
"
11.3 11.2 11.2
65
CHIROPTERA
Peropteryx
kappleri kappleri
Peters,
1867
Text-fig.
8c
(interfemoral
membrane)
Peropteryx
Kappleri
Peters,
1867,
Monatsberichte
Koniglicli
Preuss.
Akad.
Wissensch.
Berlin,
1867:
473-474.
Type
locality.
—
"Surinam".
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
343;
Cabrera,
1958:
51;
Husson,
1962:
51.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Greater
Doglike
Bat.
Distribution.
—
South-eastern
Brazil
and
Peru
through
northern
South
America
and
Central
America
north
to
S.
Mexico
(Veracruz).
The
smaller
Peruvian
form
has
been
distinguished
as
a
separate
subspecies
P.
kappleri
intermedia
Sanborn,
1951.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
only
specimen
of
this
species
known
so
far
from
Suriname
is
the
holotype
female,
labelled
"Surinam"
(ZMB
no.
3348,
skin),
collected
by
A.
Kappler,
probably
near
his
home
at
Albina
on
the
Marowijne
River.
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
45
to
53.6
mm;
ear
length
about
18
mm;
interfemoral
membrane,
when
stretched,
reaching
to
the
foot;
wing
sac
short,
on
the
anterior
edge
of
the
antebrachial
membrane;
calcar
(about
17.5
mm)
shorter
than
the
tibia
(about
19.5
mm),
about
as
long
as
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles.
According
to
Sanborn
I
1
937
•'
343)
"there
are
two
colour
phases;
one
is
close
to
mummy
brown
and
the
other
is
a
little
darker
than
Prout's
brown.
In
both,
the
underparts
are
slightly
lighter".
Dental
formula:
11,
Ci,
P
|,
M
§.
Upper
incisors
small,
separated
by
a
distinct
space
from
each
other
as
well
as
from
the
canines;
first
upper
premolar
a
structureless
spicule,
separated
by
a
space
from
the
second
premolar.
Lower
teeth
essentially
like
those
of
Saccopteryx
bilineata.
The
rostrum
is
sharply
set
off
by
an
angle
from
the
braincase,
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
rostrum
is
nearly
parallel
to
the
tooth-row;
the
basisphenoid
pit
is
not
divided
by
a
septum.
In
my
opinion
it
is
almost
certain
that
the
above
mentioned
specimen
from
the
Berlin
Museum
is
the
holotype
of
Peropteryx
kappleri
Peters.
The
specimen
itself
is
not
labelled,
while
the
inscription
on
the
label
affixed
to
the
jar
in
which
it
is
pre-
served
is
difficult
to
decipher;
as
far
as
I
can
see,
however,
it
contains
no
indication
referring
to
a
type.
Unfortunately
the
skull
was
extracted
and
is
no
longer
with
the
specimen;
it
could
not
be
found
in
the
Berlin
Museum,
and
must
probably
be
con-
sidered
lost.
The
external
measurements
of
the
present
specimen
taken
by
me
agree
so
well
with
those
given
by
Peters
of
his
type
that
the
identity
of
the
two
seems
highly
probable.
The
differences
in
the
lengths
of
the
forearm
and
of
the
metacarpals
found
by
me
may
be
due
to
a
different
method
of
measuring;
the
remarkable
dif-
ference
in
the
length
of
the
second
phalanx
of
the
third
digit
can
be
explained
by
assuming
that
Peters
measured
the
length
of
the
curved
outline,
while
I
took
the
shortest
distance
between
the
extreme
tip
of
the
second
phalanx
and
the
articulation
between
the
first
and
second
phalanges.
The
following
measurements
were
taken
by
me,
in
parentheses
Peters's
measurements
of
the
holotype
are
given:
forearm,
51.6
66
CHIROPTERA
(50);
length
of
third
metacarpal,
47
(45);
first
phalanx,
15
(15);
second
phalanx,
24
(27);
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
39.5
(38);
first
phalanx,
10.5
(10);
second
phalanx,
10
(10);
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
37.5
(36);
first
phalanx,
12
(12);
second
phalanx,
7
(7.5);
length
of
ear
from
meatus,
14
(13.5);
tragus,
6
(5.5);
tibia,
21
(20);
hind
foot,
10.5
(10);
calcar,
17
(17);
length
of
tail
from
anus,
15
(16)
mm.
The
tail
is
free
for
about
2
mm;
the
calcar
is
somewhat
shorter
than
the
free
margin
of
the
inter-
femoral
membrane.
The
following
are
the
ranges
of
variation
of
the
skull
measurements
as
given
by
Sanborn
(1937:
343):
skull,
greatest
length,
16-17.8;
condylobasal
length,
14.1-16.2;
palatal
length,
6.3-7.1;
zygomatic
breadth,
9.5-10.9;
breadth
of
braincase,
7.1-8;
mastoid
breadth,
8.1-9;
interorbital
constriction,
2.6-3.5;
width
across
molars,
7-8.3;
width
across
cingula
canines,
4.1-5.2;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
6.8-7.8
mm.
Remarks.
—
Peropteryx
kappleri kappleri
seems
to
be
rare
in
Suriname;
though
I
examined
a
rather
great
number
of
Suriname
Emballonurinae
I
did
not
see
any
specimen
of
this
species,
apart
from
the
above
mentioned
supposed
holotype.
Ac-
cording
to
Sanborn
(1937:
344)
"the
members
of
the
genus
Peropteryx
have
often
been
reported
from
very
shallow
caves
or
from
crevices
between
boulders
where
light
can
enter".
Since
in
Suriname
bats
never
have
been
systematically
collected,
it
is
very
likely
that
such
places
have
not
been
thoroughly
explored.
This
also
may
explain
why
the
widely
distributed
species
Peropteryx
macrotis
macrotis
(Wagner)
so
far
has
not
been
reported
from
Suriname.
This
latter
species
is
on
the
average
smaller
than
P.
kappleri
(see
the
key
on
page
48);
for
its
description
I
refer
to
Dobson
(1878:
373-374:
Saccopteryx
canina),
,
Sanborn
(1937:
339"34ii
%43:
map
of
distribution),
Husson
(i960:
57-59,
fig.
9:
head,
front
and
right
side
views,
pi.
12:
skull),
and
Goodwin
&
Greenhall
(1961:
215-216,
figs.
8-11
:
head,
antebrachial
mem-
brane,
rostrum
and
palate
of
skull,
pi.
8
figs.
1-3:
skull).
Peronymus
leucopterus
leucopterus
(Peters,
1867)
Text-fig.
gi
(interfemoral
membrane)
Peropteryx
leucoptera
Peters,
1867,
Monatsberichte
Koniglich
Preuss.
Akad.
Wissensch.
Berlin,
1867:
474.
Type
locality.
—
"Surinam".
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
345;
Cabrera,
1958:
52;
Husson,
1962:
54.
Distribution.
-—
The
nominate
subspecies
has
been
reported
from
southern
Vene-
zuela,
Suriname
and
the
Amazon
basin
(Sanborn,
1937:
345,
map
in
fig.
46).
A
second
subspecies,
P. l.
cyclops
Thomas
is
only
known
from
Peru.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
So
far
the
only
known
Suriname
specimens
of
this
species
are
the
types,
which
were
collected
by
A.
Kappler,
possibly
near
his
home
at
Albina
on
the
Marowijne
River.
I
have
examined
the
types,
2
males
(ZMB
no.
A1840,
A4208,
skins
and
skulls),
6
females
(ZMB
no.
A, B,
A1839,
3349.1
and
2,
and
A4208.1,
skins
and
skulls;
3349.2,
skin).
67
CHIROPTERA
Description.
—
The
most
striking
characters
of
the
present
species
are
the
follow-
ing:
(a)
the
ears
are
connected
across
the
forehead
by
a
low
band,
(b)
the
greater
part
of
the
wing
membranes
is
white,
and
(c)
the
deep
basisphenoid
pit
is
undivided
by
a
plate,
and
has
two
large
pterygoid
pits
at
its
anterior
end.
Length
of
forearm
varying
in
males
from
40.9
to
44.6
mm,
in
females
from
42.2
to
47
mm;
ears
united
across
the
forehead
by
a
low
band
with
a
deep
notch
in
the
centre;
interfemoral
membrane,
when
stretched,
extending
to
the
toes;
calcar
(about
14
mm)
equal
to
or
slightly
shorter
than
the
tibia
(about
15
mm),
about
one
and
a
half
times
as
long
as
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
wing
membrane
from
the
ankles
or
from
the
proximal
part
of
the
metatarsus;
wing
sac
short,
situated
on
the
upper
edge
of
the
antebrachial
membrane
approximately
above
the
middle
of
the
upper
arm;
fur
soft
and
dense,
extending
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
wing
membranes
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
about
the
middle
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
knee,
and
on
the
interfemoral
membrane
extending
to
the
point
of
exit
of
the
tail;
on
the
ventral
surface,
the
fur
extends
on
the
wing
membranes
as
far
as
a
line
drawn
from
the
proximal
third
of
the
upper
arm
to
the
basal
part
of
the
thigh,
while
the
entire
interfemoral
membrane
is
clothed
with
short
fine
hairs.
The
coat
colour
is
dark
brown
above,
somewhat
paler
beneath;
distal
parts
of
the
wing
membranes
are
white
from
at
least
a
line
drawn
from
the
elbow
to
the
knee,
the
antebrachial
and
the
interfemoral
membranes
are
dark
brown.
Dental
formula:
1§,
C
i,
P
§,
M
§.
Upper
incisors
slender
and
small,
separated
by
a
distinct
space
from
each
other
as
well
as
from
the
canines;
first
upper
premolar
small,
about
twice
as
wide
as
the
incisors,
without
anterior
or
posterior
cusps,
standing
in
about
the
centre
of
the
space
between
the
canine
and
the
large,
second
premolar;
the
basis
of
the
second
premolar
slightly
shorter
than
that
of
the
canine,
its
shaft
about two-thirds
as
high
as
that of
the
canine.
Lower
teeth
essentially
similar
to
those
of
Saccopteryx
bilineata.
The
basisphenoid
pit
is
deep,
not
divided
by
a
plate;
there
are
two
large
lateral
pterygoid
pits
at
its
anterior
end
(see
Sanborn,
1937:
fig.
45).
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
seven
specimens
from
Suriname
are
given
in
Table
8.
Remarks.
—
The
taxonomic
position
of
the
present
species
has
been
discussed
by
Husson
(1962:
55,
56).
Centronycteris
maximiliani
maximiliani
(Fischer,
1829)
Text-fig.
gg
(interfemoral
membrane),
pi.
16
(skull)
Vespertilio
Maximiliani
Fischer,
1829,
Synopsis
Mammalium:
112-113.
Type
locality.
—
"In
ora
orientali
Brasiliae".
The
type
locality
is
given
more
precisely
by
Wied
(1826:
271):
"Diese
Fledermaus
wurde
auf
der
Fazenda
zu
Coroaba
am
Fliisschen
Jncu,
unweit
des
Rio
do
Espirito
Santo
gefunden".
Synonymies.
—
Sanborn,
1937:
336;
Cabrera,
1958:
53;
Husson,
1962:
56.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Thomas's
Bat.
68
CHIROPTERA
Distribution.
—
The
species
occurs
from
eastern
Brazil
northward
to
Mexico.
Sanborn
(1937:337,
map
in
fig.
42)
and
Cabrera
(1958:53)
recognized
two
sub-
species:
(1)
the
nominate
subspecies
occurring
in
eastern
Brazil
and
the
Guianas,
and
(2)
C.m.
centralis
Thomas
from
Peru
and
western
Brazil
north
to
Mexico.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
species
was
reported
for
the
first
time
from
Suriname
by
Husson
(1962),
who
reported
upon
a
female
from
a
savanna
forest
near
Tibiti
River,
tributary
of
Coppename
River,
Saramacca
District
(no.
12111,
skin
and
skull),
this
still
is
the
only
specimen
known
from
the
country.
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
42.6
to
44.5
mm;
ears
somewhat
longer
than
the
head,
about
n.
5
mm
long;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
reaching
about
the
level
of
the
toes;
tail
perforating
the
interfemoral
membrane
at
about
its
centre,
the
free
end
of
the
tail
about
3
mm
long;
calcar
of
about
the
same
length
as
the
tibia,
the
free
posterior
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
short;
wing
membrane
from
the
base
of
the
outer
toe;
fur
rather
long
and
soft,
extending
on
the
basal
part
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
which
for
the
TABLE
8
External
and
skull
measurements
of
seven
specimens
of
Peronymus
leucopterus
leucopterus
(Peters)
from
Suriname
in
the
Berlin
Museum.
Reg.
number
A1840,J
A
A4208,
I
B
3349,1
3349,2
A1839
Sex
69999 9
9
Forearm
40.9
44.3
44.1
45.0 43.0
42.2 43.0
Third
digit,
metacarpal
37.5
40 40
40.5
38
37.5
39
1st
phalanx
JO
1J.5
10 11
11
10 10
2nd
phalanx
20
22
22 22 22
21 22
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
30 33
33.5 33.5
32
31
32.5
1st
phalanx
8
8.5
8.5
9
8.5 8.5
8
2nd
phalanx
10
9
-
9
9
9 9
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
29
31 31
32.5 30.5
30
31
1st
phalanx
JO
11
10.5 10.5
10.5
10.5
10
2nd
phalanx
8.5 8.5
8
8.5
8
7.5
8
Tibia
15
15 14
16
15
14.5
15
Hind
foot
8
8
8
8
8.5
8.5
9
Calcar
J3
15 13
15.5
15
13.5
14
Skull:
greatest
length
J5.0
14.5
14.7 15.0 15.0
-
15.4
condylobasal
length
13.7 13.8 13.5
13.5 13.7
-
13.9
condyle
to
front
of
canine
13.3 13.6 12.9 13.4 13.5
-
13.4
basal
length
12.6 12.3 12.1 12.4
12.6
-
12.5
palatal
length
6.5
6.1 6.1
6.2 6.0
-
6.3
zygomatic
breadth
9.2 9.5
9.2
9.4
9.6
-
9.8
breadth
of
braincase
6.8 7.4
7.1
7.0
7.1
-
7.5
height
of
braincase
5.8 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.3
-
5.6
mastoid
breadth
7.6
8.0 7.7 7.6 8.0
-
8.0
interorbital
constriction
5.7
5.8 5.9
6.2
5.7
-
.
postorbital
constriction
3.0 3.0
3.1 3.3
3.1
-
-
width
across
molars
7.0 7.3 6.8 6.9 6.8
-
7.0
width
across
cingula
canines
3.8 3.8 3.7 3.8 3.7
-
3.9
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
ra"*
6.0
6.2
5.9
6.1
6.0
-
6.2
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
ro^
6.2
-
6.0
6.2
6.2
-
6.3
length
of
mandible
9.9
-
10.5 10.7 10.5
-
10.7
69
CIIIROPTERA
rest
is
thinly
pubescent;
short
stiff
hairs
are
present
on
the
blackish
brown
small
spots,
which
are
arranged
in
transverse
lines
on
the
interfemoral
membrane.
In
the
original
description
the
colour
of
the
fur
is
given
as
reddish
brown
on
the
dorsal
surface,
paler
on
the
ventral
parts.
In
the
dried
Suriname
skin,
however,
the
coat
colour
is
more
dull
greyish
brown
above
and
paler
beneath;
the
wings
are
dark
brown.
Dental
formula:
I
J,
C
P
§,
M
First
upper
premolar
with
distinct
anterior
and
posterior
cusps
like
the
larger
second
premolar;
basisphenoid
divided
by
a
median
septum;
sagittal
crest
indistinct,
not
extending
onto
the
small
postorbital
processes
of
the
frontals.
The
following
are
external
and
skull
measurements
of
the
examined
Suriname
female
specimen;
in
parentheses
are
the
external
measurements
of
the
type,
as
given
by
Peters
(1867:
479;
see
for
correction
of
the
length
of
the
calcar:
Peters,
1872:
701).
Forearm,
42.6
(44.5);
length
of
third
metacarpal,
45
(45);
first
phalanx,
18
(17);
second
phalanx,
23.5
(28);
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
36
(37.5);
first
phalanx,
10
(9.4);
second
phalanx,
n
(11);
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
34
(32.2);
first
phalanx,
10
(10);
second
phalanx,
8
(9.3);
tibia,
18
(19);
hind
foot,
7
(7.5);
calcar,
18
(18)
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length
from
canine,
13.9;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
12.8;
basal
length,
11.0;
zygomatic
breadth,
8.8;
breadth
of
braincase,
6.8;
height
of
braincase,
5.4;
mastoid
breadth,
7.3;
interorbital
constriction,
3.2;
width
across
molars,
6.2;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
5.8;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
5.7;
mandible,
10.0;
length
of
basisphenoid
pits,
2.5
mm.
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:
58)
discussed
the
taxonomic
status
of
this
subspecies.
Subfamily
DICLIDURINAE
The
only
species
of
the
subfamily
Diclidurinae
known
with
certainty
from
Suriname
is
Diclidurus
scutatus
Peters.
The
subfamily
includes
also
the
South
American
genera
Cyttarops
and
Depanycteris,
which
are
extensively
dealt
with
by
Vieira
(1942:
254-
255)-
Diclidurus
scutatus
Peters,
1869
Text-figs.
10111
(head),
ion
(thumb),
10 o
(interfemoral
membrane),
13c
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
16
(skull)
Diclidurus
scutatus
Peters,
1869,
Monatsberichte
Koniglich
Preuss.
Akad.
Wissensch.
Berlin,
1869:
400-401.
Type
locality.
—
"Siidamerica".
Restricted
by
Husson
(1962:
59)
to
"Para,
Lower
Amazonas,
Brazil".
Synonymies.
—
Husson,
1962:
59.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Lesser
White
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
species
has
been
reported
from
Amazonas,
Brazil
and
from
the
Guianas.
CHIROPTERA
70
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
only
certain
Suriname
records
of
the
species
published
thusfar
are
those
from
the
upper
Suriname
River
and
from
"Suriname"
provided
by
Husson
(1962:
59).
The
complete
list
of
the
material
examined
by
me
is
the
following:
I.
Brokopondo
on
Suriname
River,
north
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
i
skull
(no.
18004).
2.
Afobaka,
on
Suriname
River,
northern
shore
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
1
female
(no.
17843,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Upper
Suriname
River,
probably
Brokopondo
District,
1
female
(no.
17361,
skin
and
skull).
4.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
female
(ZMA
no.
1625,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—
The
presents
species
differs
from
all
other
Suriname
bats
in
the
combination
of
the
following
characters:
(1)
the
whitish
colour
of
the
long
silky
fur
of
the
body
and
of
the
membranes,
(2)
the
very
short
thumb,
which
has
a
rudimen-
tary
claw,
and
which
is
almost
wholly
contained
within
the
wing
membrane,
and
(3)
the
presence
of
a
cordate
pouch
in
the
middle
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
this
pouch
is
separated
by
a
distinct
interval
from
a
second
pouch,
which
is
much
flatter
than
the
anterior
one.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
51
to
57.3
mm;
ears,
and
also
the
tragus,
short
and
broad;
thumb
very
short,
with
a
rudimentary
claw,
almost
wholly
contained
within
the
wing
membrane;
wing
membrane
from
the
ankles;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
reaching
to
behind
the
ankles;
tail
about
half
the
length
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
the
extreme
tip
ends
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
a
cordate
pouch,
which
is
separated
by
a
distinct
interval
from
a
second
pouch,
much
flatter
than
the
first,
the
posterior
border
of
this
second
pouch
being
about
5
mm
from
the
free
margin
of
the
membrane;
calcar
well
developed
somewhat
shorter
than
the
tibia;
fur
consisting
of
long
silky
hairs
of
an
almost
white
colour,
the
basal
parts
of
the
hairs
greyish
brown,
these
greyish
brown
parts
are
shorter
on
the
back
than
on
the
ventral
surface;
short
hairs
of
a
black
colour
are
placed
around
the
eyes;
the
claws
of
the
hind
foot
are
blackish;
the
wings
and
the
digits
are
light
yellowish.
Dental
formula:
11,
C1,
P
§,
M
|.
Upper
incisors
slender,
conical,
with
a
distinct
cusp
at
the
outer
side
of
the
cingulum,
a
less
pronounced
cusp
on
the
inner
side
at
about
the
middle
of
the
tooth;
upper
incisors
separated
from
one
another
and
from
the
canines;
upper
canines
with
a
small
but
distinct
cusp
at
about
one
third
from
the
tip;
the
first
upper
premolars
are
very
small,
in
no.
17361
they
touch
the
canine
as
well
as
the
second
premolar,
in
ZMA
no.
1625
this
premolar
touches
the
canine
but
is
separated
by
a
small
space
from
the
second
premolar;
postorbital
processes
short
and
blunt.
Lower
incisors
trifid,
crowded
between
the
canines;
first
lower
pre-
molar
about one-third
the
size
of
the
second
premolar.
The
following
are
external
and
skull
measurements
of
Suriname
specimens
from
the
Leiden
and
the
Amsterdam
Museum,
of
lots
3
and
4
respectively;
in
parentheses
CHIROPTERA
71
some
of
the
measurements
of
the
type
are
given
as
published
by
Peters
in
1869.
Forearm,
57.3,
54.5,
(51);
length
of
third
metacarpal,
55.5,
—,
(49.5);
first
phalanx,
10,
—,
(9);
second
phalanx,
27,
—,
(23.4);
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
44,
41,
(39);
first
phalanx,
11, 12,
(10.7);
second
phalanx,
u,
11.5,
(9.3);
length
of
fifth
meta-
carpal,
34,
33,
(30);
first
phalanx,
17,
16.5,
(16);
second
phalanx,
6.5,
7.5,
(6);
ear,
length,
14,
13;
ear,
breadth,
10,
10;
tibia,
20.5,
20,
(19.5);
hind
foot,
8.5,
8,
(8.8);
calcar
17.5,
16.5,
(16.6)
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
15.3,
15.5;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
14.7,14.2;
basal
length,
11.2,10.6;
palatal
length,
4.5,4.1;
zygomatic
breadth,
10.7,
10.6;
breadth
of
braincase,
8.3,
8.5;
height
of
braincase,
6.9,
7.2;
mastoid
breadth,
9.3, 9.3;
interorbital
constriction,
4.3,
4.4;
width
across
molars,
7.2,
7.1;
width
across
cingula
canines,
3.9,
3.8;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
6.6,
6.3;
lower
tooth-
row,
c-m
3
,
7.3,
7.1;
length
of
mandible,
12.4,
12.1
mm.
Remarks.
—
Another
white
species
of
bat
may
be
found
in
Suriname,
viz.,
Dicli-
durus
albus
Wied,
1819,
a
species,
the
range
of
which
extends
from
south-eastern
Brazil
to
Central
America.
D.
albus
is
a
larger
species
than
D.
scutatus,
as
shown
by
the
fact
that
its
upper
tooth-row
(c-m
3
)
is
about
8
mm
(6.5
mm
in
D.
scutatus)
and
that
its
forearm
length
is
about
63
mm
(in
D.
scutatus
51-57.3
mm).
Also
the
interfem-
oral
membrane
in
D.
albus
is
different
(cf.
Goodwin
&
Greenhall,
1961:
218,
fig.
13).
White
bats
have been
reported
several
times
from
Suriname
(see
Husson,
1962:
62),
the
first
time
in
1844,
but
the
reports
are
not
sufficiently
accurate
to
make
a
certain
identification
possible.
Some
authors
(Vieira,
1942:
252;
Cabrera,
1958:
54)
synonymized
D.
albus
and
D.
scutatus.
FAMILY
NOCTILIONIDAE
The
two
species
of
the
family
Noctilionidae
occurring
in
Suriname
can
immediately
be
recognized
by
(1)
the
peculiar
shape
of
the
truncated
muzzle
and
of
the
upper
lip
(which
resembles
that
of
a
bulldog
and
of
a
hare),
with
the
chin
having
well-developed
transverse
ridges,
(2)
the
long,
narrow,
pointed
ears,
the
small
tragus
of
which
shows
prominent
tooth-like
processes,
(3)
the
short,
brightly
coloured
fur
on
the
back,
which
narrows
from
the
shoulders
towards
the
tail,
where
its
breadth
is
about
10
to
15
mm,
(4)
the
wings,
which
are
attached
to
the
back
and
not
to
the
sides.
Other
striking
characters
are
the
short
tail,
which
does
not
exceed
half
the
length
of
the
well-developed
interfemoral
membrane,
and
the
free
tip
of
which,
appearing
on
the
upper
surface
of
the
membrane,
is
2
to
4
mm
long;
the
remarkably
large
and
strong
hind
foot,
which
is
about
three-fourth
the
length
of
the
tibia.
Like
in
the
families
Emballonuridae
and
Furipteridae
there
are
only
two
phalanges
in
the
third
digit,
the
second
phalanx
is
about
three
times
or
more
the
length
of
the
first
phalanx.
The
length
of
the
forearm
is
more
than
50
mm,
while
the
massive
and
broad
skull,
at
least
in
the
adult
males,
has
a
high
sagittal
crest.
CHIROPTERA
72
Key
to
the
Suriname
Noctilionidae
ia.
Length
of
forearm
more
than
70
mm;
combined
length
of
the
tibia
and
hind
foot
more
than
70
per
cent
of
the
length
of
the
forearm
.
Noctilio
leporinus
leporinus,
P-
73
b.
Length
of
forearm
less
than
70
mm;
combined
length
of
the
tibia
and
hind
foot
less
than
70
per
cent
of
the
length
of
the
forearm
Noctilio
labialis
albiventris,
p.
72
Noctilio
labialis
albiventris
Desmarest,
1818
Text-figs.
9I1
(interfemoral
membrane),
15b
(head),
pi.
17
(skull)
Noctilio
albiventris
Desmarest,
1818,
Nouveau
Dictionnaire
d'Histoire
Naturelle,
(nouv.
6d.)
23:
15-16.
Type
locality.
—
"Patrie.
Inconnue,
mais
tres-vraisemblablement
l'Amerique
meridionale"
(Desmarest,
1820:
118).
Restricted
by
Cabrera
(1958:
56)
to
Rio
Sao
Francisco,
Bahia,
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
55;
Husson,
1962:
63.
Distribution.
—
The
species
inhabits
central
and
northern
South
America
and
southern
Central
America.
The
range
of
the
present
subspecies
(the
easternmost
of
the three
subspecies)
extends
from
northern
Argentina
through
Brazil
to
the
Guianas.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
present
species
was
reported
for
the
first
time
from
Suriname
by
Peters
(1865b:
571),
who
examined
a
specimen
from Paramaribo.
The
only
other
Suriname
record
is
by
Husson
(1962:
63;
1973:
6),
who
also
reported
on
a
specimen
from
Paramaribo.
I
have
seen
the
following
material:
I.
Wageningen,
northern
Nickerie
District,
i
male
(no.
24719,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Highway
between
Paramaribo
and
Uitkijk
at
Vijfde
Rijweg,
Suriname
District,
1
female
(no.
17296,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Plantation
"Meerzorg",
east
bank
of
Suriname
River
opposite
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
male
(no.
24718,
skin
and
skull),
2
females
(nos.
24720,
24722,
skins
and
skulls).
4.
Tamanredjo,
about
17
km
due
east
of
Paramaribo,
Commewijne
District,
1
male
(no.
24721,
skin
and
skull).
5.
Suriname,
without
a
more
accurate
locality
indication,
1
male
(no.
24688,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
(54)
60
to
68.7
mm;
ears
large,
narrow
and
pointed;
tragus
small,
with
prominent
tooth-like
processes;
chin
with
raised
cutaneous
ridges;
interfemoral
membrane
large,
when
stretched
expanding
slightly
behind
the
toes;
tail
short,
perforating
the
basal
third
of
the
membrane
and
appearing
on
its
dorsal
surface;
calcar
long,
about
1.5
times
the
length
of
the
tibia,
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
very
short;
wing
membrane
from
the
distal
third
of
the
tibia;
combined
length
of
the
tibia
and
hind
foot
less
than
70
per
cent
the
length
of
the
forearm;
fui
very
short
above
and
beneath,
narrowing
on
the
back
from
behind
the
shoulders
to
the
tail
where
its
breadth
is
about
15
mm;
colour
greatly
varying,
above
as
well
as
beneath,
from
greyish
brown
to
reddish
brown
dorsally,
and
from
whitish
to
grey
and
yellowish
to
dark
orange
ventrally;
CHIROPTERA
73
on
the
back
a
whitish
median
streak
from
interscapular
region
to
the
tail,
this
streak
often
indistinct
or
absent;
membranes
blackish.
Dentition:
I
f,
C1,
P
M
§.
Upper
inner
incisors
placed
close
together,
in
contact
at
about
the
middle,
the
distal
part
of
their
inner
margins
diverging.
Upper
outer
incisors
strikingly
smaller
than
the
inner,
placed
somewhat
behind
the
inner
and
in
contact
with
them,
but
distinctly
separated
from
the
canines;
upper
premolar,
about
as
high
as
the
molars,
but
about
half
as
long,
crowded
between
canine
and
first
molar.
Lower
incisors
crowded
between
the
canines,
with
broad
bifid
crown,
reaching
to
the
inner
margin
of
the
cingulum
of
the
canines;
first
lower
premolar
crowded
out
of
the
tooth-row
to
the
inside,
so
that
the
second
premolar
and
the
canine
are
almost
in
contact
with
each
other;
base
of
first
premolar
about
half
as
long
as
that
of
the
second,
the
latter
tooth
being
about
as
high
as
the
molars.
External
and
skull
measurements
of
the
examined
female
Suriname
specimen.
Forearm,
64.9;
length
of
third
metacarpal,
57;
first
phalanx,
13.5;
second
phalanx,
55;
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
58.5;
first
phalanx,
9;
second
phalanx,
28;
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
53.5;
first
phalanx,
10.5;
second
phalanx,
5;
length
of
ear,
20.5;
tibia,
20;
hind
foot,
16;
depth
of
interfemoral
membrane
from
anus,
about
38;
calcar,
30;
tail,
15.5;
free
end
of
tail,
2.5
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
21.2;
condylobasal
length,
19.6;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
18.4;
basal
length,
17.1;
palatal
length,
9.8;
zygomatic
breadth,
15.8;
breadth
of
braincase,
n.
7;
height
of
braincase,
without
crest,
8.6;
mastoid
breadth,
14.0;
interorbital
constriction,
5.8;
width
across
molars,
10.1;
width
across
cingula
canines,
6.9;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
7.9;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
8.4;
length
of
mandible,
14.2
mm.
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:64,
65)
dealt
with
the
colour
of
the
two
then
known
Suriname
specimens,
and
discussed
the
food
and
biology
of
the
species,
its
taxonomic
status
and
its
nomenclature.
Noctilio
leporinus
leporinus
(Linnaeus,
1758)
Text-figs.
8e
(interfemoral
membrane),
13d
(canines
and
incisors),
14
(animal),
i5g
(head),
pi.
17
(skull)
Vespertilio
leporinus
Linnaeus,
1758,
Systema
Naturae,
(ed.
10)
1:
32
Type
locality.
—
"Habitat
in
America".
Restricted
by
Thomas
(1911:
131)
to
Suriname.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
56;
Husson,
1962:
65
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Suriname
Fish-eating
Bat;
(N)
Hazemond
Vleermuis.
Distribution.
—
Noctilio
leporinus
has
a
wide
range
of
distribution
extending
from
north-eastern
Argentina,
Paraguay,
and
south-eastern
Brazil
northwards
to
southern
Mexico,
and
the
Lesser
and
Greater
Antilles.
The
status
of
the
four
recognized
sub-
species
is
not
clear,
but
it
is
generally
assumed
that
the
nominate
subspecies
occurs
in
Brazil
north
of
the
Mato
Grosso
and
Minas
Geraes,
in
Peru,
Colombia,
the
Guianas,
Venezuela,
Curasao,
Trinidad,
Tobago
and
the
Lesser
Antilles.
CHIROPTERA
74
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
As
far
as
is
known
to
me
Fermin
(1765:
9)
was
the
first
author
who
definitely
mentioned
the
occurrence
of
the
present
species
in
Suriname,
giving
it
the
(unavailable)
scientific
name
Vespertilio
Minor.
Later
popular
authors
(Hartsinck,
1770;
Teenstra,
1835;
Lammens,
1844)
added
little
or
no
new
information,
while
Jentink
(1887,
1888)
and
Goodwin
(1928)
dealt
with
museum
specimens
labelled
"Surinam"
(see
Husson,
1962.
65-73,
for
more
information
on
these
records).
The
first
author
who
reported
the
species
from
definite
localities
within
Suriname
was
Husson
(1962:
66),
his
material
is
that
listed
below
under
nos.
2,
3,
5
and
6.
Until
now
I
have
examined
the
following
Suriname
specimens:
x.
Wageningen,
northern
Nickerie
District,
3
females
(nos.
24896-24898,
skins
and
skulls).
2.
Karel
Franfois
on
the
Saramacca
River
about
80
km
west
of
Paramaribo,
Saramacca
District,
1
male
(no.
13489,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Kampongbaroe
about
25
km
west
of
Paramaribo,
south-west
of
Uitkijk,
Saramacca
District,
1
female
(no.
17368,
skin
and
skull).
4.
Weg
naar
Zee,
near
the
sea-shore
north
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
1
female
(no.
24895,
skin
and
skull).
5.
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
3 females
(nos.
12002, 12003, 13502,
skins
and
skulls).
6.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
8
males
(nos.
13490, 13494, 13503,
17376a,
b,
SMN
no.
238-2,
ZMA
no.
1643b,
c,
skins
and
skulls),
3
females
(SMN
no.
238-1,
ZMA
no.
1643a,
d,
skins
and
skulls),
2
skeletons
(no.
17375a,
b).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
77
to
85
mm;
ears
large,
narrow
and
pointed,
about
24
mm
long
and
10
mm
broad;
tragus
small,
with
prominent
tooth-like
processes;
chin
with
raised
transverse
cutaneous
ridges;
interfemoral
membrane
well-developed,
when
stretched
expanding
behind
the
ankles;
tail
short,
not
exceeding
half
the
length
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
perforating
it
and
appearing
for
about
4
mm
on
its
dorsal
surface;
calcar
distinctly
longer
than
the
tibia,
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
short,
at
most
half
as
long
as
the
calcar;
wing
membrane
from
the
distal
third
of
the
tibia
and
from
the
back;
combined
length
of
the
tibia
and
hind
foot
more
than
70
per
cent
of
the
length
of
the
forearm;
fur
very
short,
above
and
beneath,
narrowing
on
the
back
from
behind
the
shoulders
to
the
tail
where
its
breadth
is
about
10
to
15
mm;
colour
greatly
varying,
above
as
well
as
beneath,
from
dark
to
reddish
brown
dorsally,
and
from
yellowish
to
bright
reddish
orange
ventrally;
an
indistinct
whitish
median
dorsal
streak
extends
from
the
shoulders
to
the
tail,
but
may
be
absent;
membranes
blackish
or
dark
brown,
the
ventral
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
is
much
lighter
than
its
dorsal
surface,
being
often
yellowish.
Dentition:
If,
C
f,
P
M
§.
Teeth
essentially
like
in
Noctilio
labialis,
the
most
striking
difference,
at
least
in
the
examined
specimens
from
Suriname,
is
that
in
N.
leporinus
the
upper
molars
are
separated
postero-internally
by
wide
spaces,
while
in
the
one
examined
specimen
of
N.
labialis
the
molars
touch
each
other
nearly
over
their
full
breadth.
Sagittal
crest
sharply
defined,
in
adult
males
it
is
more
developed
than
in
adult
females,
in
the
former
being
about
to
2.5
mm
high.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
eleven
Suriname
specimens
are
given
in
Table
9.
CHIROPTERA
75
Fig.
14.
Noctilio
leporinus
leporinus
(L.),
after
Seba,
1734.
76
CHIROPTERA
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:
70,
71)
discussed
the
variation
and
systematic
position
of
the
species.
The
food
of
the
species
consists
of
insects
and
fish.
From
its
habit
of
eating
fishes
the
English
vernacular
name
is
derived.
Goodwin
(1928:
in)
found
in
the
stomach
of
a
specimen
from
Suriname
"Remains
of
many
ants
(
Solenopsis
sp.),
winged.
Fragments
of
a
beetle
(probably
Crysomelidae),
of
a
mole-cricket
(
Gryllotalpa
sp.),
of
a
fly
(Sapromyzidae),
and
of
a
fish-trace".
The
brothers
Penard
("De
Surinamer",
12
April
1905)
indicate
that
the
present
species
is
found
in
and
around
Paramaribo,
and
that
it
has
a
strong
and
peculiar
odour.
The
unpleasant
odour
of
the
species
has
also
been
mentioned
by
previous
authors,
like
Lammens,
1884
and
Spix,
1823
(cf.
Husson,
1962:
72,
73).
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
provided
me
with
the
following
observation,
which
he
is
con-
vinced
concerns
the
present
species:
On
a
mud
bank
off
Coppename
Punt
near
the
TABLE
9
External
and
skull
measurements
of
eleven
specimens
of
Noctilio
leporinus leporinus
(Linnaeus)
from
Suriname.
Museum
RMNH
ZMA ZMA
SMN
RMNH
ZMA
RMNH
ZMA
RMNH
SMN
RMNH
Reg.
number
13503
1643c 1643b
238,2
13490
1643d 17368 1643a 12003
238,1
12002
Sex
6666
<J
9 9 9 9 9 9
Forearm
77.3
78,8 77.7 80.0
81.2
79.3 82.1
78.5 80.0
80.0 78.8
Third
digit,
metacarpal
73 74
74.5
75
75.5
72
75 74
75 74
72
1st
phalanx
19
20
18
20
20 20
20.5
20
18
20
18
2nd
phalanx
64 68
68 67
68
65
68 66
65 65
63
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
73.5
75.5
74.5
76
76.5
73.5
76
75.5
74
75
73.5
1st
phalanx
13.5
13
14
13 13
14
12.5'
13 12 13
11.5
2nd
phalanx
35 34 35 35 35 34 35 35
31 37
32
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
71
72.5
71.5
73 73
69.5
73
72.5
72 72
70
1st
phalanx
16.5
15 16 16 16 16
16
16 15 16
14.5
2nd
phalanx
8
8
8
8 8 8 8 8 8
9
8
Ear,
length
x
breadth
24x10.5 24x10.5
24x-
24x-
24x9.5
-
24x9
- -
24x-
-
Tibia
36
36
36 37
36
37
35
34 36 35
36
Hind
foot;
with
claws
27
28 28
26
28
27
26
25
26 27
26
Calcar
40
40 37
45
38
40
40
39
-
40
-
Skull:
greatest
length
23.3
24.5 24.7
26.1 26.2
-
24.1
24.4
24.6
24.7 24.9
condolybasal
length
22.8
23.5 23.0 23.5 23.7 22.0
22.7 22.4
22.6 23.2 22.8
condyle
to
front
of
canine
21.9 22.3 22.3 22.4 22.5 20.7
21.3
21.5 21.4 22.2
21.7
basal
length
20.1
20.4
20.1
21.0
20.9
19.3
19.5 19.5
20.3 20.4
20.4
palatal
length
11.7 12.4
12.4 12.8 12.6 11.2
12.1
12.3 12.5 12.4
12.6
zygomatic
breadth
17.0
18.3
19.1
19.0 18.5 16.8
17.8
18.0 18.3 17.6 18.3
breadth
of
braincase
12.7'
13.4 13.9 13.5 13.5 13.0
13.5 13.5 13.5 13.4 13.4
height
of
braincase,
without
crest
9.7
9.7
10.3
10.2 10.2
9.9 9.8 9.8
10.3 10.4 10.4
with
crest
10.0
10.7
11.3 12.5 12.5
10.1
10.5 11.0 11.0 11.3 11.6
mastoid
breadth
14.9
-
-
17.0 18.4
-
15.3 15.9
16.0
15.1
16.0
interorbital
constriction
6.9 6.8 6.8
7.0 7.2 6.7
6.5
6.6
6.8
6.7
6.6
width
across
molars
11.9
11.9 12.5
-
12.3
-
11.8 11.7 12.0
'
12.2
12.1
width
across
cingula
canines
8.5
8.4
8.5
9.3
9.5 8.0
8.3
8.1
7.8 8.2
8.2
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
m
10.3 10.3 10.5 10.4
10.5
9.9
9.9
10.1
10.0 10.2
10.1
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
m^
10.9 10.9 11.1 10.9 11.3 10.6
10.5
10.5 10.5 10.8
10.5
length
of
mandible
17.4
17.6
17.8 18.0 18.3
17.1
17.3 17.0
17.6 17.5
17.3
CHIROPTERA
77
mouth
of
the
Coppename
River,
fishermen
put
up
nets,
behind
which,
with
falling
tide
fishes
and
shrimps
are
caught.
At
day
break,
waiting
in
a
fishermen's
boat
for
the
tide
to
be
low
enough
that
the
fish
caught
behind
the
nets
could
be
collected,
Dr.
Geijskes
observed
a
great
number
of
fairly
large
bats,
which
flew
very
low
over
the
water
and
obviously
caught
fishes
or
shrimps,
which
had
concentrated
behind
the
nets.
This
phenomenon
started
when
it
was
hardly
light
enough
to
see,
and
lasted
for
about
half
an
hour,
ending
abruptly
when
the
daylight
was
quite
bright.
The
fishing
habit
of
the
species
thus
is
not
confined
to
fresh
waters,
but
is
also
carried
out
at
sea,
if
conditions
permit
the
animals
to
do
so.
FAMILY
PHYLLOSTOMIDAE
With
the
exception
of
the
species
of
the
subfamily
Chilonycterinae
all
Suriname
Phyllostomidae
can
immediately
be
recognized
(i)
by
the
presence
of
a
distinct
nose
leaf
of
which
the
vertical,
free
portion
is
lancet-shaped,
and
(2)
by
the
lower
lip,
which
is
provided
with
small
wart-like
outgrowths
arranged
in
a
more
or
less
semi-
circular
manner.
In
the
genus
Chilonycteris
(Chilonycterinae)
there
is
no
distinct
nose
leaf,
and
the
lower
lip
shows
plate-like
outgrowths
with
numerous
small
rounded
papillae
(fig.
i6e).
All
species
of
the
Suriname
Phyllostomidae
have
the
third
digit
with
three
pha-
langes,
while
in
the
skull
the
premaxillaries
are
fused
with
each
other
as
well
as
with
the
maxillaries,
so
that
the
upper
incisors
are
not
separated
by
an
anterior
palatal
emargination
(fig.
22).
The
above
mentioned
characters
are
characteristic
for
the
family
as
a
whole.
The
most
important
characters
for
the
distinction
of
the
species
within
the
group
are
the
following:
(i)
the
development
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
(2)
that
of
the
tail
and
the
calcaneum,
(3)
the
attachment
of
the
wing
membranes,
and
(4)
the
structure
of
the
teeth.
To
the
Phyllostomidae
belong
both
the
smallest
and
the
largest
of
the
Suriname
bats,
namely
Ametrida
centurio,
in
the
males
of
which
the
length
of
the
forearm
is
about
25
mm,
and
Vampyrum
spectrum,
of
which
this
length
is
about
105
mm.
The
Suriname
Phyllostomidae
belong
to
six
subfamilies,
the
main
characters
of
which
are
given
in
the
following
key.
Key
to
the
subfamilies
of
the
Suriname
Phyllostomidae
ia.
Nose
leaf
absent,
lower
lip
with
plate-like
outgrowths
with
numerous
small
rounded
papillae
(fig.
i6e)
Chilonycterinae,
p.
78
b. Nose
leaf
present,
with
a
distinct
vertical,
free
portion
2
2a.
Tongue
very
long
(fig.
26);
upper
surface
of
lower
lip
in
the
centre
divided
by
a
deep
groove
(fig.
2ig);
head
long
and
narrow;
cusps
and
commissures
of
upper
molars
so
reduced
that
the
W-pattern
is
absent
. .
.
Glossophaginae,
p.
113
b.
Tongue
normal;
upper
surface
of
lower
lip
not
divided
by
a
deep
groove
.
.
3
78
CHIROPTERA
3a.
Interfemoral
membrane
reduced
to
a
very
narrow
band
along
the
legs
and
the
posterior
part
of
the
body
(fig.
8h),
covered
with
fine
long
fur;
calcar
indistinct
(or
absent
?);
crown
of
molars
with
a
distinct
longitudinal
groove
(pi.
28
lower
figs.)
Sturnirinae,
p.
134
b.
Interfemoral
membrane
moderately
to
largely
developed;
calcar
distinct;
tail
present
or
absent
4
4a.
External
tail
absent
or
hardly
visible
5
b.
Tail
distinct
8
5a.
Muzzle
long
and
narrow
(fig.
i6h);
length
of
forearm
more
than
70
mm
.
.
.
Phyllostominae
(genera
Vampyrum
and
Chrotopterus),
p.
80
b.
Muzzle
short
and
broad
6a.
Length
of
forearm
more
than
40
mm
Stenodermatinae,
p.
138
b.
Length
of
forearm
less
than
40
mm
7
7a.
Lower
lip
with
a
central
wart
flanked
on
each
side
by
a
larger
elongate
wart
(fig.
21c);
length
of
forearm
varying
from
about
30
to
35
mm
6
Carolliinae
(genus
Rhinophylla),
p.
126
b.
Lower
lip
with
a
central
wart
surrounded
by
a
row
of
small
warts
Stenodermatinae,
p.
138
8a.
Calcar
shorter
than
the
foot;
length
of
forearm
varying
from
40
to
45
mm;
zygomatic
arches
incomplete
Carolliinae
(genus
Carollia),
p.
126
b.
Calcar
equal
to
or
longer
than
the
foot,
if
shorter
(except
Vampyrum
and
Chro-
topterus)
the
length
of
forearm
more
than
50
mm
. .
Phyllostominae,
p.
80
Subfamily
CHILONYCTERINAE
The
species
of
the
subfamily
Chilonycterinae
differ
from
all
other
Phyllostomidae
by
the
presence
of
plate-like
outgrowths
on
the
lower
lip
and
by
the
absence
of
a
distinct
nose
leaf.
In
the
only
species
of
this
group
known
at
present
from
Suriname,
Chilonycteris
rubiginosa
Wagner,
the
lower
lip
is
much
expanded
and
folded
outward
with
numerous
rounded
small
papillae.
Perhaps
also
the
genus
Pteronotus
occurs
in
Suriname;
this
genus
has
a
wide
distribution
in
northern
South
America
north
of
the
Mato
Grosso.
The
two
known
species
of
Pteronotus
can
immediately
be
recognized
by
the
attach-
ment
of
the
wings
to
the
median
line
of
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
body
instead
of
to
the
sides
of
the
body;
in
this
manner
the
wings
cover
the
fur
so
that
the
upper
part
of
the
body
appears
to
be
naked
below
the
shoulders.
Chilonycteris
rubiginosa rubiginosa
Wagner,
1843
Text-figs.
8f
(interfemoral
membrane),
i6e
(head),
22b
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
28
(skull)
Chilonycteris
rubiginosa
Wagner,
1843,
Archiv
Naturgeschichte,
9
(1):
367.
Type
locality.
—
"Caigara,
Mato
Grosso,
Brazil".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
58;
Husson,
1962:
74.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Leaf-chinned
Bat.
CHIROPTERA
79
6
Distribution.
—
The
species
has
a
wide
range
of
distribution
on
the
mainland
of
South
and
Central
America,
from
the
Mato
Grosso,
Brazil,
north
to
Mexico.
The
nominate
subspecies
inhabits
Brazil
and
the
Guianas.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
So
far
only
one
specimen
of
this
species
is
known
from
Suriname,
it
is
a
female
(no.
16420,
skin
and
skull)
found
in
1958
by
Dr.
D.
C.
Geijskes
in
the
Anton
van
Aerde
Cave
at
the
Tafelberg
Mountain
in
the
south-
western
Brokopondo
District.
The
species
was
found
there
together
with
specimens
of
Anoura
geoffroyi
Gray
(see
p.
123).
Geijskes
(1959:
44,
47-48)
decribed
the
cave
and
the
collecting
of
these
bats.
The
specimen
has
already
been
mentioned
by
Husson
(1962:
22,
74).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
59
to
64
mm;
nose
leaf
absent;
lower
lip
covered
with
prominent,
wart-like
papillae;
ears
abruptly
attenuated
above,
about
20
mm
in
length;
tragus
about one-third
of
ear-length;
length
of
the
first
phalanx
of
the
third
finger
about
one-fifth
the
length
of
the
third
metacarpal;
inter-
femoral
membrane
well
developed,
reaching
about
the
bases
of
the
toes;
calcar
about
as
long
as
the
tibia;
tail
perforating
the
interfemoral
membrane,
and
projecting
for
about
half
its
length
on
the
dorsal
surface;
wing
membrane
from
the
inner
side
of
the
lower
third
of
the
tibia
and
from
the
calcar.
Two
colour
phases
occur:
a
bright
reddish
brown
and
a
more
greyish
phase,
the
ventral
surface
being
always
somewhat
lighter.
Dental
formula:
1§,
C
P
§,
M
§.
The
upper
incisors,
completely
fill
the
space
between
the
canines;
the
middle
incisors,
much
larger
than
the
outer,
are
bifid;
the
first
upper
premolar,
much
smaller
than
the
second,
stands
perfectly
in
the
tooth-
row.
The
lower
incisors
are
about
equal
in
size,
their
cutting
edges
are
trifid;
the
first
and
the
third
lower
premolars
are
of
about
equal
size;
the
first
premolar
is
in
contact
with
the
canine
as
well
as
with
the
third
premolar,
while
the
small
middle
premolar
is
crowded
out
of
the
tooth-row
on
the
lingual
side.
External
and
skull
measurements
of
the
examined
Suriname
female
specimen.
Forearm,
63.3;
length
of
third
metacarpal,
55;
first
phalanx,
n;
second
phalanx,
17.5;
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
52.5;
first
phalanx,
12;
second
phalanx,
15;
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
51.5;
first
phalanx,
12;
second
phalanx,
14;
length
of
ear,
20;
tibia,
25;
hind
foot,
12.5;
calcar,
25
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
22.1;
condylobasal
length,
21.1;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
20.5;
basal
length
19.7;
palatal
length,
10.9;
zygomatic
breadth,
12.6;
breadth
of
braincase,
10.7;
height
of
brain-
case,
8.9;
mastoid
breadth,
11.8;
interorbital
constriction,
4.6;
width
across
molars,
8.3;
width
across
cingula
canines,
6.2;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
9.5;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
10.2;
length
of
mandible,
16.1
mm.
The
examined
Suriname
specimen
of
Chilonycteris
has
the
hairs
of
the
upper
parts
uniformly
bright
reddish
brown
with
a
golden
tinge;
the
hairs
of
the
under
parts
are
darker
brown
without
a
golden
tinge,
while
their
tips
are
somewhat
lighter.
The
length
of
the
forearm
of
this
specimen
being
63.3
mm,
it
belongs
to
Ch.
rubiginosa
rubiginosa.
The
coat
colour
as
well
as
the
dimensions
of
the
Suriname
specimen
agree
80
CHIROPTERA
very
well
with
those
given
by
J.
A.
Allen
(1911:
261-263)
f°
r
specimens
from
El
Callao,
eastern
Venezuela
south
of
the
Orinoco,
which
Allen
considered
to
belong
to
Ch.
rubiginosa.
Remarks.
—
The
taxonomic
status
of
the
present
species
has
been
discussed
by
Husson
(1962:
75,
76).
It
is
possible
that
a
second
species
of
the
genus
Chilonycteris
occurs
in
Suriname,
namely
C.
personata
Wagner.
This
species
resembles
C.
rubiginosa
in
a
very
striking
way,
but
in
all
its
dimensions
it
is
much
smaller.
The
forearm
is
said
to
vary
from
41
to
47
mm
in
C.
personata.
Subfamily
PHYLLOSTOMINAE
The
main
character
by
which
the
Phyllostominae
differ
from
all
other
Phyllosto-
mid
bats
(except
the
Chilonycterinae)
is
that
of
the
structure
of
the
molars,
of
which
the
cusps
and
commissures
are
never
so
reduced
that
the
W-pattern
is
not
evident
(see
Miller,
1907:
118,
122-123).
In
all
species
the
nose
leaf
as
well
as
the
interfemoral
membranes
are
well
developed,
but
there
are
considerable
differences
among
the
various
species
in
the
extent
of
the
tail
and
the
length
of
the
calcar;
the
attachment
of
the
wings
also
may
be
widely
different
in
different
species
(fig.
2oa-e).
In
the
collections
of
Suriname
bats
examined
by
me
twelve
species
of
Phyllosto-
minae
are
represented;
no
other
species
of
this
subfamily
have
been
reported
from
Suriname
in
the
literature
studied.
However,
considering
the
distribution
of
the
Neotropical
Phyllostominae,
it
would
be
not
surprising
if
the
following
species
not
yet
reported
from
Suriname
would
actually
occur
there;
Lonchorhina
aurita
Tomes
(text-figs.
17a,
18b,
20c),
Phyllostomus
latifolius
Thomas,
Phylloderma
stenops
Peters
(pi.
22,
text-figs.
2od,
23d),
Tonatia
bidens
(Spix),
and
Chrotopterus
auritus
guianae
Thomas
(text-figs.
17c,
18a,
20b).
For
this
reason
these
species
are
included
in
the
following
key.
Since
Tonatia
bidens
and
Phyllostomus
latifolius
are
closely
related
to
Tonatia
silvicola
laephotis
and
Phyllostomus
elongatus,
respectively,
some
remarks
on
the
former
species
are
given
under
the
latter.
Key
to
the
Suriname
Phyllostominae
ia.
External
tail
absent
or
rudimentary;
length
of
forearm
more
than
70
mm
2
b.
Tail
present;
in
most
species
the
length
of
the
forearm
is
less
than
70
mm.
.
3
2a.
Two
lower
incisors
(fig.
17c);
tail
rudimentary,
may
be
discerned
with
some
difficulty;
length
of
forearm
varying
from
77
to
83
mm;
wings
from
the
base
of
the
outer
toe;
fur
long
and
soft;
dorsal
surface
dark
brown,
ventral
surface
greyish;
wing
membranes
dark
brown,
the
ends
being
broadly
white
Chrotopterus
auritus
guianae
Thomas
b.
Four
lower
incisors
(fig.
24a);
no
external
tail;
length
of
forearm
about
105
mm
Vampyrum
spectrum,
p.
107
3a.
Tail
enclosed
in
the
interfemoral
membrane,
extending
to
the
posterior
border
4
81
CHIROPTERA
b.
Tail
short,
but
distinct,
enclosed
in
the
interfemoral
membrane,
reaching
the
mid-
dle
of
the
membrane
or
reaching
less
far;
in
some
species
the
membrane
is
perfo-
rated
by
the
tail,
the
extreme
tip
of
the
tail
appearing
free
on
the
dorsal
surface
5
4a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
34
to
39
mm;
the
distal
part
of
the
ventral
surface
of
the
interfemoral
membrane
with
peculiar
dermal
denticles
which
are
arranged
longitudinally
in
more
or
less
parallel
rows;
wing
membrane
from
the
distal
half
of
the
tibia;
calcar
of
about
the
same
length
as
the
tibia
(fig.
20a);
fur
rather
long
and
soft;
dorsal
surface
sooty
brown,
ventral
surface
a
shade
paler
Macrophyllum
macrophyllum,
p.
86
Artibeus
lituratus
fallax
Macrophyllum
macrophyllum
(Wied),
BMNH
no.
3.10.1.94;
b,
Fig.
15.
a,
Peters,
no.
17384;
c,
Vampyrops
helleri
Peters,
no.
17372;
d,
Artibeus
cinereus cinereus
Chiroderma
villosum villosum
Peters,
SMN
no.
450;
f,
Uroderma
bilobatum bilobatum
(Gervais),
SMN
no.
861;
e,
Peters,
no.
13079;
g,
Noctilio
labialis
albiventris
Noctilio
leporinus
leporinus
(L.),
no.
13503;
h,
Desmarest,
no.
17271.
82
CHIROPTERA
b.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
47
to
52
mm;
calcar
about two-thirds
the
length
of
the
tibia;
wing
membrane
sheathing
the
extremity
of
the
tibia
and
arising
from
the
proximal
extremity
of
the
calcar
(fig.
20c);
nose
leaf
long
and
slender
(fig.
18b);
dorsal
surface
dark
brown,
ventral
surface
a
shade
paler
.
.
Lonchorhina
aurita
Tomes
5a.
Two
lower
incisors
6
b.
Four
lower
incisors
10
6a.
Ears
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead
7
b.
Ears
not
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead
8
7a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
53
to
59
mm
Tonatia
silvicola
laephotis,
p.
89
b.
Length
of
forearm
about
45
mm
Tonatia
carrikeri,
p.
88
8a.
Wing
membranes
from
the
ankles;
length
of
forearm
varying
from
51
to
53
mm
Mimon
bennettii,
p.
91
b.
Wing
membranes
from
the
side
of
the
hind
feet
near
the
base
of
the
outer
toe
9
9a.
Nose
leaf
with
margin
of
the
lancet
finely
crenulate
(fig.
2ia),
fringed
with
straight
hairs;
length
of
forearm
varying
from
45
to
51
mm
Anthorhina
crenulata,
P-
95
b.
Nose
leaf
with
margin
of
the
lancet
entire;
length
of
forearm
varying
from
about
55
to
59
mm
(see
page
91)
Tonatia
bidens
(Spix)
ioa.
Length
of
forearm
less
than
50
mm
n
b.
Length
of
forearm
more
than
50
mm
12
na.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
31.8
to
36.2
mm;
ears
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead
(fig.
16a);
first
phalanx
and
second
phalanx
of
the
third
digit
of
about
equal
length
Micronycteris
megalotis
megalotis,
p.
83
b.
Length
of
forearm
about
40
mm;
ears
not
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead;
first
phalanx
of
third
digit
much
shorter
than
the
second
phalanx,
being
about
14
and
18
mm,
respectively.
.
.
Micronycteris
brachyotis,
p-
85
12a.
Nose
leaf
with
the
margin
of
the
lancet
finely
toothed
(fig.
2if)
Trachops
cirrhosus
cirrhosus,
p.
105
b. Nose
leaf
with
the
margin
of
the
lancet
entire
13
13a.
Calcar
distinctly
shorter
than
the
hind
foot
14
b.
Calcar
about
as
long
as
or
longer
than
the
hind
foot
15
14a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
67
to
70
mm;
wing
membrane
from
the
side
of
the
hind
foot
(fig.
2od)
Phylloderma
stenops
Peters
b.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
about
55
to
65
mm;
wing
membranes
from
the
ankles
(fig.
2oe)
Phyllostomus
discolor
discolor,
P-
97
15a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
79
to
88
mm;
nose
leaf
shorter
than
the
hind
foot
Phyllostomus
hastatus
hastatus,
p.
102
b.
Length
of
forearm
less
than
75
mm
16
83
CHIROPTERA
16a.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
62
to
68
mm;
length
of
tibia
from
24
to
30
mm
Phyllostomus
elongatus,
p.
99
b.
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
58
to
60
mm;
length
of
tibia
from
21
to
23
mm
(see
pages
100
and
101)
Phyllostomus
latifolius
Thomas
Micronycteris
megalotis
megalotis
(Gray,
1942)
Text-figs.
16a
(head),
19a
(interfemoral
membrane),
22c
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
20
(skull)
Phyllophora
megalotis
Gray,
1842,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(1)
10:
257
Type
locality.
—
"Brazils".
Restricted
by
Cabrera
(1958:60)
to
Pereque,
Sao
Paulo,
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
59;
Husson,
1962:
80
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Little
Big-eared
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
range
of
the
species
extends
from
southern
Brazil
and
Peru
to
southern
Mexico.
The
nominate
subspecies
occurs
from
southern
Brazil
and
Peru
north
to
the
Guianas,
Colombia,
Venezuela
and
the
islands
of
Trinidad
and
Tobago.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
first
record
of
the
species
from
Suriname
was
by
Kappler
(1881:
163).
The
first
accurate
localities
within
Suriname
were
provided
by
Husson
(1962:
81),
who
reported
on
the
following
material:
1.
Plantation
"Kwatta"
near
2e
Rijweg,
west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
2
males
(nos.
17295,
17367,
skins
and
skulls).
2.
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
2
males
(no.
15904,
ZMA
no.
1629,
skins
and
skulls).
3.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
8 males
(no.
15904,
ZMB
nos.
3222a,
d,
e,
3353b,
4265a-c,
skins
and
skulls),
6
females
(SMN
no.
1408,
ZMB
nos.
3222b,
c,
3353a,
4263d,
e,
skins
and
skulls).
No
new
material
has
been
examined
by
me.
Description.
—
Length
of
the
forearm
varying
from
31.8
to
36.2
mm;
third
meta-
carpal
shortest,
fifth
longest;
first
phalanx
of
third
digit
about
as
long
as
second
phalanx;
nose
leaf
small,
but
distinct,
lancet
up
to
7.8
mm
long
and
5.2
mm
broad;
ears
large
and
rounded,
up
to
18
mm
long
and
15.5
mm
broad,
connected
by
a
band
across
the
forehead,
this
band
shallowly
notched
in
the
centre,
tragus
small;
inter-
femoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
its
posterior
margin
extending
to
the
level
of
the
ankles;
calcar
longer
than
hind
foot
with
claws,
but
shorter
than
tibia;
tail
reaching
almost
the
middle
of
the
membrane,
its
extreme
tip
appearing
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
membrane;
wing
membrane
from
the
ankles;
fur
dense
and
soft,
extending
on
the
upper
arm,
but
hardly
on
the
almost
wholly
naked
mem-
branes
;
dorsal
surface
of
body
dark
brown,
bases
of
hairs
usually
pure
white;
ventral
surface
of
about
the
same
brown
colour
as
dorsal
surface,
but
hairs
uniformly
coloured;
membranes
dark
to
blackish
brown.
Dental
formula:
If,
C
P
|,
M
§.
Upper
incisors
completely
filling
the
space
between
the
canines,
the
inner
about
half
as
high
as
the
canines,
the
outer
minute,
scarcely
exceeding
the
cingulum
of
the
inner;
inner
lower
incisors
at
base
distinctly
separated,
but
in
contact
with
each
other
in
the
middle,
the
tips
slightly
diverging;
cutting
edge
of
the
inner
incisor
notched
near
the
outer
side,
forming
two
unequal
lobes;
first
and
second
upper
premolars
subequal
in
size
and
height,
about
half
as
84
CHIROPTERA
high
as
canine.
Lower
incisors
forming
a
continuous
semicircular
row
between
the
canines,
their
cutting
edges
faintly
bifid;
first
lower
premolar
distinctly
larger
and
higher
than
second
and
third
premolars,
the
latter
two
are
subequal
in
height;
the
base
of
the
middle
premolar
is
slightly
shorter
than
that of
the
last
premolar,
which
is
often
a
trifle
higher
than
the
second;
the
three
lower
premolars
stand
perfectly
in
the
tooth-row,
touching
each
other,
the
anterior
premolar
touches
the
canine,
and
the
posterior
premolar
is
in
contact
with
the
first
molar.
The
external
and
skull
measurements
of
nine
of
the
examined
specimens
are
given
in
Table
10.
Remarks.
—
The
specimens
from
Kwatta
were
found
in
a
barn.
Fig.
16.
a,
Micronycteris
megalotis
megalotis
(Gray),
no.
17367;
b,
Phyllostomus
elongatus
(J.
A.
Allen),
ZMB
no.
4334;
d,
(E.
Geoffroy),
ZMB
no.
3217;
c,
Tonatia
carrikeri
Phyllostomus
discolor discolor
(Wagner),
ZMB
no.
A1838;
e,
Chilonycteris
rubiginosa rubiginosa
Wagner,
no.
16420;
f,
Tonatia
silvicola
laephotis
Thomas,
no.
15786;
g,
Phyllostomus
hastatus hastatus
(Pallas),
SMN
no.
240;
h,
(L.),
no.
15909.
Vampyrum
spectrum
85
CHIROPTERA
Micronycteris
brachyotis
(Dobson,
1879)
Schizostoma
brachyote
Dobson,
1879,
Proc.
Zool.
Soc.
London,
1878:
880,
Type
locality.
—
"Cayenne",
Guyane.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
62.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Yellow-throated
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
Guianas.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Husson
(1962:
83)
suggested
the
possible
occurrence
of
this
species
in
Suriname,
but
at
that
time
no
Suriname
specimens
of
it
were
known.
Since
then,
however,
I
have
received
from
Dr.
F.
Lukoschus,
6
males
collected
at
Gros,
on
the
railroad
from
Paramaribo
into
the
interior,
about
100
km
S.
of
Para-
maribo,
Brokopondo
District
(nos.
24988-24992,
skins
and
skulls).
Description.—This
species
is
very
close
to
Micronycteris
megalotis,
but
may
immediatly
be
distinguished
by
the
following
characters:
(i)
in
the
present
specimens
the
length
of
the
forearm
is
40.2
to
42.9
mm
(40.5
mm
in
the
type),
while
in
M.
TABLE
10
External
and
skull
measurements
of
nine
specimens
of
Micronycteris
megalotis
megalotis
(Gray)
from
Suriname.
Museum
RMNH
ZMA ZMB
ZMB
ZMB ZMB ZMB ZMB
ZMB
Reg.
number
17295
1629
4265b 3222a 4265a 4265c 3222b 3222c
4265e
Sex
6666669
9 9
Forearm
35.7
34.5
31.1
31.4
33.0 34.4
34.9
33.0 35.0
Th'ird
digit,
metacarpal
30
29
26
26.3 27.5
28.5
29
27
29.5
1st
phalanx
13 14
11.5
11.5
11.5
12.5
13
11.5
13.5
2nd
phalanx
13
14
11
11.5 11.5
14
13 12
14.5
3rd
phalanx
9
9.5
9
8
10
9.5
8.5
9
9.5
Fourth
digit,
metacarpal
30
29.5
26.5
26.5
28
29.5
29.5
27.5
30
1st
phalanx
10.5
10
9 9
9
9.5
10
9.5
10.5
2nd
phalanx
9 9
9
8.5
8
10
9
9.5
10
Fifth
digit,
metacarpal
31 31
27.5
26.8
29
30
30.3
28
30.5
1st
phalanx
10.5
11
9
9.5 9.5
10
10.5
9.5
11
2nd
phalanx
9
9
9.5
9
10
10.5
9.5
9
9.5
Tibia
15.5
15 15 15
15.5
15 15 15 15
Hind
foot
9.5
9
9 9
9.5
10
9
9.5
9
Calcar
10.8 10.5
9.5
9
10
10.5
10
9
10
Skull:
greatest
length
18.5 18.6 17.1
17.1
17.7
17.3 17.5 17.5 17.3
condylobasal
length
16.6
16.3 15.2
15.0
15.5
"
15.3
15.5
-
condyle
to
front
of
canine
16.2
16.2
J5.0
14.6
15.2
-
15.1
15.2
-
basal
length
14.5 14.0
12.8
13.0 13.2
-
13.3 13.3
-
palatal
length
8.5
8.5 7.3 7.3 7.4
"
7.9
7.9
-
zygomatic
breadth
"
9.2 8.2 8.5 8.7
-
9.0
-
8.7
breadth
of
braincase
7.7
7.6
7.0
7.3
7.2 7.2 7.4
7.3
-
height
of
braincase
7.3
7.4
6.8
7.1
7.0
-
7.1
7.0
-
mastoid
breadth
8.5
"
7.8
8.1 8.1 8.1
8.5 8.0
-
postorbital
constriction
4.1
4.2 3.7 3.8 3.9
4.1
4.0 3.9
4.0
width
across
molars
6.3
6.0 5.6
5.6
5.9
6.1
5.8 5.7 5.8
width
across
cingula
canines
3.3 3.2 2.9 2.9 2.9 3.0 2.9 2.9
3.0
3
upper
tooth-row,
c
-
m
7.1
7.2
6.6
6.4 6.6
6.6
6.6 6.5
6.5
lower
tooth-row,
c
-
m^
7.6 7.7
7.1
6.9
7.1 7.1
7.3 7.0
7.r
length
of
mandible
12.1 11.9 11.0
10.7
11.2 11.5 11.3 11.3
11.3
86
CHIROPTERA
megalotis
it
is
at
most
36.5
mm,
(2)
no
transverse
band
connects
the
ears
across
the
forehead,
(3)
the
fourth
metacarpal
is
shortest,
the
third
and
fifth
are
about
equal
in
length,
while
the
second
phalanx
of
the
third
digit
(about
17.8
mm
in
the
type)
is
considerably
longer
than
the
first,
which
is
about
14
mm
in
the
type.
Remarks.
—
The
Gros
specimens
were
collected
in
an
old
goldmine
in
the
savanna
area.
Macrophyllum
macrophyllum
(Schinz,
1821)
Text-figs.
15a
(head),
17b
(canines
and
incisors),
20a
(interfemoral
membrane)
Phyllostoma
macrophyllum
Schinz,
1821,
in
Cuvier,
Thierreich,
(ed.
1):
163.
Type
locality.
—
"In
den
Waldern
von
Brasilien".
The
actual
type locality
is
"am
Flusse
Mucuri”,
Minas
Geraes,
Brazil,
where
the
holotype
was
collected
by
Prince
Maximilian
von
Wied-Neuwied
(Wied,
1826:
192).
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
63.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Long-legged
Bat
Distribution.
—
Northern
South
America
from
Minas
Geraes
(E.
Brazil)
and
Colombia
north
to
Panama.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Although
Husson
(1962:
78)
mentioned
the
likelihood
that
the
present
species
would
be
found
in
Suriname,
at
that
time
no
specimens
were
known
from
that
country.
Only
after
the
publication
of
my
1962
paper
I
received
Suriname
material
of
Macrophyllum
macrophyllum,
and
therefore
the
species
was
entered
in
my
checklist
(1973
:
6).
The
following
Suriname
specimens
were
collected
by
Dr.
G.
F.
Mees
in
1965
and
1966
(lots
2-4)
and
Dr.
F.
Lukoschus
in
1971
(lot
1),
and
have
been
examined
by
me:
I.
Santo
Boma
locks,
about
12
km
south-west
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
3 males
(nos.
24901,
24904, 24905,
skins
and
skulls),
7
females
(nos.
24899,
24900,
24903,
24906-24908,
skins
and
skulls).
2.
Highway
between
Paramaribo
and
Afobaka
about
6
km
south
of
Kralca,
and
66
km
south
of
Paramaribo,
Brokopondo
District,
4
specimens
(nos.
25186-25189,
skins
and
skulls).
3.
Plantation
"Berg
en
Dal",
west
bank
of
Suriname
River,
about
75
km
south
of
Para-
maribo,
1
male,
3 females
(no.
19651,
skins
and
skulls).
4.
Brownsweg,
north-west
corner
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
1
male,
13
females
(no.
19652,
skins
and
skulls).
Description.
—
The
species
can
be
distinguished
by
the
characters
given
in
the
key
(pp.
80-83).
In
the
present
material
the
length
of
the
forearm
varies
from
34.4
to
36.5
mm
in
the
males,
and
from
36.0
to
38.3
mm
in
the
females.
Remarks.
—
Cabrera
(1958:
63)
cited
the
author's
name
of
the
present
species
as
"(Wied)",
and
referred
to
"Wied,
en
Schinz,
Thierr.,
x,
1821:
163".
As
nowhere
in
Schinz's
(1821)
German
revision
of
Cuvier's
Regne
Animal
there
is
an
indication
that
Prince
Maximilian
von
Wied-Neuwied
"is
alone
responsible
both
for
the
name
and
the
conditions
that
make
it
available"
(International
Code of
Zoological
Nomencla-
ture,
Art.
50),
Schinz
has
to
be
cited
as
the
author
of
the
name
P.
macrophyllum
and
87
CHIROPTERA
of
several
other
names
assigned
to
Wied.
The
indication
"P.Max."
after
the
name
"Phyllost.
macrophyllum"
by
Schinz
is
not
sufficient
to
make
Wied
the
author
of
that
name:
Prince
Maximilian
may
have been
responsible
for
the
name
(and
he
most
likely
was),
but
there
is
no
indication
whatever
that
he
also
was
responsible
for
the
description.
The
specimens
from
lots
2,
3
and
4
all
were
found
in
culverts
under
highways.
Fig.
17.
Canines
and
incisors
in
front
view.
a,
Lonchorhina
aurita
Macro-
phyllum
macrophyllum
Tomes,
no
16844;
b,
Thomas,
no.
5001.
Width
across
cingula
canines,
in
mm:
a,
4.5;
b,
3.5;
c,
7.7.
(Wied),
BMNH
no.
11.4.28.7;
c,
Chrotopterus
auritus
guianae
88
CHIROPTERA
Tonatia
carrikeri
(J.
A.
Allen,
1910)
Text-figs.
16c
(head),
19b
(interfemoral
membrane),
pi.
18
(skull)
Chrotopterus
carrikeri
J.
A.
Allen,
1910,
Bull.
American
Mus.
Nat.
Hist.,
28:
147-148
Type
locality.
—
"Rio
Mocho,
Venezuela".
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
64;
Husson,
1962:
89
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Allen's
Round-eared
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
species
is
only
known
from
Venezuela
and
Suriname.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Husson
(1962)
reported
the
species
for
the
first
time
from
Suriname.
His
record
was
based
011
a
male
from
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication
(ZMB
no.
4234,
skin
and
skull).
No
other
Suriname
specimens
are
known
to
me,
Description.
—
The
following
description
is
based
on
the
examined
Suriname
specimen.
Length
of
forearm,
44.6
mm;
ears
longer
than
the
head,
united
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead
with
a
shallow
notch
in
the
centre;
tragus
attenuated,
bidentate,
the
projection
of
the
inner
margin
below
the
middle,
that of
the
outer
margin
more
near
the
base;
nose
leaf
well
developed,
about
9
mm
high
and
6
mm
broad;
margin
of
the
upper
lip
entire,
warts
of
the
lower
lip
vague;
calcar
well
developed,
somewhat
larger
than
the
hind
foot,
about
equal
in
length
to
the
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
the
tail,
from
anus
about
10.5
mm
long,
is
enclosed
in
the
basal
part
of
the
membrane,
ending
at
about
one-fourth
of
the
length
of
the
membrane;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
reaching
to
about
the
level
of
the
metatarsus;
wing
membrane
starting
from
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
hind
foot
near
the
base
of
the
outer
toe.
The
Suriname
specimen,
which
has
been
preserved
for
about
a
hundred
years,
is
too
bleached
by
the
action
of
the
preservative
to
give
a
correct
idea
of
the
original
coat
colour;
so
the
head
and
wings
are
practically
white.
Goodwin
(1942:
207)
des-
cribed
the
colour
as
follows:
"General
color
of
upperparts
Mummy
brown,
the
hairs
finely
tipped
with
pale
buff,
extreme
base
of
fur
white;
underparts
pure
white
to
Lonchorhina
aurita
Fig.
18.
a,
Chrotopterus
auritus
guianae
Thomas,
ZMA
no.
1622;
b,
Tomes,
no.
16844.
89
CHIROPTERA
roots
of
hair
except
on
chin
and
sides
of
abdomen".
In
the
original description
J.
A.
Allen
(19x0:
147)
noted:
"...
nose,
chin
and
a
broad
band
passing
below
the
base
of
the
ears
blackish
brown;
throat,
breast,
and
middle
of
abdomen
pure
white;
sides
and
anal
region
greyish
brown,
restricting
the
white
to
the
median
ventral
area;
membranes
very dark
brown
or
black".
The
fur
consists
of
very
soft
hairs,
extending
above
and
below
over
the
proximal
two-thirds
of
the
humerus.
Dental
formula:
I
f,
C
i,
P
§.
M
§,
The
skull
and
teeth
show
all
essential
characters
given
by
Miller
(1907a:
128-129)
f°
r
the
genus
Tonatia.
However,
the
palate
ends
on
a
line
connecting
the
posterior
borders
of
the
second
molars,
and
the
small
middle
lower
premolar,
crowded
between
the
first
and
third
premolars,
stands
perfectly
in
the
tooth-row,
being
much
wider
than
long.
The
sagittal
crest
is
sharply
defined
from
the
middle
of
the
relatively
narrow
postorbital
constriction
to
the
basioccipital,
this
constriction
is
narrower
than
the
width
across
the
cingula
of
the
canines.
External
and
skull
measurements
of
the
Suriname
specimen.
Forearm,
44.6;
length
of
third
metacarpal,
37.5;
first
phalanx,
15;
second
phalanx,
19;
third
phalanx,
10;
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
38.5;
first
phalanx,
15;
second
phalanx,
15;
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
40.5;
first
phalanx,
15.5;
second
phalanx,
17;
ear,
from
meatus,
21.5;
ear,
breadth,
14.5;
tragus,
7;
tibia,
22;
hind
foot,
13;
depth
of
interfemoral
membrane,
35;
tail
from
anus,
io.5;calcar,
15
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
23.2;
condylobasal
length,
19.6;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
19.6;
basal
length,
17.5;
palatal
length
9.4;
zygomatic
breadth,
11.6;
breadth
of
braincase,
9.3;
height
of
braincase,
9.3;
mastoid
breadth,
11.5;
postorbital
constriction,
3.5;
width
across
molars,
7.6;
width
across
cingula
canines,
4.7;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
8.2;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
9.0;
length
of
mandible,
14.4
mm.
Remarks.
—
Since
I
have
not
examined
any
Venezuelan
material
of
Tonatia
carrikeri
it
is
with
some
reserve
that
the
present
Suriname
specimen
is
assigned
to
that
species.
In
its
dimensions
it
is
smaller
than
the
adult
male
described
by
Goodwin
(1942:
208)
but
it
agrees
rather
well
with
the
adult
female
dealt
with
by
that
author.
Unfortunately
neither
Allen
nor
Goodwin
gave
a
description
of
the
shape
of
the
tragus,
which
in
the
Suriname
specimen
is
quite
different
from
that
of
Tonatia
silvicola
laephotis
(see
fig.
16c,
f).
Tonatia
silvicola
laephotis
Thomas,
1910
Text-figs.
i6f
(head),
22a
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
18
(skull)
Tonatia
laephotis
Thomas,
1910,
Annals
Magazine
Nat.
Hist.,
(8)
6:
184-185.
Type
locality.
—
"River
Supinaam,
a
tributary
of
the
Lower
Essequibo",
Demera-
ra,
Guyana.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
64;
Husson,
1962:
84.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Round-eared
Bat.
Distribution.
—
The
species
Tonatia
silvicola
(d'Orbigny,
1936)
inhabits
northern
South
America
from
central
Brazil
(Mato
Grosso),
Bolivia
and
Peru
north,
and
CHIROPTERA
90
southern
Central
America
north to
British
Honduras.
The
subspecies
T.
s.
laephotis
has
been
reported
from
the
lower
Amazon
basin,
Brazil
and
the
Guianas.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
species
was
reported
for
the
first
time
from
Suriname
by
Husson
(1962),
who
dealt
with
the
material
listed
below
under
2
and
3.
I
have
examined
the
following
specimens:
i.
Brownsberg
near
the
west
bank
of
Brokopondo
Lake,
Brokopondo
District,
i
female
(no.
24987,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Between
Moengotapoe
and
the
Wiawia
Bank,
coastal
region
of
north-eastern
Suriname,
Marowijne
District,
1
male
(no.
15786,
skin
and
skull),
2
females
(nos.
15785, 15787,
skins
and
skulls).
3.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
female
(ZMB
no.
4214,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
53
to
59
mm
(mean
of
5
specimens:
56
mm);
ears
large
and
broad,
rounded
above,
longer
than
the
head,
about
28
mm
long
and
18
mm
broad;
behind
each
ear
there
is
a
small
connecting
band,
the
two
bands
touching
each
other
nearly
in
the
middle
of
the
forehead
between
the
ears;
tragus
well
developed,
attenuated
in
its
upper
third,
the
basal
part
of
its
outer
margin
has
three
small
tooth-like
projections;
nose
leaf
well
developed,
fused
with
upper
lip,
distance
between
tip
of
nose
leaf
and
margin
of
upper
lip
about
12
mm;
interfemoral
membrane
well
developed,
when
stretched
it
extends
to
the
level
of
the
ankles;
calcar
somewhat
longer
than
the
hind
foot,
but
somewhat
shorter
than
the
total
free
margin
of
the
interfemoral
membrane;
tail
extending
to
about one-third
the
length
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
the
extreme
tip
appearing
on
its
dorsal
surface;
the
wing
is
attached
on
the
dorsal
surface
of
the
hind
foot
near
the
base
of
the
fourth
digit;
fur
soft,
extending
on
the
basal
half
of
the
humerus,
above
and
beneath;
hairs
of
the
dorsal
surface
dark
mummy
brown,
the
tips
being
pale
buff;
the
hairs
of
the
neck
and
behind
the
ears
for
the
greater
part
white
with
dark
tips;
on
the
ventral
surface
the
fur
of
the
chin
is
distinctly
whitish,
this
colour
gradually
passes
in
the
more
silvery
greyish
or
greyish
tinges
of
the
abdomen;
the
sides
of
the
body
are
more
greyish
brown,
but
paler
than
the
dorsal
surface;
wings
blackish
brown,
the
lower
part
of
the
wing
between
the
second
and
fifth
fingers
lighter,
contrasting
sharply,
at
least
in
the
examined
specimens,
with
the
yellowish
white
colour
of
the
metacarpals
and
phalanges.
Dental
formula:
1f,
C
\,
P
M
§.
Inner
upper
incisor
much
larger
than
the
forward
crowded
outer
incisor,
the
latter
completely
filling
the
space
between
the
canine
and
inner
incisor;
anterior
upper
premolar
much
broader
than
long;
postorbital
constriction
narrower
than
the
width
across
cingula
of
canines;
sagittal
crest
well
developed
in
both
sexes,
running
from
the
middle
of
the
postorbital
constriction
to
the
basioccipital,
not
divided
anteiiorly.
Lower
incisors
much
higher
than
wide;
lower
canines
posteriorly
nearly
in
contact
with
each
other;
small
middle
lower
premolar
much
wider
than
long,
crowded
outward,
but
in
such
a
way
that
it
still
touches
both
the
first
and
third
premolars,
so
that
these
are
separated.
CHIROPTERA
91
External
and
skull
measurements
of
the
examined
male
(RMNH
no.
15786)
and
the
two
females
(ZMB
no.
3214,
and
RMNH
no.
15785,
respectively).
Forearm,
57.2,
55.2,
57.0;
length
of
third
metacarpal,
46.5,
43,
46;
first
phalanx,
20,
19,
21;
second
phalanx,
21,
20.5,
21;
third
phalanx
21,
19,
20;
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
45.5, 43,
45;
first
phalanx,
19,
17.5,
18.5;
second
phalanx,
19,
18.5,
18;
length
of
fifth
meta-
carpal,
49,
47.5,
50;
first
phalanx,
18,
17.5,
18;
second
phalanx,
19,
18.5,
16.5;
tibia,
30,
29,
30;
calcar,
18,
17,
16
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
27.7,
26.6,
28.0;
condylo-
basal
length,
24.0, 23.1,
24.0;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
24.1, 23.0,
23.7;
basal
length,
20.4,
19.8,
20.3;
palatal
length,
11.9, 11.5,
12.1;
zygomatic
breadth,
14.1, 12.9,
13.7;
breadth
of
braincase,
11.2, 10.3,
10.5;
height
of
braincase,
10.6,
10.1,
10.6;
mastoid
breadth,
14.6,
13.3,
13.8;
postorbital
constriction,
4.1, 3.9,
4.0;
width
across
molars,
9.4,
8.4,
9.0;
width
across
cingula
of
canines,
6.5,
5.5,
5.8;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
10.2,
9.6,
10.0;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
11.6,
10.5,
11.0;
length
of
mandible,
18.2,
17.5,
18.1
mm.
Remarks.
—
Husson
(1962:
88)
dealt
with
the
nomenclature
and
taxonomy
of
the
present
subspecies.
It
is
possible
that
also
the
related
species
Tonatia
bidens
(Spix,
1823)
occurs
in
Suriname,
since
Goodwin
(1942:
205)
reported
upon
a
specimen
from
Kartabo,
Guyana.
Tonatia
bidens
is
of
about
the
same
size
as
T.
silvicola
laephotis,
the
length
of
the
forearm
varying
from
55
to
59
mm,
but
it
can
be
distinguished
from
the
last
mentioned
species
by
(1)
the
shorter
ears,
which
are
as
long
as
the
head,
and
are
not
connected
by
a
low
band
across
the
forehead,
and
(2)
that
the
postorbital
region
is
not
constricted,
its
width
being
the
same
as
that
across
the
upper
canines.
Mimon
bennettii
(Gray,
1838)
Text-figs.
19c
(interfemoral
membrane),
21b
(head),
23a
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
19
(skull)
Phyllostoma
Bennettii
Gray,
1838,
Magazine
Zool.
Bot.,
2:
488.
Type
locality.
—
"S.
America".
Restricted
by
Hershkovitz
(1951:
555)
to
Ypa-
nema,
Sao
Paulo,
Brazil.
Synonymies.
—
Cabrera,
1958:
65;
Husson,
1962:
91
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Little
Spear-nosed
Bat.
Distribution.
—
South-eastern
Brazil
and
Suriname.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
Peters
(1867:
469)
was
the
first
author
to
report
the
present
species
from
Suriname.
Also
Jentink
(1887:
291)
reported
upon
Suriname
material,
which,
however,
was
incorrectly
assigned
by
him
to
Lophostoma
bidens.
Husson
(1962)
examined
both
Peters's
material
and
that
of
Jentink,
which
so
far
are
the
only
Suriname
specimens
known
of
the
species:
Suriname
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
2
adult
females
(ZMB
no.
3350a,
b),
1
skull
(no.
17369).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
51
to
53
mm;
nose
leaf
large
and
broad,
length
up
to
17
mm,
breadth
up
to
8.5
mm;
ears
large,
broad,
and
pointed,
length
up
to
27
mm,
breadth
up
to
18.5
mm;
tragus
well
developed,
about
12
mm
92
CHIROPTERA
(L.).
Vampyrum
spectrum
(Spix);
h,
Trachops
cirrhosus cirrhosus
(Pallas);
g,
Phyllostomus
hastatus hastatus
(E.
Geoffroy);
f,
Phyllostomus
elongatus
(E.
Geoffroy);
e,
Anthorhina
crenulata
(Gray);
d,
Mimon
bennettii
(J.
A.
Allen);
c,
Tonatia
carrikeri
(Gray);
b,
Micronycteris
megalotis
megalotis
Fig.
19.
Diagrams
of
interfemoral
membranes,
ventral
view,
showing
the
various
forms
to
be
observed
in
Suriname
Phyllostominae.
a,
CHIROPTERA
93
in
length;
interfemoral
membrane
large,
when
expanded
extending
to
the
bases
of
the
toes;
calcar
long,
about
four-fifth
the
length
of
the
tibia,
and
shorter
than
the
free
margin
of
the
membrane;
tail
included
in
the
interfemoral
membrane,
ending
about
in
its
middle;
wing
membrane
from
the
ankles;
fur
long
and
dense,
above
and
beneath;
upper
parts
fulvous-brown,
under
parts
paler.
Dental
formula:
If,
Pf,
M|.
Upper
incisors
completely
filling
the
space
between
the
canines,
the
outer
about
half
as
high
as
the
inner,
touching
the
inner
as
well
as
the
canines;
inner
incisors
in
contact
in
the
middle,
their
tips
diverging;
first
upper
premolar
about
half
the
size
of
the
second,
standing
perfectly
in
the
tooth-row,
in
contact
with
the
canine
as
well
as
with
the
second
premolar.
Lower
incisors
higher
than
wide,
as
high
as
the
cingulum
of
the
canines;
first
lower
premolar
somewhat
broader
but
slightly
shorter
than
the
second
lower
premolar.
The
auditory
bullae
are
small
in
comparison
to
those
of
the
closely
related
forms
of
the
genus
Anthorhina.
External
and
skull
measurements
of
the
two
examined
females
from
Suriname,
ZMB
no.
3350
a
and
b,
respectively:
length
of
forearm,
52.2,
51.4;
length
of
third
metacarpal,
45.5,
45;
first
phalanx,
17.5,17.5;
second
phalanx,
24,
24;
third
phalanx,
r4,
15;
length
of
fourth
metacarpal,
45,
44.5;
first
phalanx,
r5,
15;
second
phalanx,
16.5,
14;
length
of
fifth
metacarpal,
48.5,
48;
first
phalanx,
15,
14.5;
second
phalanx,
I
5.
13.5;
ears,
length,
27,
27;
ears,
breadth,
18.5,
18;
length
of
tragus,
12,
n;
nose
leaf,
length,
17,17;
nose
leaf,
breadth,
8.5,
8;
tibia,
22.5,
22;
hind
foot,
14,
15;
calcar,
18,
17;
depth
of
interfemoral
membrane,
40,
38;
length
of
tail,
20,
20
mm.
—
Skull:
greatest
length,
25.1,
25.0;
condylobasal
length,
21.8,
22.3;
condyle
to
front
of
canine,
21.6,
21.5;
basal
length,
19.6,
19.8;
palatal
length,
12.2,
12.1;
zygomatic
breadth,
13.7,
13.7;
breadth
of
braincase,
9.8,
9.8;
height
of
braincase,
without
crest,
9.5,
10.0;
mastoid
breadth,
11.6,
11.5;
postorbital
constriction,
4.5,
4.7;
width
across
molars,
9.2,
9.4;
width
across
cingula
canines,
5.7,
5.5;
upper
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
9.2,
9.2;
lower
tooth-row,
c-m
3
,
10.3,
10.3;
length
of
mandible,
16.6,
16.6
mm.
Remarks.
—
In
the
dried
type
specimen
of
Mimon
bennettii
the
calcar
is
apparently
as
long
as
or
slightly
longer
than
the
tibia
(Peters,
1866a:
677-678;
Dobson,
1878:
492).
In
the
alcohol
specimens
from
Suriname,
howevei,
the
calcar
is
decidedly
shorter
than
the
tibia.
Unfortunately
neither
Vieira
(1942:
298)
nor
Dalquest
(1957:
46)
gave
the
length
of
the
calcar,
so
that
it
is
not
known
at
present
whether
the
length
of
the
calcar
is
really
subject
to
such
a
great
variation,
or
that
the
method
of
preservation
is
the
cause
of
the
different
measurements
found.
The
skull
of
the
Suriname
specimen
mentioned
by
Jentink
(1887:
291)
under
the
name
Lophostoma
bidens
Spix
proves
to
belong
to
the
present
species:
it
consists
of
the
rostrum
and
the
damaged
mandible
only.
It
is
unknown
to
me
when
and
in
which
way
the
Leiden
Museum
acquired
this
skull
of
which
the
skin
apparently
never
formed
part
of
the
collections.
The
few
measurements
which
could
be
taken
are:
width
across
molars,
9.1;
width
across
cingula
canines,
5.5;
upper
tooth-row,
9.2;
lower
tooth-row,
10.2.
94
CHIROPTERA
Peters.
(E.
Geoffroy);
g,
(L.);
h,
Rhinophylla
pumilio
Carollia
perspicillata
perspicillata
Peters;
e,
Phylloderma
stenops
(Wagner);
f,
Phyllostomus
discolor discolor
Anoura
caudifer
caudifer
(Wied);
b,
Tomes;
d,
Thomas;
c,
Lonchorhina
aurita
Chrotopterus
auritus
guianae
Macrophyllum
macrophyllum
Fig.
20.
Diagrams
of
interfemoral
membranes,
ventral
view,
showing
the
various
forms
to
be
observed
in
Phyllostominae
(a-e),
Glossophaginae
(f),
and
Carolliinae
(g,
h).
a,
95
CHIROPTERA
7
The
Berlin
Museum
specimens
of
Mimon
bennettii
are
too
discoloured
to
permit
any
statement
about
the
original
colour.
Dobson
(1876:
492)
noted:
"Fur
above
cinnamon-brown,
paler
beneath;
on
both
surfaces
long
and
dense,
covering
the
humerus,
but
scarcely
extending
to
the
membranes".
Anthorhina
crenulata
(E.
Geoffroy,
1810)
Text-figs.
19c!
(interfemoral
membrane),
21a
(head),
23b
(canines
and
incisors),
pi.
19
(skull)
Phyllostoma
crenulatum
E.
Geoffroy,
1810,
Ann.
Mus.
Hist.
Nat.
Paris,
15:
183-184,
pi.
10.
Type
locality.
—-
"Patrie.
Inconnue;
en
Amerique
vraisemblablement".
Restricted
to
Bahia,
Brazil,
by
Cabrera
(1958:
66).
Synonymies.
—■
Cabrera,
1958:
66;
Husson,
1962:
94.
Vernacular
names.
—
(E)
Hairy
Spear-nosed
Bat.
Distribution.
—-
Bahia,
Brazil,
through
the
lower
Amazon
region
and
the
Guianas
to
Trinidad
and
eastern
Venezuela.
Occurrence
in
Suriname.
—
The
first
record
of
the
species
from
Suriname
was
by
Dobson
(1878:
490),
his
material
being
only
labelled
"Surinam".
Kappler
(1881)
listed
“Thylorhinna
fumilis”
from
Suriname,
probably
meaning
the
present
species.
Husson
(1962)
dealt
with
material
from
"Suriname"
and
from
Kayserberg
airstrip.
I
have
examined
the
following
material,
which
includes
my
1962
specimens:
1.
Kayserberg
airstrip
near
Zuid
River,
about
3°6'N
56°3o'W,
Nickerie
District,
1
male
(CNHM
no.
93208,
skin
and
skull).
2.
Weg
naar
Zee,
near
the
sea
coast
north
of
Paramaribo,
Suriname
District,
i
male
(no.
24707,
skin
and
skull).
3.
Suriname,
without
more
precise
locality
indication,
1
male
(no.
12089,
skin
and
skull),
1
female
(no.
24692,
skin
and
skull).
Description.
—
Length
of
forearm
varying
from
(45)
48
to
51
mm;
nose
leaf
about
17
mm
long
and
8
mm
broad,
the
free
margins
of
the
erect
portion
more
or
less
crenulate,
fringed
with
fine
straight
hairs;
ears
large,
rounded
above,
about
22
mm
long
and
17
mm
broad;
tragus
narrow,
acutely
pointed,
outer
margin
with
prominent
projections
below;
interfemoral
membrane
large,
when
expanded
reaching
somewhat
beyond
the
feet;
calcar
long,
varying
greatly
in
size
(in
specimen
no.
12089
it
is
about
three-fourths
the
length
of
the
tibia,
in
one
of
the
other
specimens
it
is
as
long
as
the
tibia);
tail
extending
to
about
the
middle
of
the
interfemoral
membrane,
the
tip
perforating
the
membrane's
dorsal
surface;
wing
membrane
from
the
side
of
the
hind
foot
about
half-way
between
the
ankle
and
the
base
of
the
outer
toe;
dorsally
the
soft
fur
consists
of
long
dark
greyish
hairs
with
dark
brown
to
blackish
brown
tips;
an
indistinct
median
line
of
white
colour
runs
from
the
crown
of
the
head
to
the
tail;
ventrally
the
tips
of
the
hairs
are
light
yellowish
brown;
the
lip
and
chin
are
yellowish
white.
Dental
formula:
If,
C
f,
Pf,
M§.
Upper
incisors
completely
filling
the
space
between
the
canines;
the
height
of
the
outer
incisors
is
almost
half
that
of
the
inner
incisors,
the
tips
of
the
latter
diverge.
First
upper
premolar
as
large
as
the
outer
[Document text truncated for crawler view.]